QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT
pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

1-2360
(Commission file number)

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK
(State of Incorporation)
  13-0871985
(IRS Employer Identification Number)

ARMONK, NEW YORK
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

10504
(Zip Code)

914-499-1900
(Registrant's telephone number)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
  Voting shares outstanding
at February 10, 2014
  Name of each exchange
on which registered
Capital stock, par value $.20 per share   1,041,340,758   New York Stock Exchange
        Chicago Stock Exchange

1.375% Notes due 2019

 

 

 

New York Stock Exchange
2.750% Notes due 2020       New York Stock Exchange
1.875% Notes due 2020       New York Stock Exchange
2.875% Notes due 2025       New York Stock Exchange
8.375% Debentures due 2019       New York Stock Exchange
7.00% Debentures due 2025       New York Stock Exchange
6.22% Debentures due 2027       New York Stock Exchange
6.50% Debentures due 2028       New York Stock Exchange
7.00% Debentures due 2045       New York Stock Exchange
7.125% Debentures due 2096       New York Stock Exchange

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-Accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting company  o       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes  o     No  ý

         The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $209.3 billion.

Documents incorporated by reference:

         Portions of IBM's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Parts I, II and IV of this Form 10-K.

         Portions of IBM's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 29, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

   



PART I

Item 1. Business:

        International Business Machines Corporation (IBM or the company) was incorporated in the State of New York on June 16, 1911, as the Computing-Tabulating-Recording Co. (C-T-R), a consolidation of the Computing Scale Co. of America, the Tabulating Machine Co. and The International Time Recording Co. of New York. Since that time, IBM has focused on the intersection of business insight and technological innovation, and its operations and aims have been international in nature. This was signaled over 85 years ago, in 1924, when C-T-R changed its name to International Business Machines Corporation. And it continues today: The company creates business value for clients and solves business problems through integrated solutions that leverage information technology and deep knowledge of business processes. IBM solutions typically create value by reducing a client's operational costs or by enabling new capabilities that generate revenue. These solutions draw from an industry leading portfolio of consulting, delivery and implementation services, enterprise software, systems and financing.

STRATEGY

        IBM's strategy is one of innovation, transformation and a constant evolution to higher value. The company delivers innovative solutions, software and infrastructure to improve client outcomes. The company helps enterprises apply technology to capture new value across their entire organizations, and it provides a differentiated client experience through a highly engaged and skilled global workforce and a broad ecosystem of partners. The ultimate goal of this strategy is to deliver on IBM's purpose of making our company essential to clients, employees, partners, investors and communities.

        Three strategic imperatives shape our approach as we continuously transform IBM and align the company for higher value.

1. Make Markets by Transforming Industries and Professions with Data

        The emergence of big data as the world's new natural resource is the phenomenon of our time. It is being fueled by the proliferation of mobile devices, the rise of social media and the infusion of technology into all things and processes. Today, enterprises must harness data to create competitive advantage. The value for enterprises increases as they apply more sophisticated analytics across more disparate data sources. Their real-time use of data will increasingly become a competitive differentiator. Enterprises will also need cognitive computing capabilities as data continues to grow in all dimensions. Therefore, IBM's strategy is to make markets by transforming industries and professions with data. The company has invested more than $22 billion, including $15 billion on more than 30 acquisitions, to build its capabilities in big data and analytics. One third of IBM's research is focused on data, analytics and cognitive computing. The company is investing $1 billion in Watson solutions to build out the next era of cognitive systems and services. In 2013, the company realized $15.7 billion in business analytics revenue. The original target for this business was to achieve $16 billion in revenue in 2015—as a result of this performance the company has taken its 2015 objective for business analytics revenue to $20 billion.

2. Remake Enterprise IT for the Era of Cloud

        Enterprises are increasingly relying on cloud, which is being fueled by abundant bandwidth, the emergence of standards and the demand for consumability. They are benefitting from cloud by using it to transform their IT and business processes into digital services, to reinvent their core business processes and to drive innovation. Enterprises are integrating public and private clouds with back-end systems to create hybrid, dynamic environments. They will increasingly need to manage their cloud environments with the same rigor as an on-premise datacenter. Therefore, IBM's strategy is to remake enterprise IT

1


for the era of cloud. The company has invested over $6 billion to acquire more than 15 companies related to cloud, and is investing more than $1 billion to expand its global footprint to 40 datacenters worldwide. IBM now has more than 100 SaaS offerings, and IBM cloud supports 24 of the top 25 Fortune 500 companies. All of this drove $4.4 billion of revenue for cloud-based solutions in 2013.

3. Enable "Systems of Engagement" for Enterprises and Lead by Example.

        Social, mobile and unprecedented access to data are changing how individuals are understood and engaged. A new class of individual is emerging: one that is empowered with knowledge, enriched by networks and expects value in return for its information. Enterprises must create a systematic approach to engage this new class of individual and increase its speed and responsiveness by becoming mobile. Interactions need to be personalized to offer more value. In addition, enterprises will benefit from securing information and increasing trust. Therefore, IBM's strategy is to enable "systems of engagement" for enterprises; and the company is leading by example. IBM has acquired 20 companies related to mobile, social and security. IBMers are collaborating in more than 200,000 internal social communities and 85 percent of IBM's sellers use the company's Sales Connect portal. In 2013, the company's mobile, social and security portfolio generated double-digit revenue growth with mobile increasing 69 percent, security 19 percent and social business 45 percent.

        To capture the opportunities arising from these strategic imperatives, IBM is focused on four key growth initiatives: Smarter Planet, Business Analytics, Cloud Computing and Growth Markets.

Smarter Planet

        Smarter Planet is IBM's strategy to lead in a technology-enabled world that is more instrumented, interconnected and intelligent than ever before, allowing people and organizations to address significant business and societal challenges. At the heart of this strategy are solutions that drive innovation and outcomes for clients—extending the boundaries of businesses, industries and communities. It is about helping the company's clients become better at what they do for their customers. IBM does this through advanced, integrated solutions based on capabilities such as analytics for business and physical systems, cloud computing, mobile, social business and business process management.

        IBM continues to deepen its commitment to delivering on the promise of Smarter Planet for both line of business executives (CFOs, CHROs, CMOs, etc.) as well as IT executives across a broad range of industries. IBM's industry-based approach and solutions are grounded in a deep understanding of the distinct set of challenges and opportunities that are confronting companies and executives in various industries. Whether 'smarter' means helping a bank to retain more customers through world-class mobile solutions, a hospital group to deliver highly individualized care coordinated with social services, a local government to anticipate and alleviate traffic congestion before it happens, or a retail chain to provide a seamless customer experience across multiple channels, IBM is developing and investing in a portfolio of replicable industry solutions to help clients achieve their goals and drive important outcomes for their customers.

        There are several areas of focus within the Smarter Planet strategy, including IBM's Social Business, MobileFirst, Smarter Commerce and Smarter Cities initiatives.

        IBM's Social Business initiative helps clients integrate social capabilities across core business processes to drive measurable business results. The Social Business initiative can unlock the intrinsic knowledge of people within an organization to help companies fuel customer-centric innovation, improve productivity and expand sales, loyalty and advocacy. To capitalize on the new market opportunities that arise from a digital economy, IBM Social Business can let clients apply increasingly sophisticated analytics to gain actionable insight and to more effectively engage with customers. Behavioral, human data is the newest form of data and can be used to build a stronger, more agile workforce and reinvent human capital management by applying behavioral sciences across the talent

2


lifecycle. The Social Business initiative is powered by world class IBM services and software, developed organically by IBM and through acquisitions.

        In 2013, the company launched IBM MobileFirst, a unified approach to help clients and partners deliver best-in-class mobile solutions, take advantage of more commercial opportunities and provide a superior customer experience. IBM has a breadth of expertise and technology to help organizations efficiently build and deploy mobile applications, maintain visibility and control over their mobile infrastructure, engage customers in context and transform the value chain in ways that can drive growth and return on investment. The company can help its clients achieve these goals through a complete portfolio of IBM mobile software, services and industry expertise. Throughout 2013, IBM invested in core mobile enterprise capabilities such as IBM Worklight and IBM Rational, while rounding out its portfolio with strategic acquisitions such as Fiberlink, Trusteer, Xtify and The Now Factory. Integrated with 270 patents in wireless innovations and strengthened by thousands of mobile specialists from IBM Mobile Enterprise Services and IBM Interactive, the company has already helped more than 1,000 clients become more mobile enterprises.

        In addition to Social and Mobile, IBM's deep commitment to building a smarter planet can be seen in the ongoing efforts around Smarter Commerce and Smarter Cities. IBM's Smarter Commerce model can integrate and transform how companies manage and adapt their buy, market, sell and service processes to place the customer experience at the center of their business. IBM's Smarter Cities initiative helps federal, state and local governments to make better decisions, anticipate issues and coordinate resources across agencies more effectively and deliver citizen-centric services that can drive sustainable economic growth.

Business Analytics

        Business Analytics is the category of software, systems and services that helps organizations take advantage of big data to make better and faster decisions and optimize processes. Big data includes both enterprise data, content and new data from both structured and unstructured sources: in previously unimaginable volumes (petabytes), with huge variety (from blogs, tweets, pictures, videos and text), at high velocity (machine-to-machine data from the Internet of things) and with decreasing veracity (from uncertain or incomplete sources). Big data and analytics are core to achieving the Smarter Planet strategy, helping data-savvy, insight-driven leaders to infuse intelligence into business decisions, processes and client interactions for faster actions and better outcomes.

        IBM can serve new buyers and make new market segments by bringing IT to industries and professions that are being transformed by data. The company has a unique set of offerings and deep expertise related to big data and analytics to help organizations:

    Acquire, grow and retain customers by improving customer interactions, building long-term, profitable relationships and realizing new value from customer sentiment.

    Create new business models by tapping into information and insight to identify and explore strategic options for growth.

    Transform financial management processes by improving enterprise agility, anticipating outcomes and driving business model innovation through a discipline of performance.

    Better monitor, predict and manage risk to build trust and value amidst uncertainty, by having confidence in their data, risk exposures and ability to make risk-aware actionable decisions.

    Optimize operations and counter fraud and other threats to reduce costs, increase efficiencies and productivity and improve public safety.

3


    Improve IT economics by developing and enabling new value and agility at practically all levels of the organization and across lines of business while helping keep costs low and profitability high.

The company's approach to big data and analytics helps organizations to succeed in their industries. IBM recommends organizations do three things to be successful. First, build a culture that infuses analytics everywhere. Second, be proactive about the privacy, security and governance of their data. Third, invest in the right platform and solutions to harness and analyze all of their data for new insights and outcomes.

        IBM is committed to continually innovating across the spectrum of big data and analytics capabilities, solutions, systems, research, services, deployment and skills. For example, in 2013, the company announced a breakthrough dynamic in-memory database technology called BLU Acceleration, predictive analytics for big data with IBM Analytic Catalyst, a PureData System for Hadoop that marries IBM's enterprise-class Hadoop distribution (InfoSphere BigInsights) with the simplicity of an appliance, InfoSphere Data Privacy for Hadoop that provides security and protection for sensitive big data, a Watson Engagement Advisor solution to help transform how brands and their customers interact and new academic partnerships to help prepare students for the expanding scope of careers in big data and analytics.

Cloud Computing

        Cloud is a model for consuming and delivering business and IT services that can result in significant improvements in economies of scale and business agility and serve as a platform for business transformation. IBM has developed a portfolio of solutions, services and products that is helping thousands of clients adopt and leverage the transformative power of the cloud. IBM's breadth of capabilities gives the company a unique advantage to help clients think, build and tap into the cloud. IBM has the deep industry expertise to help clients transform business processes, industry optimized software solutions to support business processes, software development platforms to create new cloud-based business applications and standardized infrastructure to run these applications.

        IBM offers a full array of cloud delivery models, including private clouds, public clouds and a hybrid cloud that includes a mix of both. The company enables clients to build private, on-premises cloud-based environments that have the control, security and isolation required for their most mission-critical workloads. IBM also offers public cloud services, including the newly acquired SoftLayer platform that provides an infrastructure and ecosystem for middleware and applications. IBM's public cloud services can be simply provisioned as a self service, pay-as-you-go consumption model. IBM's software defined environments can provide a seamless integration across private and public cloud models, with interoperability, portability and scalability to help clients realize the full value of cloud.

        In the new era of computing, IBM's plans to enable nearly everything as a digital service. During 2013, IBM made several cloud-related strategic announcements, notably:

    IBM's Watson technology is being made available as a development platform in the cloud to enable a worldwide community of software application providers to build a new generation of apps infused with Watson's cognitive computing intelligence.

    The acquisition of SoftLayer is enabling IBM to deliver industry-leading cloud solutions that offer the security, privacy and reliability of private clouds and the economy and speed of a public cloud.

    New fast-start industry solutions, which are hosted on a private cloud using SoftLayer and offered as a managed service through Global Business Services, designed to meet growing demand from clients for rapid deployment, implementation and experimentation.

4


    The acquisition of Xtify Inc., a leading provider of cloud-based mobile messaging tools that help organizations improve mobile sales, drive in-store traffic and engage customers with personalized offers.

    An open-standards IBM cloud platform that provides capabilities to power the next generation of cloud and mobile application development and services.

Growth Markets

        IBM continues to invest in growth markets where many countries and companies are embracing big data, mobile, social and cloud, often at faster rates than mature countries. In China, for example, 32 percent of consumers make their purchases online, compared to only 14 percent of consumers globally. In Africa, 18 percent of the continent's GDP is expected to be handled through mobile money transfers by 2015, while in Singapore, citizens spend 40 minutes on average each day on Facebook, compared to less than 25 minutes in the United States. IBM is helping clients in growth markets capitalize on these trends. For example:

    In Mexico, IBM is using its analytics tools to enable Banorte-Ixe Bank to know and service its more than 13 million customers as individuals.

    Using IBM's Big Data technologies and predictive analytics, Da Nang's (Vietnam) traffic control center is better forecasting and preventing potential congestion and better coordinating city responses to issues like accidents and adverse weather.

    In Saudi Arabia, the company developed a public health solution for disease management that was implemented with the Saudi Ministry of Health to help manage the risk of infectious and communicable diseases across the Kingdom.

    Faced with rising fuel costs and a goal to reduce greenhouse emissions, Jet Airways, India's premier international airline, turned to IBM to more accurately calculate, track and report aircraft emissions and reduce fuel usage.

IBM continues to build out its shared services facilities and talent to support its clients in growth markets. In China, the company has increased its Big Data software skills, and it will leverage an IBM Integrated Managed Services Centre to capture the significant growth in cloud. In November 2013, IBM opened its first Africa Research Lab in Kenya, IBM's 12th lab worldwide. The facility will conduct applied and exploratory research into the challenges Africa faces, and deliver commercially viable solutions to help improve the lives of people across the continent.

Summary

        IBM's strategy is one of innovation, transformation and a constant evolution to higher value. The company has steadily remixed its portfolio and business model to reflect its strategic beliefs and pursue its growth initiatives. IBM has a balanced history of exiting commodity businesses that no longer fit the high-value model while investing in strategic acquisitions and organic capabilities. In 2013, the company invested $3.1 billion for acquisitions, $3.8 billion in net capital expenditures and $6.2 billion in research and development. The company has acquired more than 150 companies since 2000 to bolster its portfolio in areas like big data and analytics, cloud and systems of engagement.

        As the company looks ahead to 2014 and beyond, it will continuously transform itself to take advantage of new opportunities and pursue bold new plays in areas such as Watson solutions, new offerings for big data and analytics, the mobile enterprise and high-value cloud services. IBM will continue to deliver differentiated client value based on its sustained investments in research and development, its engaged employee base, industry expertise, global reach, and the breadth and depth of the company's technologies and capabilities.

5


BUSINESS MODEL

        The company's business model is built to support two principal goals: helping enterprise clients to become more innovative, efficient and competitive through the application of business insight and IT solutions; and providing long-term value to shareholders. The business model has been developed over time through strategic investments in capabilities and technologies that have superior long-term growth and profitability prospects based on the value they deliver to clients.

        The company's global capabilities include services, software, systems, fundamental research and related financing. The broad mix of businesses and capabilities are combined to provide integrated solutions to the company's clients.

        The business model is resilient, adapting to the continuously changing market and economic environment. The company continues to divest certain businesses and strengthen its position through strategic organic investments and acquisitions in higher-value areas. In addition, the company has transformed itself into a globally integrated enterprise which has improved overall productivity and is driving investment and expanding participation in the world's fastest growing markets.

        This business model, supported by the company's financial model, has enabled the company to deliver strong earnings, cash flows and returns to shareholders over the long term.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND CAPABILITIES

        The company's major operations consists of five business segments: Global Technology Services and Global Business Services, which the company collectively calls Global Services, Software, Systems and Technology and Global Financing.

         Global Services is a critical component of the company's strategy of providing IT infrastructure and business insight and solutions to clients. While solutions often include industry-leading IBM software and systems, other suppliers' products are also used if a client solution requires it. Approximately 60 percent of external Global Services segment revenue is annuity based, coming primarily from outsourcing and maintenance arrangements. The Global Services backlog provides a solid revenue base entering each year. Within Global Services, there are two reportable segments: Global Technology Services and Global Business Services.

         Global Technology Services (GTS) primarily provides IT infrastructure and business process services, creating business value for clients through unique technology and IP integrated services within its global delivery model. By leveraging insights and experience drawn from IBM's global scale, skills and technology, with applied innovation from IBM Research, clients gain access to leading-edge, high-quality services with improved productivity, flexibility, cost and outcomes.

GTS Capabilities

         Strategic Outsourcing Services: delivers comprehensive IT outsourcing services dedicated to transforming clients' existing infrastructures to consistently deliver improved quality, flexibility, risk management and financial value. The company integrates long-standing expertise in service management and technology with the ability to exploit the power of new technologies from IBM systems and software, such as cloud computing, analytics and virtualization, to deliver high performance, innovation and improved ability to achieve business objectives.

         Global Process Services: delivers a range of offerings consisting of standardized through transformational solutions including processing platforms and business process outsourcing. These services deliver improved business results to clients through the strategic change and/or operation of the client's business processes, applications and infrastructure.

6


         Integrated Technology Services: delivers a portfolio of project-based and managed services that enable clients to transform and optimize their IT environments by driving efficiency, flexibility and productivity, while reducing costs. The standardized portfolio is built around key assets and patented software, and incorporates best practices and proven methodologies that ensure predictive quality of delivery, security and compliance.

         Cloud Services: delivers a comprehensive set of cloud services ranging from assisting clients with building their own private clouds, to building customized dedicated managed clouds, to allowing clients to leverage standardized cloud infrastructure services from the Soft-Layer and SmartCloud Enterprise+ offerings, to creating hybrid environments linking their private and public workloads together. This portfolio of cloud offerings spans across the GTS business lines.

         Technology Support Services: delivers a complete line of support services from product maintenance through solution support to maintain and improve the availability of clients' IT infrastructures.

         Global Business Services (GBS) has the mission to deliver predictable business outcomes to the company's clients across two primary business areas: Consulting and Application Management Services. These professional services deliver business value and innovation to clients through solutions which leverage industry and business process expertise. The role of GBS is to drive initiatives that integrate IBM content and solutions and drive the progress of the company's four primary growth initiatives. As clients transform themselves in response to market trends like big data, social and mobile computing, GBS is aligning its expertise and capabilities to address two interdependent categories of opportunity: Front Office Digitization, which describes the markets forming around new models of engagement with all audiences; and the Globally Integrated Enterprise, which describes the mandate to integrate data and processes in support of the new front-office programs, and build far more flexible information applications.

GBS Capabilities

         Consulting: delivering client value with solutions in Strategy and Transformation, Application Innovation Services, Enterprise Applications and Smarter Analytics. Consulting is also focused on bringing to market client solutions that drive Front Office Digitization in Smarter Commerce, Cloud, Mobile and Social Business.

         Application Management Services: application management, maintenance and support services for packaged software, as well as custom and legacy applications. Value is delivered through advanced capabilities in areas such as application testing and modernization, cloud application services, the company's highly differentiated globally integrated capability model, industry knowledge and the standardization and automation of application management.

         Software consists primarily of middleware and operating systems software. Middleware software enables clients to integrate systems, processes and applications across a standard software platform to improve their business results, solve critical problems and gain competitive advantage within their industries. IBM middleware is designed on open standards, making it easier to integrate disparate business applications, developed by different methods and implemented at different times. Operating systems are the software engines that run computers. Approximately two-thirds of external Software segment revenue is annuity based, coming from recurring license charges and ongoing post-contract support. The remaining one-third relates to one-time charge (OTC) arrangements in which clients pay one, upfront payment for a perpetual license. Typically, the sale of OTC software includes one year of post-contract support. Clients can also purchase ongoing post-contract support after the first year, which includes unspecified product upgrades and technical support.

7



Software Capabilities

         WebSphere Software: delivers capabilities that enable organizations to run high-performance business applications. With these applications, clients can integrate and manage business processes across their organizations with the flexibility and agility they need to respond to changing conditions. Built on services-oriented architecture (SOA), and open standards support for cloud, mobile and social interactions, the WebSphere platform enables enterprises to extend their reach and optimize interactions with their key constituents. Smarter Commerce software helps companies better manage and improve each step of their value chain and capitalize on opportunities for profitable growth, efficiency and increased customer loyalty.

         Information Management Software: enables clients to integrate, manage and analyze enormous amounts of data from a large variety of sources in order to gain competitive advantage and improve their business outcomes. With this approach, clients can extract real value out of their data and use it to make better business decisions. IBM's middleware and integrated solutions include advanced database management, information integration, data governance, enterprise content management, data warehousing, business analytics and intelligence, predictive analytics and big data analytics.

         Watson Solutions: included within Information Management Software, Watson is the first commercially available cognitive computing platform that has the ability to interact in natural language, processing vast amounts of big data, and learning from its interactions with people and computers. As an advisor, Watson is able to sift through and understand large amounts of data delivering insights with unprecedented speeds and accuracy.

         Tivoli Software: helps clients optimize the value they get from their infrastructures and technology assets through greater visibility, control and automation across their end-to-end business operations. These asset management solutions foster integrated service delivery for cloud and datacenter management, enterprise endpoint and mobile device management, asset and facilities management, and storage management. Tivoli includes security systems software that provides clients with a single security intelligence platform that enables them to better secure all aspects of their enterprise and prevent security breaches.

         Social Workforce Solutions: enables businesses to connect people and processes for more effective communication and increased productivity through collaboration, messaging and social networking software. By remaining at the forefront of collaboration tools, IBM's social business offerings help organizations reap real benefits associated with social networking, as well as create a more efficient and effective workforce.

         Rational Software: supports software development for both IT and complex embedded system solutions, with a portfolio of products and solutions supporting DevOps and Smarter Product Development, transforming the way lines of business, development and operations work together to deliver innovation via software.

         Mobile Software: spans middleware and offers customers true end-to-end mobile solutions across platform and application development, mobile security, and mobile device management. Leveraging powerful analytics and usage data, customers are provided with the ability to have more compelling interactions with their clients and workforce, increasing touchpoints and deepening relationships. The mobile offerings provide the ability to increase workforce productivity through enhanced collaboration, improved knowledge sharing and increased response speed.

         Systems and Technology (STG) provides clients with business solutions requiring advanced computing power and storage capabilities. Approximately half of Systems and Technology's server and storage sales transactions are through the company's business partners; with the balance direct to end-user clients. In addition, Systems and Technology provides leading semiconductor technology, products and packaging solutions for IBM's own advanced technology needs and for external clients.

8



Systems and Technology Capabilities

         Systems: a range of general purpose and integrated systems designed and optimized for specific business, public and scientific computing needs. These systems—System z, Power Systems and System x—are typically the core technology in data centers that provide required infrastructure for business and institutions. Also, these systems form the foundation for IBM's integrated offerings, such as IBM PureSystems, IBM Smart Analytics, IBM PureData System for Analytics powered by Netezza, IBM SmartCloud Entry and IBM BladeCenter for Cloud. IBM servers use both IBM and non-IBM microprocessor technology and operating systems. All IBM servers run Linux, a key open-source operating system, and the company is expanding its Linux relevance further on the Power platform.

         Storage: data storage products and solutions that allow clients to retain and manage rapidly growing, complex volumes of digital information. These solutions address critical client requirements for information retention and archiving, security, compliance and storage optimization including data deduplication, availability and virtualization. The portfolio consists of a broad range of disk and tape storage systems, leveraging the breadth of IBM's software offerings, and includes Flash storage and solutions.

         Microelectronics: semiconductor design and manufacturing primarily for use in IBM systems and storage products as well as delivering semiconductors and related services to external clients.

         Global Financing facilitates clients' acquisition of IBM systems, software and services. Global Financing invests in financing assets, leverages with debt and manages the associated risks with the objective of generating consistently strong returns on equity. The primary focus on the company's offerings and clients mitigates many of the risks normally associated with a financing company. Global Financing has the benefit of both a deep knowledge of its client base and a clear insight into the products and services that are being financed. This combination allows Global Financing to effectively manage two of the major risks (credit and residual value) that are normally associated with financing.

Global Financing Capabilities

         Client Financing: lease and loan financing to end users and internal clients for terms generally between one and seven years. Internal financing is predominantly in support of Global Services' long-term client service contracts. Global Financing also factors a selected portion of the company's accounts receivable, primarily for cash management purposes. All internal financing arrangements are at arm's-length rates and are based upon market conditions.

         Commercial Financing: short-term inventory and accounts receivable financing to dealers and remarketers of IT products.

         Remanufacturing and Remarketing: as equipment is returned at the conclusion of a lease transaction, these assets are refurbished and sold or leased to new or existing clients both externally and internally. Externally remarketed equipment revenue represents sales or leases to clients and resellers. Internally remarketed equipment revenue primarily represents used equipment that is sold internally to Systems and Technology and Global Services. Systems and Technology may also sell the equipment that it purchases from Global Financing to external clients.

IBM WORLDWIDE ORGANIZATIONS

        The following worldwide organizations play key roles in IBM's delivery of value to its clients:

    Sales and Distribution

    Research, Development and Intellectual Property

    Enterprise Transformation

    Integrated Supply Chain

9


Sales and Distribution

        IBM has a significant global presence, operating in more than 175 countries, with an increasingly broad-based geographic distribution of revenue. The company's Sales and Distribution organization manages a strong global footprint, with dedicated country-based operating units focused on delivering client value. Within these units, client relationship professionals work with integrated teams of consultants, product specialists and delivery fulfillment teams to improve clients' business performance. These teams deliver value by understanding the clients' businesses and needs, and then bring together capabilities from across IBM and an extensive network of Business Partners to develop and implement solutions.

        By combining global expertise with local experience, IBM's geographic structure enables dedicated management focus for local clients, speed in addressing new market opportunities and timely investments in emerging opportunities. The geographic units align industry-skilled resources to serve clients' agendas. IBM extends capabilities to mid-market client segments by leveraging industry skills with marketing, Inside Sales and local Business Partner resources.

        The company continues to invest to capture the long-term opportunity in markets around the world that have market growth rates greater than the global average—countries within Southeast Asia, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Latin America. The company's major markets include the G7 countries of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United States (U.S.) and the United Kingdom (UK) plus Austria, the Bahamas, Belgium, the Caribbean region, Cyprus, Denmark, Finland, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Malta, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and Switzerland.

        The majority of IBM's revenue, excluding the company's original equipment manufacturer (OEM) technology business, occurs in industries that are broadly grouped into six sectors:

    Financial Services: Banking, Financial Markets, Insurance

    Public: Education, Government, Healthcare, Life Sciences

    Industrial: Aerospace and Defense, Automotive, Chemical and Petroleum, Electronics

    Distribution: Consumer Products, Retail, Travel and Transportation

    Communications: Telecommunications, Media and Entertainment, Energy and Utilities

    General Business: Cross-sector representation of intermediate-sized large enterprises as well as mid-market clients

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

        IBM's research and development (R&D) operations differentiate the company from its competitors. IBM annually invests approximately $6 billion for R&D, focusing on high-growth, high-value opportunities. IBM Research works with clients and the company's business units through 12 global labs on near-term and mid-term innovations. It contributes many new technologies to IBM's portfolio every year and helps clients address their most difficult challenges. IBM Research also explores the boundaries of science and technology—from nanotechnology to future systems, big data analytics, secure clouds and to IBM Watson, a "cognitive" learning system.

        IBM Research also focuses on differentiating IBM's services businesses, providing new capabilities and solutions. It has the world's largest mathematics department of any public company, enabling IBM to create unique analytic solutions and actively engage with clients on their toughest challenges.

        In 2013, IBM was awarded more U.S. patents than any other company for the 21st consecutive year. IBM's 6,809 patents awarded in 2013 represent a diverse range of inventions poised to enable significant innovations that will position the company to compete and lead in strategic areas such as Watson, cloud computing and big data analytics. These inventions also will advance the new era of cognitive systems where machines will learn, reason and interact with people in more natural ways. It was the most U.S. patents ever awarded to one company in a single year.

10


        The company continues to actively seek intellectual property protection for its innovations, while increasing emphasis on other initiatives designed to leverage its intellectual property leadership. Some of IBM's technological breakthroughs are used exclusively in IBM products, while others are licensed and may be used in IBM products and/or the products of the licensee. While the company's various proprietary intellectual property rights are important to its success, IBM believes its business as a whole is not materially dependent on any particular patent or license, or any particular group of patents or licenses. IBM owns or is licensed under a number of patents, which vary in duration, relating to its products.

Enterprise Transformation

        A key element of the company's strategy is becoming a Smarter Enterprise. The transformation to a Smarter Enterprise is built on the foundation of internal transformation undertaken in the recent past, where IBM standardized business processes, drove enterprisewide transformation governance, implemented a global operating model, instrumented data, and connected employees to drive collaboration across geographic and functional boundaries.

        The Smarter Enterprise is enabled through application of analytics, social, mobile and cloud tools, approaches and technologies. Analytics enable data-driven insights for faster, smarter decision making. Social tools encourage peer-to-peer interactions, and allow data to be shared within and outside IBM in a social way. Mobile technology allows workers to work seamlessly from anywhere. Cloud infrastructure and services enable application delivery. Collectively these enablers allow IBM to make decisions differently, create value differently and deliver value differently, thereby improving employee engagement and client experience and ultimately driving better business performance. The company primarily reinvests the benefits of its enterprise transformation initiatives in remixing its spending profile and resources to its higher growth, higher margin initiatives, in addition to improving profitability.

Integrated Supply Chain

        IBM has an extensive integrated supply chain, procuring materials and services globally. In 2013, the company also managed approximately $20 billion in procurement spending for its clients through the Global Process Services organization. The supply, manufacturing and logistics and sales transaction support operations are integrated in one operating unit that has optimized inventories over time. Simplifying and streamlining internal processes has improved sales force productivity and operational effectiveness and efficiency. Supply chain resiliency enables IBM to reduce its risk during marketplace changes.

        The company continues to derive business value from its own globally integrated supply chain providing a strategic advantage for the company to create value for clients. IBM leverages its supply chain expertise for clients through its supply chain business transformation outsourcing service to optimize and help operate clients' end-to-end supply chain processes, from procurement to logistics.

        The company has expanded its use of analytics to measure, manage and fine tune its supply chain operations, which will help reshape its operations and create value for clients.

COMPETITION

        The company is a globally-integrated enterprise, operating in more than 175 countries. The company participates in a highly competitive environment, where its competitors vary by industry segment, and range from large multinational enterprises to smaller, more narrowly focused entities. Overall, across its business segments, the company recognizes hundreds of competitors worldwide.

11


        Across its business, the company's principal methods of competition are: technology innovation; performance; price; quality; brand; its broad range of capabilities, products and services; client relationships; the ability to deliver business value to clients; and, service and support. In order to maintain leadership, a corporation must continue to invest, innovate and integrate. The company has been executing a strategy to transform its business, including shifting to higher value market segments and offerings and increasing its capabilities through organic investments and strategic acquisitions. As the company executes its strategy, it enters new markets, such as smarter planet and business analytics, which exposes the company to new competitors. Overall, the company is the leader or among the leaders in each of its business segments.

        A summary of the competitive environment for each business segment is included below:

Global Services:

        The services segments, GTS and GBS, operate in a highly competitive and continually evolving global market. GTS competes in strategic outsourcing, business process outsourcing, cloud services, and a wide range of technical and IT support services. GBS competes in consulting, system integration and application management services. The principal competitive factors in these business segments include: technical skills and capabilities, innovative service and product offerings, industry knowledge and experience, value and speed, price, client relationships, quality of sales and delivery, reliability, security and the availability of resources. The company's competitive advantages in the services business include its global reach and scale, global delivery model, best-of-breed process and industry skills, extensive technology expertise, services assets, an ability to deliver integrated solutions that can address clients' needs in any environment and a strong set of relationships with clients and strategic business partners worldwide. The company competes with broad based competitors including: Accenture, Amazon.com, Inc., Computer Sciences Corporation, Fujitsu and Hewlett-Packard Company (HP); India-based service providers; the consulting practices of public accounting firms; and many companies that primarily focus on local markets or niche service areas.

Software:

        The enterprise management software market is highly competitive, and increasingly technology companies are looking to implement software solutions that will improve business outcomes for their clients. The key competitive factors in this segment include: functionality, ease-of-use, scalability, open standards, total cost-of-ownership and business value. IBM's leadership in each of these areas, and the ability to deliver solutions that drive business results, provides it with competitive advantages. The company's software business includes middleware, solutions offerings and operating systems. The middleware portfolio is the broadest in the industry and covers both mainframe and distributed computing environments. The middleware portfolio also underpins IBM's solutions business and enhances the business value the company brings to clients. The solutions portfolio provides comprehensive business and industry- specific offerings to new types of IT decision makers, such as chief marketing and procurement officers, chief information security officers and chief financial officers. The depth and breadth of the software offerings, coupled with the company's global sales and technical support infrastructure, differentiate the software business from its competitors. The company's research and development capabilities and intellectual property patent portfolio also contribute to this segment's leadership. The company's principal competitors in this segment include CA, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation (Oracle) and SAP. The company also competes with smaller, niche competitors in specific geographic or product markets worldwide.

Systems and Technology:

        The enterprise server and storage market is highly competitive and is characterized by ongoing technology innovation, with competition focused on value, function and reliability, and new entrants

12


leveraging technology to compete against traditional offerings. The company's principal competitors include Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco), Dell, Inc., EMC Corporation, HP and Oracle.

        The company's investment in virtualization, power management, security, multi-operating system capabilities and the ability of its systems platforms to leverage the entire system, from the company's custom semiconductors through the software stack to increase efficiency and lower cost, provide the company with competitive advantages in this segment. In addition, the company's research and development capabilities and intellectual property patent portfolio contribute significantly to this segment's leadership.

Global Financing:

        Global Financing provides client financing, commercial financing and participates in the remarketing of used equipment. Global Financing's access to capital and its ability to manage increased exposures provide a competitive advantage for the company. The key competitive factors include price, IT product expertise, client service, contract flexibility, ease of doing business, global capabilities and residual values. In client and commercial financing, Global Financing competes with three types of companies in providing financial services to IT customers: other captive financing entities of companies such as Cisco and HP and non-captive financing entities of companies such as General Electric Company and banks or financial institutions. In remarketing, the company competes with local and regional brokers plus original manufacturers in the fragmented worldwide used IT equipment market.

Forward-looking and Cautionary Statements

        Certain statements contained in this Form 10-K may constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 ("Reform Act"). Forward-looking statements are based on the company's current assumptions regarding future business and financial performance. These statements by their nature address matters that are uncertain to different degrees. The company may also make forward-looking statements in other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in materials delivered to stockholders and in press releases. In addition, the company's representatives may from time to time make oral forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Words such as "anticipates," "believes," "expects," "estimates," "intends," "plans," "projects," and similar expressions, may identify such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement in this Form 10-K speaks only as of the date on which it is made. The company assumes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements. In accordance with the Reform Act, set forth under Item 1A. "Risk Factors" on pages 14 through 19 are cautionary statements that accompany those forward-looking statements. Readers should carefully review such cautionary statements as they identify certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements and from historical trends. Those cautionary statements are not exclusive and are in addition to other factors discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K, in the company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in materials incorporated therein by reference.

        The following information is included in IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference:

        Segment information and revenue by classes of similar products or services—pages 141 to 146.

        Financial information by geographic areas—page 145.

        Amount spent during each of the last three years on R&D activities—page 123.

        Financial information regarding environmental activities—pages 114 and 115.

13


        The number of persons employed by the registrant—page 72.

        The management discussion overview—pages 26 to 28.

        Available information—page 151.

Also refer to Item 1A. entitled "Risk Factors" in Part I of this Form.

Executive Officers of the Registrant (at February 25, 2014):

 
  Age   Officer since  

Virginia M. Rometty, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer*

    56     2005  

Rodney C. Adkins, Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy

    55     2007  

Colleen F. Arnold, Senior Vice President, Sales and Distribution

    56     2010  

Erich Clementi, Senior Vice President, Global Technology Services

    55     2010  

Bruno V. Di Leo Allen, Senior Vice President, Sales and Distribution

    56     2012  

Diane J. Gherson, Senior Vice President, Human Resources

    56     2013  

Jon C. Iwata, Senior Vice President, Marketing and Communications

    51     2002  

James J. Kavanaugh, Vice President and Controller

    47     2008  

John E. Kelly III, Senior Vice President and Director, Research

    60     2000  

Robert J. LeBlanc, Senior Vice President, Software and Cloud Solutions Group

    55     2010  

Steven A. Mills, Senior Vice President and Group Executive, Software and Systems

    62     2000  

Robert J. Picciano, Senior Vice President, Information and Analytics Group

    49     2014  

Michael D. Rhodin, Senior Vice President, IBM Watson Group

    53     2010  

Thomas W. Rosamilia, Senior Vice President, Systems and Technology Group and IBM Integrated Supply Chain

    53     2013  

Linda S. Sanford, Senior Vice President, Enterprise Transformation

    61     2000  

Martin J. Schroeter, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Finance and Enterprise Transformation

    49     2014  

Timothy S. Shaughnessy, Senior Vice President, GTS Solutions

    56     2004  

Bridget A. van Kralingen, Senior Vice President, Global Business Services

    50     2012  

Robert C. Weber, Senior Vice President, Legal and Regulatory Affairs, and General Counsel

    63     2006  

*
Member of the Board of Directors.

        All executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors and serve until the next election of officers in conjunction with the annual meeting of the stockholders as provided in the By-laws. Each executive officer named above has been an executive of IBM or its subsidiaries during the past five years.


Item 1A. Risk Factors:

         Downturn in Economic Environment and Client Spending Budgets could impact the Company's Business: If overall demand for systems, software and services decreases, whether due to general economic conditions or a shift in client buying patterns, the company's revenue and profit could be impacted.

         The Company may not meet its Growth and Productivity Objectives under its Internal Business Transformation and Global Integration Initiatives: On an ongoing basis, IBM seeks to drive greater productivity, flexibility and cost savings by transforming and globally integrating its own business processes and functions to remain competitive and to enable scaling of resources and offerings in both emerging and more established markets. These various initiatives may not yield their intended gains in

14


quality, productivity and enablement of rapid scaling, which may impact the company's competitiveness and its ability to meet its growth and productivity objectives.

         Failure of Innovation Initiatives could impact the Long-Term Success of the Company: IBM has been moving away from certain segments of the IT industry and into areas in which it can differentiate itself through innovation and by leveraging its investments in R&D. If IBM is unable to continue its cutting-edge innovation in a highly competitive environment or is unable to commercialize such innovations or expand and scale them with sufficient speed, the company could fail in its ongoing efforts to maintain and increase its market share and its profit margins. In addition, IBM has one of the strongest brand names in the world, and its brand and overall reputation could be negatively impacted by many factors, including if the company does not continue to be recognized for its industry-leading technology and solutions. If the company's brand image is tarnished by negative perceptions, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impacted.

         Risks from Investing in Growth Opportunities could impact the Company's Business: The company continues to invest significantly in strategic growth opportunities, including new and emerging markets and countries, to drive revenue growth and market share gains. Client adoption rates and viable economic models are less certain in the high-value, highly competitive, and rapidly-growing segments, and new delivery models may unfavorably impact demand for our other products or services. In addition, as the company expands to capture emerging growth opportunities, it needs to rapidly secure the appropriate mix of trained, skilled and experienced personnel. In emerging growth countries, the developing nature presents potential political, social, legal and economic risks from evolving governmental policy, inadequate infrastructure, creditworthiness of customers and business partners, labor disruption and corruption, which could impact the company's ability to meet its growth objectives and to deliver to its clients around the world.

         IBM's Intellectual Property Portfolio may not prevent Competitive Offerings, and IBM may not be able to Obtain Necessary Licenses: The company's patents and other intellectual property may not prevent competitors from independently developing products and services similar to or duplicative to the company's, nor can there be any assurance that the resources invested by the company to protect its intellectual property will be sufficient or that the company's intellectual property portfolio will adequately deter misappropriation or improper use of the company's technology. In addition, the company may be the target of aggressive and opportunistic enforcement of patents by third parties, including non-practicing entities. Also, there can be no assurances that IBM will be able to obtain from third parties the licenses it needs in the future. The company's ability to protect its intellectual property could also be impacted by proposed changes to existing laws, legal principles and regulations governing the ownership and protection of patents and other intellectual property.

         Cybersecurity and Privacy Considerations could impact the Company's Business: The company's products, services, and systems may affect critical third party operations or involve the storage, processing and transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data, including valuable intellectual property and personal information of employees, customers and others. In the current environment there are numerous and evolving risks to cybersecurity and privacy, including criminal hackers, state-sponsored intrusions, industrial espionage, employee malfeasance, and human or technological error. Computer hackers and others routinely attempt to breach the security of technology products, services, and systems, and those of customers, third-parties contractors and vendors, and some of those attempts may be successful. Such breaches could result in, for example, unauthorized access to, disclosure, modification, misuse, loss, or destruction of company, customer, or other third party data or systems, theft of sensitive or confidential data including personal information and intellectual property, system disruptions, and denial of service. In the event of such breaches, the company, its customers or other third parties could be exposed to potential liability, litigation, and regulatory action, as well as the loss of existing or potential customers, damage to brand and reputation, and other financial loss. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of responding

15


to breaches and implementing remediation measures could be significant. As these threats develop and grow, the company may also find it necessary to make significant further investments to protect data and infrastructure. As a global enterprise, the company could also be impacted by existing and proposed laws and regulations, as well as government policies and practices related to cybersecurity, privacy and data protection. Additionally, cyber attacks or other catastrophic events resulting in disruptions to or failures in power, information technology, communication systems or other critical infrastructure could result in interruptions or delays to company, customer, or other third party operations or services, financial loss, potential liability, and damage to brand and reputation.

         The Company's Financial Results for Particular Periods are Difficult to Predict: IBM's revenues are affected by such factors as the introduction of new products and services, the length of the sales cycles and the seasonality of technology purchases. Moreover, the company's strategic growth areas involve new products, new customers, and new markets, all of which contribute to the difficulty of predicting the company's financial results. The company's financial results may also be impacted by the structure of products and services contracts and the nature of its customers' businesses; for example, certain of the company's services contracts with commercial customers in regulated industries are subject to periodic review by regulators with respect to controls and processes. As a result of the above-mentioned factors, the company's financial results are difficult to predict. Historically, the company has had lower revenue in the first quarter than in the immediately preceding fourth quarter. In addition, the high volume of products typically ordered at the end of each quarter, especially at the end of the fourth quarter, may affect IBM's ability to successfully ship all orders before the end of the quarter.

         Due to the Company's Global Presence, its Business and Operations could be impacted by Local Legal, Economic, Political and Health Conditions: The company is a globally integrated entity, operating in over 175 countries worldwide and deriving more than sixty percent of its revenues from sales outside the United States. Changes in the laws or policies of the countries in which the company operates, or inadequate enforcement of laws or policies, could affect the company's business and the company's overall results of operations. The company's results of operations also could be affected by economic and political changes in those countries and by macroeconomic changes, including recessions, inflation and currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and non-U.S. currencies. Further, as the company expands its customer base and the scope of its offerings, both within the U.S. and globally, it may be impacted by additional regulatory or other risks. In addition, any widespread outbreak of an illness, pandemic or other local or global health issue or uncertain political climates, international hostilities, natural disasters, or any terrorist activities, could adversely affect customer demand and the company's operations and its ability to source and deliver products and services to its customers.

         The Company could incur Substantial Costs for Environmental Matters: The company is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations concerning the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise related to environmental protection, including the U.S. Superfund law. The company could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, as well as third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, if it were to violate or become liable under environmental laws and regulations. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the company's financial position, results of operations and competitive position.

         Tax Matters could impact the Company's Results of Operations and Financial Condition: The company is subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. IBM's provision for income taxes and cash tax liability in the future could be adversely affected by numerous factors including, but not limited to, income before taxes being lower than anticipated in countries with lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries with higher statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof, which could adversely impact the company's results of operations and financial condition in future periods. In addition, IBM is subject to the continuous

16


examination of its income tax returns by the United States Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. The company regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on the company's provision for income taxes and cash tax liability.

         The Company's Results of Operations and Financial Condition could be negatively impacted by its U.S. and non-U.S. Pension Plans: Adverse equity market conditions and volatility in the credit markets may have an unfavorable impact on the value of the company's pension trust assets and its future estimated pension liabilities. As a result, the company's financial results in any period could be negatively impacted. In addition, in a period of an extended financial market downturn, the company could be required to provide incremental pension plan funding with resulting liquidity risk which could negatively impact the company's financial flexibility. Further, the company's results of operations and financial results could be negatively impacted by premiums for mandatory pension insolvency insurance coverage outside the U.S. Premium increases can be significant due to the level of insolvencies of unrelated companies in the country at issue. Currently, Canada, Germany, Luxembourg and the United Kingdom require that these premiums be paid directly by the company and not out of plan assets, which could negatively impact the company's earnings. IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders includes information about potential impacts from pension funding and the use of certain assumptions regarding pension matters.

         Ineffective Internal Controls could impact the Company's Business and Operating Results: The company's internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If the company fails to maintain the adequacy of its internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if the company experiences difficulties in their implementation, the company's business and operating results could be harmed and the company could fail to meet its financial reporting obligations.

         The Company's Use of Accounting Estimates involves Judgment and could impact the Company's Financial Results: The application of generally accepted accounting principles requires the company to make estimates and assumptions about certain items and future events that directly affect its reported financial condition. The company's most critical accounting estimates are described in the Management Discussion in IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, under "Critical Accounting Estimates." In addition, as discussed in note M, "Contingencies and Commitments," in IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, the company makes certain estimates including decisions related to legal proceedings and reserves. These estimates and assumptions involve the use of judgment. As a result, actual financial results may differ.

         The Company Depends on Skilled Personnel and could be impacted by the loss of Critical Skills: Much of the future success of the company depends on the continued service, availability and integrity of skilled personnel, including technical, marketing and staff resources. Skilled and experienced personnel in the areas where the company competes are in high demand, and competition for their talents is intense. Changing demographics and labor work force trends may result in a loss of knowledge and skills as experienced workers leave the company. In addition, as global opportunities and industry demand shifts, realignment, training and scaling of skilled resources may not be sufficiently rapid. Further, many of IBM's key personnel receive a total compensation package that includes equity awards. New regulations, volatility in the stock market and other factors could diminish the company's use, and the value, of the company's equity awards, putting the company at a competitive disadvantage or forcing the company to use more cash compensation.

17


         The Company's Business could be impacted by its Relationships with Critical Suppliers: IBM's business employs a wide variety of components, supplies, services and raw materials from a substantial number of suppliers around the world. Certain of the company's businesses rely on single or a limited number of suppliers. Changes in the business condition (financial or otherwise) of these suppliers could subject the company to losses and affect its ability to bring products to market. Further, the failure of the company's suppliers to deliver components, supplies, services and raw materials in sufficient quantities, in a timely manner, and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations could adversely affect the company's business. In addition, any defective components, supplies or materials, or inadequate services received from suppliers could reduce the reliability of the company's products and services and harm the company's reputation.

         The Company could be impacted by its Business with Government Clients: The company's customers include numerous governmental entities within and outside the U.S., including the U.S. Federal Government and state and local entities. Some of the company's agreements with these customers may be subject to periodic funding approval. Funding reductions or delays could adversely impact public sector demand for our products and services. Also, some agreements may contain provisions allowing the customer to terminate without cause and providing for higher liability limits for certain losses. In addition, the company could be suspended or debarred as a governmental contractor and could incur civil and criminal fines and penalties, which could negatively impact the company's results of operations and financial results.

         The Company is exposed to Currency and Customer Financing Risks that could impact its Revenue and Business: The company derives a significant percentage of its revenues and costs from its affiliates operating in local currency environments, and those results are affected by changes in the relative values of non-U.S. currencies and the U.S. dollar. Further, inherent in the company's customer financing business are risks related to the concentration of credit, client creditworthiness, interest rate and currency fluctuations on the associated debt and liabilities, the determination of residual values and the financing of other than traditional IT assets. The company employs a number of strategies to manage these risks, including the use of derivative financial instruments, which involve the risk of non-performance by the counterparty. In addition, there can be no assurance that the company's efforts to manage its currency and customer financing risks will be successful.

         The Company's Financial Performance could be impacted by Changes in Market Liquidity Conditions and by Customer Credit Risk on Receivables: The company's financial performance is exposed to a wide variety of industry sector dynamics worldwide. The company's earnings and cash flows, as well as its access to funding, could be negatively impacted by changes in market liquidity conditions. IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders includes information about the company's liquidity position. The company's client base includes many worldwide enterprises, from small and medium businesses to the world's largest organizations and governments, with a significant portion of the company's revenue coming from global clients across many sectors. Most of the company's sales are on an open credit basis, and the company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients' financial conditions. If the company becomes aware of information related to the creditworthiness of a major customer, or, if future actual default rates on receivables in general differ from those currently anticipated, the company may have to adjust its allowance for credit losses, which could affect the company's consolidated net income in the period the adjustments are made.

         The Company's Reliance on Third Party Distribution Channels could impact its Business: The company offers its products directly and through a variety of third party distributors and resellers. Changes in the business condition (financial or otherwise) of these distributors and resellers could subject the company to losses and affect its ability to bring its products to market. As the company moves into new areas, distributors and resellers may be unable to keep up with changes in technology and offerings, and the company may be unable to recruit and enable appropriate partners to achieve growth objectives. In addition, the failure of third party distributors and resellers to comply with all

18


applicable laws and regulations may prevent the company from working with them and could subject the company to losses and affect its ability to bring products to market.

         Risks to the Company from Acquisitions, Alliances and Dispositions include Integration Challenges, Failure to Achieve Objectives, and the Assumption of Liabilities: The company has made and expects to continue to make acquisitions, alliances and dispositions. Acquisitions and alliances present significant challenges and risks relating to the integration of the business into the company, and there can be no assurances that the company will manage acquisitions and alliances successfully or that strategic acquisition opportunities will be available to the company on acceptable terms or at all. The related risks include the company failing to achieve strategic objectives and anticipated revenue improvements and cost savings, as well as the failure to retain key personnel of the acquired business and the assumption of liabilities related to litigation or other legal proceedings involving the acquired business. From time to time, the company disposes or attempts to dispose of assets that are no longer central to its strategic objectives. Any such disposition or attempted disposition is subject to risks, including risks related to the terms and timing of such disposition, risks related to obtaining necessary governmental or regulatory approvals and risks related to retained liabilities not subject to the company's control.

         The Company is Subject to Legal Proceedings Risks: As a company with a substantial employee population and with clients in more than 175 countries, IBM is involved, either as plaintiff or defendant, in a variety of ongoing claims, demands, suits, investigations, tax matters and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business. The risks associated with such legal proceedings are described in more detail in note M, "Contingencies and Commitments," in IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders. The company believes it has adopted appropriate risk management and compliance programs. Legal and compliance risks, however, will continue to exist and additional legal proceedings and other contingencies, the outcome of which cannot be predicted with certainty, may arise from time to time.

         Risk Factors Related to IBM Securities: The company and its subsidiaries issue debt securities in the worldwide capital markets from time to time, with a variety of different maturities and in different currencies. The value of the company's debt securities fluctuates based on many factors, including the methods employed for calculating principal and interest, the maturity of the securities, the aggregate principal amount of securities outstanding, the redemption features for the securities, the level, direction and volatility of interest rates, changes in exchange rates, exchange controls, governmental and stock exchange regulations and other factors over which the company has little or no control. The company's ability to pay interest and repay the principal for its debt securities is dependent upon its ability to manage its business operations, as well as the other risks described under this Item 1A. entitled "Risk Factors." There can be no assurance that the company will be able to manage any of these risks successfully.

        The company also issues its common stock from time to time in connection with various compensation plans, contributions to its pension plan and certain acquisitions. The market price of IBM common stock is subject to significant volatility, due to other factors described under this Item 1A. entitled "Risk Factors," as well as economic and geopolitical conditions generally, trading volumes, speculation by the press or investment community about the company's financial condition, and other factors, many of which are beyond the company's control. Since the market price of IBM's common stock fluctuates significantly, stockholders may not be able to sell the company's stock at attractive prices.

        In addition, changes by any rating agency to the company's outlook or credit ratings can negatively impact the value and liquidity of both the company's debt and equity securities. The company does not make a market in either its debt or equity securities and cannot provide any assurances with respect to the liquidity or value of such securities.

19



Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments:

        Not applicable.


Item 2. Properties:

        At December 31, 2013, IBM's manufacturing and development facilities in the United States had aggregate floor space of 18 million square feet, of which 16 million was owned and 2 million was leased. Of these amounts, 3 million square feet was vacant and 1 million square feet was being leased to non-IBM businesses. Similar facilities in 15 other countries totaled 6 million square feet, of which 2 million was owned and 4 million was leased.

        Although improved production techniques, productivity gains and infrastructure reduction actions have resulted in reduced manufacturing floor space, continuous maintenance and upgrading of facilities is essential to maintain technological leadership, improve productivity and meet customer demand.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings:

        Refer to note M, "Contingencies and Commitments," on pages 119 to 121 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures:

        Not applicable.

20



PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities:

        Refer to pages 147 and 151 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference solely as they relate to this item.

        IBM common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange. There were 473,872 common stockholders of record at February 10, 2014.

        The following table provides information relating to the company's repurchase of common stock for the fourth quarter of 2013.

 
  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
  Average
Price Paid
per Share
  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced
Program
  Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under
the Program(1)
 

October 1, 2013—
October 31, 2013

    5,539,700   $ 180.52     5,539,700   $ 19,648,793,858  

November 1, 2012—
November 30, 2013

    16,741,764   $ 181.36     16,741,764   $ 16,612,555,718  

December 1, 2013—
December 31, 2013

    10,914,477   $ 178.96     10,914,477   $ 14,659,250,730  
                     

Total

    33,195,941   $ 180.43     33,195,941        
                     

(1)
On October 30, 2012, the Board of Directors authorized $5.0 billion in funds for use in the company's common stock repurchase program. On April 30, 2013 and October 29, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $5.0 billion and $15.0 billion, respectively, in funds for use in such program. The October 30, 2012 authorization was fully utilized in October 2013 and the April 30, 2013 authorization was fully utilized in December 2013. In each case, the company stated that it would repurchase shares on the open market or in private transactions depending on market conditions. The common stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date. This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee stock options or shares tendered to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards.


Item 6. Selected Financial Data:

        Refer to pages 147 and 148 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference.


Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:

        Refer to pages 26 through 75 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference.


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk:

        Refer to the section titled "Market Risk" on pages 70 and 71 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

21



Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

        Refer to pages 78 through 146 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference. Also refer to the Financial Statement Schedule on page S-1 of this Form 10-K.


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure:

        Not applicable.


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures:

        The company's management evaluated, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

        Refer to "Report of Management" and "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" on pages 76 and 77 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference. There has been no change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting.

22



PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance:

        Refer to the information under the captions "Election of Directors for a Term of One Year," "General Information—Committees of the Board," "Audit Committee" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in IBM's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 29, 2014, all of which information is incorporated herein by reference. Also refer to Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant (at February 25, 2014)" on page 14 for additional information on the company's executive officers.


Item 11. Executive Compensation:

        Refer to the information under the captions "General Information—2013 Director Compensation Narrative," "2013 Director Compensation Table," "2013 Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "2013 Summary Compensation Table Narrative," "2013 Summary Compensation Table," "2013 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table," "2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Narrative," "2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table," "2013 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table," "2013 Retention Plan Narrative," "2013 Retention Plan Table," "2013 Pension Benefits Narrative," "2013 Pension Benefits Table," "2013 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Narrative," "2013 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table," "2013 Potential Payments Upon Termination Narrative," "2013 Potential Payments Upon Termination Table," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "2013 Report of the Executive Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors" in IBM's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 29, 2014, all of which information is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters:

        Refer to the information under the caption "Ownership of Securities—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners," "Ownership of Securities—Common Stock and Stock-Based Holdings of Directors and Executive Officers" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in IBM's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 29, 2014, all of which information is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence:

        Refer to the information under the captions "General Information—Board of Directors" and "General Information—Certain Transactions and Relationships" in IBM's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 29, 2014, which information is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services:

        Refer to the information under the captions "Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors" and "Audit and Non-Audit Fees" in IBM's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 29, 2014, all of which information is incorporated herein by reference.

23



PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules:

    (a)
    The following documents are filed as part of this report:

    1.
    Financial statements from IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference:

        Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (page 77).

        Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (page 78).

        Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (page 79).

        Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (page 80).

        Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (page 81).

        Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (pages 82 and 83).

        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (pages 84 through 146).

      2.
      Financial statement schedule required to be filed by Item 8 of this Form:

Page
  Schedule
Number
   
 

31

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule.

 

S-1

    II  

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.

        All other schedules are omitted as the required matter is not present, the amounts are not significant or the information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.

      3.
      Exhibits:

Reference
Number per
Item 601 of
Regulation S-K
  Description of Exhibits   Exhibit Number
in this
Form 10-K
 
  (2)   Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession.      Not applicable  

 

(3)

 

Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Certificate of Incorporation of IBM is Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed April 27, 2007, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The By-laws of IBM, as amended through October 1, 2012, is Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Instruments defining the rights of security holders. 

 

 

 

 

24


Reference
Number per
Item 601 of
Regulation S-K
  Description of Exhibits   Exhibit Number
in this
Form 10-K
 
      The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 8.375% Debentures due 2019 are Exhibits 4(a)(b)(c) and (d), respectively, to Registration Statement No. 33-31732 on Form S-3, filed on October 24, 1989, and are hereby incorporated by reference.         

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 7.00% Debentures due 2025 and the 7.00% Debentures due 2045 are Exhibits 2 and 3, respectively, to Form 8-K, filed on October 30, 1995, and are hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 7.125% Debentures due 2096 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K/A, filed on December 6, 1996, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 6.22% Debentures due 2027 is Exhibit 3 to Form 8-K, filed on August 1, 1997, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 6.50% Debentures due 2028 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K, filed on January 8, 1998, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 2.000% Notes due 2016 is Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K, filed December 8, 2010, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 1.250% Notes due 2014 is Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K, filed May 11, 2011, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 1.950% Notes due 2016 is Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K, filed July 21, 2011, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 0.875% Notes due 2014 and the 2.900% Notes due 2021 are Exhibits 2.1 and 3.1 to Form 8-K, filed October 31, 2011, and are hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 0.550% Notes due 2015 and the 1.250% Notes due 2017 are Exhibits 2.1 and 3.1 to Form 8-K, filed February 3, 2012, and are hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instrument defining the rights of the holders of the 2.20% Notes due 2017 is Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K, filed February 9, 2012, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

25


Reference
Number per
Item 601 of
Regulation S-K
  Description of Exhibits   Exhibit Number
in this
Form 10-K
 
      The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 0.750% Notes due 2015 and the 1.875% Notes due 2019 are Exhibits 2.1 and 3.1 to Form 8-K, filed May 10, 2012, and are hereby incorporated by reference.         

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 1.875% Notes due 2022 is Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K, filed July 27, 2012, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 1.375% Notes due 2019 is Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K, filed November 16, 2012, and is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 1.250% Notes due 2018 and Floating Rate Notes due 2015 are Exhibits 2.1 and 3.1 to Form 8-K, filed February 7, 2013, and are hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 0.45% Notes due 2016 and 1.625% Notes due 2020 are Exhibits 2.1 and 3.1 to Form 8-K, filed May 6, 2013, and are hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 3.375% Notes due 2023 and Floating Rate Notes due 2015 are Exhibits 2.1 and 3.1 to Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2013, and are hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 1.875% Notes due 2020 and 2.875% Notes due 2025 are Exhibits 2.1 and 3.1 to Form 8-K, filed November 6, 2013, and are hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the 2.750% Notes due 2020 is Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2013, and is hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The instruments defining the rights of the holders of the Floating Rate Notes due 2016, 1.950 % Notes due 2019, Floating Rate Notes due 2019 and 3.625% due 2024 are Exhibits 2, 3, 4 and 5 to Form 8-K, filed February 11, 2014, and are hereby incorporated by reference

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

Voting trust agreement

 

 

Not applicable

 

 

(10)

 

Material contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The IBM 2001 Long-Term Performance Plan, a compensatory plan, contained in Registration Statement No. 333-87708 on Form S-8, as such amended plan was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

26


Reference
Number per
Item 601 of
Regulation S-K
  Description of Exhibits   Exhibit Number
in this
Form 10-K
 
      The IBM PWCC Acquisition Long-Term Performance Plan, a compensatory plan, contained in Registration Statement No. 333-102872 on Form S-8, as such amended plan was filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.*        

 

 

 

The IBM 1999 Long-Term Performance Plan, a compensatory plan, contained in Registration Statement No. 333-30424 on Form S-8, as such amended plan was filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The IBM 1997 Long-Term Performance Plan, a compensatory plan, contained in Registration Statement No. 333-31305 on Form S-8, as such amended plan was filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forms of LTPP equity award agreements for (i) stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, cash-settled restricted stock units, SARS, (ii) performance share units and (iii) retention restricted stock unit awards. Such equity award agreement forms and the related terms and conditions document, effective June 7, 2013, were filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, are hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors compensatory plans, as described under the caption "General Information—2013 Director Compensation" in IBM's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 29, 2014, are hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The IBM Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, contained in Registration Statement 33-60227 on Form S-8, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The IBM Board of Directors Deferred Compensation and Equity Award Plan, a compensatory plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2014.*

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

 

The IBM Supplemental Executive Retention Plan, a compensatory plan, as amended and restated through December 31, 2008, was filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

27


Reference
Number per
Item 601 of
Regulation S-K
  Description of Exhibits   Exhibit Number
in this
Form 10-K
 
      The IBM Excess 401(k) Plus Plan, a compensatory plan (formerly the IBM Executive Deferred Compensation Plan), as amended and restated through January 1, 2010, which was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 contained in Registration Statement No. 333-171968, is hereby incorporated by reference.*        

 

 

 

Amendment No. 1 to the IBM Excess 401(k) Plus Plan, a compensatory plan, effective January 1, 2013 which was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, and is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to the IBM Excess 401(k) Plus Plan, a compensatory plan, effective January 1, 2013 which was filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, and is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amendment No. 3 to the IBM Excess 401(k) Plus Plan, a compensatory plan, effective January 1, 2013

 

 

10.2

 

 

 

 

The IBM 2003 Employees Stock Purchase Plan, contained in Registration Statement 333-104806 on Form S-8, as amended through April 1, 2005, which was filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form of Noncompetition Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form of Noncompetition Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter dated December 10, 2013, signed by Mark Loughridge and IBM was included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Form 8-K filed December 13, 2013, and is hereby incorporated by reference.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The $10,000,000 5-Year Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 2011, among International Business Machines Corporation, the Subsidiary Borrowers parties thereto, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Syndication and Documentation Agents named therein, which was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated November 14, 2011, the term of which was extended through November 10, 2018, is hereby incorporated by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

Statement re computation of per share earnings

 

 

 

 

28


Reference
Number per
Item 601 of
Regulation S-K
  Description of Exhibits   Exhibit Number
in this
Form 10-K
 
      The statement re computation of per share earnings is note P, "Earnings Per Share of Common Stock," on pages 123 and 124 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, and is hereby incorporated by reference.         

 

(12)

 

Statement re computation of ratios

 

 

12

 

 

(13)

 

Annual report to security holders**

 

 

13

 

 

(18)

 

Letter re: change in accounting principles

 

 

Not applicable

 

 

(19)

 

Previously unfiled documents

 

 

Not applicable

 

 

(21)

 

Subsidiaries of the registrant

 

 

21

 

 

(22)

 

Published report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders

 

 

Not applicable

 

 

(23.1)

 

Consent of experts

 

 

23.1

 

 

(24.1)

 

Powers of attorney

 

 

24.1

 

 

(24.2)

 

Resolution of the IBM Board of Directors authorizing execution of this report by Powers of Attorney

 

 

24.2

 

 

(28)

 

Information from reports furnished to state insurance regulatory authorities

 

 

Not applicable

 

 

(31.1)

 

Certification by CEO pursuant to Rule 13A-14(a) or 15D-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

31.1

 

 

(31.2)

 

Certification by CFO pursuant to Rule 13A-14(a) or 15D-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

31.2

 

 

(32.1)

 

Certification by CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

32.1

 

 

(32.2)

 

Certification by CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

32.2

 

 

(101)

 

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (ii) Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2013 and 2012, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (v) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (vi) Financial Statement Schedule II and (vii) the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

101

 

*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**
The Performance Graph, set forth on page 149 of IBM's 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, is deemed to be furnished but not filed.

29



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
(Registrant)

 

 

By:

 

/s/ VIRGINIA M. ROMETTY

Virginia M. Rometty
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Date: February 25, 2014

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ VIRGINIA M. ROMETTY


Virginia M. Rometty
 

    Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive
Officer

  February 25, 2014


/s/ MARTIN J. SCHROETER


Martin J. Schroeter

 


Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer,
Finance and Enterprise
Transformation


 


February 25, 2014


/s/ JAMES J. KAVANAUGH


James J. Kavanaugh

 


Vice President and Controller
(Chief Accounting Officer)


 


February 25, 2014

 


Alain J. P. Belda

 

Director

 

 

 

 

William R. Brody

 

Director

 

 

 

 

Kenneth I. Chenault

 

Director

 

By:

 

/s/ MICHELLE H. BROWDY

Michelle H. Browdy
Michael L. Eskew   Director       Attorney-in-fact
February 25, 2014
David N. Farr   Director        

Shirley Ann Jackson

 

Director

 

 

 

 

Andrew N. Liveris

 

Director

 

 

 

 

W. James McNerney, Jr.

 

Director

 

 

 

 

James W. Owens

 

Director

 

 

 

 

Joan E. Spero

 

Director

 

 

 

 

Sidney Taurel

 

Director

 

 

 

 

Lorenzo H. Zambrano

 

Director

 

 

 

 

30



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
International Business Machines Corporation:

        Our audits of the consolidated financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated February 25, 2014 appearing in the 2013 Annual Report to Shareholders of International Business Machines Corporation (which report and consolidated financial statements are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an audit of the Financial Statement Schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this Financial Statement Schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 25, 2014

31



SCHEDULE II

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
For the Years Ended December 31:
(Dollars in Millions)

Description
  Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  Additions*   Writeoffs   Other**   Balance at
End of
Period
 

Allowance For Doubtful Accounts

                               

2013

                               

—Current

  $ 560   $ 127   $ (60 ) $ 9   $ 636  
                       

—Noncurrent

  $ 66   $ 27   $ (0 ) $ (12 ) $ 80  
                       

2012

                               

—Current

  $ 578   $ 41   $ (45 ) $ (15 ) $ 560  
                       

—Noncurrent

  $ 38   $ 10   $ 0   $ 17   $ 66  
                       

2011

                               

—Current

  $ 676   $ 90   $ (154 ) $ (34 ) $ 578  
                       

—Noncurrent

  $ 58   $ 1   $ (17 ) $ (3 ) $ 38  
                       

Allowance For Inventory Losses

                               

2013

  $ 652   $ 201   $ (214 ) $ (16 ) $ 623  
                       

2012

  $ 625   $ 294   $ (240 ) $ (28 ) $ 652  
                       

2011

  $ 674   $ 230   $ (279 ) $ 1   $ 625  
                       

Revenue Based Provisions

                               

2013

  $ 777   $ 3,061   $ (3,004 ) $ (7 ) $ 827  
                       

2012

  $ 861   $ 3,228   $ (3,345 ) $ 33   $ 777  
                       

2011

  $ 888   $ 3,157   $ (3,132 ) $ (51 ) $ 861  
                       

*
Additions for Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Allowance for Inventory Losses are charged to expense and cost accounts, respectively, while Revenue Based Provisions are charged to revenue accounts.

**
Primarily comprises currency translation adjustments.

S-1




QuickLinks

PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES For the Years Ended December 31: (Dollars in Millions)

EXHIBIT 10.1

 

IBM Board of Directors

 

Amended and Restated

Deferred Compensation and Equity Award Plan

 

ARTICLE I.                                                                              Purpose

 

The Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation and Equity Award Plan (the “Plan”) enables members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) who are not IBM employees (“Outside Directors”) to (a) defer receipt of their compensation to later years, and (b) receive part of their compensation as a promise to deliver shares of IBM Capital Stock (“Shares”).

 

ARTICLE II.                                                                         Payment and Deferral of Fees

 

(a)                  Payment in Deferred Shares

 

Sixty percent of the annual retainer fees to be earned by each Outside Director (“Fees”) shall be paid as a promise by IBM to deliver Shares (“Promised Fee Shares”) pursuant to ARTICLE VI hereof.  The Payment of such Promised Fee Shares shall be deferred until the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board.

 

(b)                  Remaining 40% of Fees

 

An Outside Director may elect to defer receipt of all or any portion of the remaining 40% of the Fees by providing such election to the Secretary of IBM (“Secretary”) on a Deferral Election Form supplied by the Secretary (“Deferral Election”).  The Outside Director’s election must specify (i) the portion of such Fees to be deferred and (ii) the choice of deferral in cash and/or Promised Fee Shares.

 

(c)                   Advance Notice of Deferral Election

 

An Outside Director shall make a Deferral Election no later than 30 days after the effective date of initial election to the Board.  The Deferral Election will apply to Fees which are earned after the date of the Deferral Election. Any Outside Director who does not provide notice to the Secretary of a Deferral Election in accordance with the preceding sentence will be deemed to have elected to defer receipt of all Fees in the form of Promised Fee Shares.

 

1



 

(d)                  Duration of Deferral Election

 

Each Deferral Election is irrevocable with respect to the then current Election Term.  Any modification or termination of a Deferral Election by an Outside Director must be made in writing to the Secretary of IBM at least 30 days prior to the end of the then current Election Term and will become effective for the subsequent Election Term.  A Deferral Election shall continue from Election Term to Election Term unless the Outside Director submits either (i) a written request to modify or terminate the Deferral Election or (ii) a new Deferral Election Form.

 

“Election Term” means the period beginning on January 1 of any calendar year and ending on December 31 of such year, provided, however, that if an Outside Director joins or leaves the Board during such year, the Election Term shall begin or end on the date such Outside Director joins or leaves the Board, as the case may be.

 

(e)                   Financial Hardship

 

If an Outside Director incurs a severe financial hardship, the Outside Director may cancel his or her Deferral Election (including a deemed election pursuant to ARTICLE II(c) above) upon written request approved by the Board (or an authorized Committee of the Board); in such case, the Outside Director shall be deemed to have elected to receive cash payment of Fees (other than Fees automatically deferred) for the remainder of the Election Term.  Such severe financial hardship must be caused by an accident, illness, or other unforeseeable emergency beyond the control of the Outside Director in accordance with applicable regulations and related authority.  The Outside Director may then make a Deferral Election for any subsequent Election Term in accordance with ARTICLE II(d) hereof.

 

(f)                    Form of Payment of Fees earned prior to January 1, 2014

 

Any Fees earned prior to January 1, 2014 shall be distributed as a lump sum payment as of the first business day that is at least 30 business days after the date on which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board. Outside Directors may not make a Payment Election described in subsection (g) below, with respect to Fees earned prior to January 1, 2014.

 

However, payment may be made on any other day to the extent that such payment is treated as being paid on the date specified above under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(d), which permits payment to be made within 30 days before the specified date and later within the same calendar year, or, if later, within 2-1/2 months following the specified date, provided that the Outside Director is not permitted to designate the taxable year of payment.

 

2



 

(g)                   Payment Election for Fees earned on or after January 1, 2014

 

(i)                                      Forms of Payment for Fees earned on or after January 1, 2014

 

By submitting a completed Payment Election Form (the “Payment Election”) to the Secretary pursuant to (ii), (iii), and (iv) below, each Outside Director shall elect one of the following payment options, for his or her deferred Fees earned on or after January 1, 2014:

 

(A)                    a lump sum payment as of the first business day that is at least 30 business days after the date on which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board;

 

(B)                    a lump sum payment as of the last business day in January of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board; or

 

(C)                    between two and ten annual installments, each paid as of the last business day in January beginning with the January immediately following the calendar year in which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board, until the elected number of installments has been paid.  This installment option is treated as the entitlement to a single payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

However, payment may be made on any other day to the extent that such payment is treated as being paid on the date specified above under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(d), which permits payment to be made within 30 days before the specified date and later within the same calendar year, or, if later, within 2-1/2 months following the specified date, provided that the Outside Director is not permitted to designate the taxable year of payment.

 

(ii)                                   Advance Notice of Payment Election

 

Each Outside Director shall make an initial Payment Election no later than December 31, 2013, or for Outside Directors who join the Board after December 31, 2013, the date that is 30 days after the effective date of such Outside Director’s initial election to the Board.

 

Each Outside Director who does not provide notice to the Secretary of a Payment Election in accordance with the preceding sentence will be deemed to have elected to receive payment of the Fees earned on or after January 1, 2014 as a lump sum payment under

 

3



 

Article II, Section (g)(i)(A).

 

(iii)                                Irrevocability of Payment Election

 

Except as provided in subsection (g)(iv), an Outside Director’s Payment Election (including the default option in subsection (g)(ii) above) becomes irrevocable after the deadline specified in subsection (g)(ii) above.

 

(iv)                               Changing a Payment Election

 

An Outside Director may change the time and/or form of his or her initial Payment Election (including the default option in subsection (g)(ii) above) by submitting to the Secretary a completed Payment Election Change Form, provided that:

 

(A)                    the Outside Director must make such election at least 12 months prior to the date on which he or she ceases to be a member of the Board ;

 

(B)                    the payment date for any lump sum or the start date for any series of installments provided for under the new Payment Election Change Form shall be the fifth anniversary of the payment date or start date that would have applied absent a Payment Election Change; and

 

(C)                    the Outside Director may change his or her Payment Election only once .

 

ARTICLE III.                                                                    Maintenance of Records

 

IBM shall maintain up to four bookkeeping accounts for each Outside Director:  a Pre-2014 Cash Account, a Pre-2014 Promised Fee Shares Account, a Post-2013 Cash Account and a Post-2013 Promised Fee Shares Account, which shall be credited in accordance with the terms of this Plan and the elections of each Outside Director pursuant to this Plan.

 

The Pre-2014 Cash Account and the Pre-2014 Promised Fee Shares Account are credited with Fees earned prior to January 1, 2014 as provided in this Plan.

 

The Post-2013 Cash Account and the Post-2013 Promised Fee Shares Account will be credited with Fees earned on or after January 1, 2014 as provided in this Plan.

 

4



 

ARTICLE IV.                                                                     Credit for Amounts Deferred

 

(a)                  Cash Accounts

 

(i)                                      The Pre-2014 Cash Account, if applicable, is credited with the amount of Fees earned prior to December 31, 2013 that were accrued and deferred as cash (such credit made when such Fees became payable), plus (A) from the date of crediting to December 31, 2013, interest at an annual rate equal to the average of the first 26-week Treasury Bill issued in January and July of each year, and (B) on and after January 1, 2014, an amount equal to interest at an annual rate earned from an investment vehicle selected by the Directors and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”) until the first day after date on which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board.

 

(ii)                                   The Post-2013 Cash Account, if applicable, will be credited with the amount of Fees earned on or after January 1, 2014 that are accrued and deferred as cash (such credit to be made when such Post-2013 Fees become payable), plus an amount equal to interest at an annual rate earned from an investment vehicle selected by the Committee computed from the date such Fees would have been paid had they not been deferred.

 

(b)                  Promised Fee Shares Accounts

 

(i)                                      The Pre-2014 Promised Fee Shares Account is credited with the number of Shares, including fractional Shares, which could have been purchased had the amount of the Fees earned prior to January 1, 2014 accrued and deferred as Promised Fee Shares been used to purchase Shares on the date such Fees would have been paid had they not been deferred, at a price equal to Fair Market Value on such date.

 

(ii)                                   The Post-2013 Promised Fee Shares Account will be credited with the number of Shares, including fractional Shares, which could have been purchased had the amount of the Fees earned on or after January 1, 2014 accrued and deferred as Promised Fee Shares been used to purchase Shares on the date such Fees would have been paid had they not been deferred, at a price equal to Fair Market Value on such date.

 

(iii)                                “Fair Market Value” shall be the closing price of Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or successor exchange) on the relevant date, or if no sales of Shares were made on said Exchange on that date, the closing price reported for the preceding day on which sales of Shares were made on said exchange.

 

(iv)                               Promised Fee Shares do not have voting rights.

 

5



 

ARTICLE V.                                                                          Dividends, Distributions and Adjustments

 

Whenever a cash dividend or any other distribution is paid with respect to Shares, each Promised Fee Shares Account of each Outside Director shall be credited with an additional number of Promised Fee Shares, equal to the number of Shares, including fractional Shares, that could have been purchased had such dividend or other distribution been paid on each Promised Fee Share in each Promised Fee Shares Account (on the record date for such dividend or distribution) and the amount of such dividend or value of such other distribution been used to acquire additional Shares at the Fair Market Value on the date such dividend or other distribution is paid.  The value of any such other distribution on or related to Shares shall, at the option of the Board (or an authorized Committee of the Board), be either determined by the Board or independently established.

 

The number of Promised Fee Shares shall be fully adjusted upon the occurrence of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger or similar event, and shall be appropriately adjusted for the value (determined in the manner provided above with respect to distributions) of any right, privilege or opportunity provided or offered by IBM to holders of Shares.

 

ARTICLE VI.                                                                     Delivery

 

(a)                  Pre-2014 Cash Account and Pre-2014 Promised Fee Shares Account

 

Delivery of amounts from the Pre-2014 Cash Account and Shares (including fractional Shares) from the Pre-2014 Promised Fee Shares Account will be made to an Outside Director as of the first business day that is at least 30 business days after the date on which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board.

 

However, payment may be made on any other day to the extent that such payment is treated as being paid on the date specified above under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(d), which permits payment to be made within 30 days before the specified date and later within the same calendar year, or, if later, within 2-1/2 months following the specified date, provided that the Outside Director is not permitted to designate the taxable year of payment.

 

Upon becoming entitled to receive Shares, an Outside Director may elect to receive a cash payment in lieu of such Shares.  Such cash payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the first day after the date on which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board.  An Outside Director electing a cash payment in lieu of Shares must provide written notice to the Secretary no later than the date on which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board.

 

6



 

(b)                  Post-2013 Cash Account and Post-2013 Promised Fee Shares Account

 

Delivery of amounts from the Post-2013 Cash Account and Shares (including fractional Shares) from the Post-2013 Promised Fee Shares Account will be made to an Outside Director in accordance with the Payment Election made by such Outside Director as provided in ARTICLE II(g) above.

 

Upon becoming entitled to receive Shares, an Outside Director may make a one-time election to receive cash payment(s) in lieu of such Shares.  Such election shall apply to the payment of any Shares, including Shares paid in installments described in ARTICLE II(g)(i)(C).  Such cash payment(s) shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares on:

 

(i)                                      the first day after the date on which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board, for immediate lump sum payments as described in ARTICLE II (g)(i)(A);

 

(ii)                                   the last business day of the January immediately preceding the lump sum payment, for lump sum payments made as described in ARTICLE II (g)(i)(B); and

 

(iii)                                the last business day of the January immediately preceding each installment payment, for installment payments as described in ARTICLE II (g)(i)(C).

 

An Outside Director electing cash payment(s) in lieu of Shares must provide written notice to the Secretary no later than the date on which the Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board.

 

(c)                   Delivery in the Event of an Outside Director’s Death

 

Regardless of the Payment Election selected for Post-2013 Accounts by the Outside Director as provided in ARTICLE II(g) above, in the event of an Outside Director’s death, delivery of unpaid amounts from the Pre-2014 Cash Account and the Post-2013 Cash Account and Shares (including fractional shares) from the Pre-2014 Promised Fee Shares Account and the Post-2013 Promised Fee Shares Account will be made to the Outside Director’s estate or beneficiaries, as appropriate, in a lump sum no later than 90 days after the date of death.

 

ARTICLE VII.                                                                Source of Shares

 

45,000 Shares as of July 27, 1993, plus an additional 25,000 Shares as of May 1, 1994, and as of each May 1 thereafter, as may be required, shall be reserved and authorized for delivery under the Plan from time to time.  These Shares may be provided from newly-issued or repurchased Shares.  If any change is made in the number of Shares outstanding or in the rights of such outstanding Shares (such as by

 

7



 

stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, recapitalization, merger or similar event), the Board (or an authorized Committee of the Board) may make such adjustments in the number of or rights relating to Shares authorized to be delivered pursuant to the Plan as the Board (or such Committee) determines is equitable to preserve the respective rights of the participants in the Plan.  Shares settled in cash in lieu of delivery shall not reduce the number of Shares authorized under the Plan and shall not be deemed to have been delivered under the Plan; provided , that the number of Shares settled in cash in lieu of delivery shall not exceed the cumulative number of Shares authorized for delivery under the Plan (without deduction for Shares delivered).

 

ARTICLE VIII.                                                           Alienability

 

No amount due or payable under the Plan or any interest in the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, garnishment, lien, levy or like encumbrance.  No such amount shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts or liability of any Outside Director.  Prior to delivery of Shares by IBM pursuant to ARTICLE VI, no Outside Director shall have any right to transfer or assign any Shares, or any right to receive any Share, credited to him under this Plan.  Any purported assignment shall be null and void.

 

ARTICLE IX.                                                                     Outside Director’s Rights Unsecured

 

The right of an Outside Director to receive any cash payment or Shares hereunder shall rank as an unsecured claim against IBM.  Assets that may be set aside for IBM’s convenience with respect to the Plan shall not in any way be held in trust for, or be subject to any prior claim by, an Outside Director or beneficiary.

 

ARTICLE X.                                                                          Amendment and Termination

 

The Board or any authorized Committee of the Board may at any time terminate, and may at any time and from time to time and in any respect amend, the Plan for any reason.

 

8



 

ARTICLE XI.                                                                     Miscellaneous

 

With respect to benefits under the Plan, the Plan is intended, and shall be construed, to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), and no amendments to the Plan shall be made that would violate Section 409A of the Code.

 

Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2014

 

9




Exhibit 10.2

 

IBM EXCESS 401(k) PLUS PLAN

(As Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 2010)

 

AMENDMENT No. 3

 

Instrument of Amendment

 

Recitals:

 

International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”) has established and maintains the IBM Excess 401(k) Plus Plan (the “Plan”), an unfunded deferred compensation plan described in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA).

 

In accordance with Section 10.01 of the Plan, IBM has reserved the right to amend the Plan at any time and from time to time.

 

IBM amended and restated the Plan effective as of January 1, 2010.

 

IBM has determined to amend the Plan, as heretofore restated, in the manner set forth in this Instrument of Amendment, to be effective for Deferral Periods that begin on or after January 1, 2013, except as otherwise specified herein.

 

Amendment:

 

1.                                       Section 5.01 (“Automatic Contributions”) is amended to read, in its entirety, as follows:

 

5.01        Automatic Contributions.   For each Plan Year, an Automatic Contribution shall be credited to the Post-2004 Company Account for each Employee who is eligible for Automatic Contributions for the Plan Year under Section 3.03 in an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(a)           the Employee’s “automatic contribution percentage” under the 401(k) Plan multiplied by the Employee’s Elective Deferrals, if any, for each payroll period that ends after the Employee’s Program Eligibility Date; plus

 

(b)           the Employee’s “automatic contribution percentage” under the 401(k) Plan multiplied by the Employee’s Excess 401(k) Eligible Pay, if any, for the Plan Year.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating the Automatic Contributions payable to Employees in the Transition to Retirement program, the Employee’s Elective Deferrals and Excess 401(k) Eligible Pay shall be calculated based on the Employee’s actual Performance Pay, and the Base Pay the Employee would have received if the Employee had received a full-time rate of Base Pay for all portions of the Plan Year in which the Employee received a reduced rate of Base Pay.   Also notwithstanding the foregoing, for Employees whose 2013 Base Pay is adjusted as part of a broad-based, one-week mandatory time off program, Automatic Contributions (if any) for 2013 shall be calculated based on the Base Pay the Employee would

 

1



 

have received for that week if the mandatory time off program had not occurred. No other element of Excess 401(k) Eligible Pay shall be adjusted in this manner.

 

If an Eligible Employee’s automatic contribution percentage under the 401(k) Plan changes during a Plan Year, and the Eligible Employee is eligible for Automatic Contributions for the portion of the Plan Year before and/or after the change pursuant to the definition of “Company Contribution-Eligible Individual” and Section 3.02, the Eligible Employee’s Automatic Contributions for each such portion of the Plan Year shall be calculated separately, in each case based solely on the Employee’s automatic contribution percentage, Elective Deferrals, and Excess 401(k) Eligible Pay for the applicable portion of the Plan Year.

 

2




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 12

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS
TO FIXED CHARGES
(Unaudited)

 
  Years Ended December 31:  
(Dollars in millions)
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  

Income before income taxes(1)

  $ 19,539   $ 21,914   $ 21,012   $ 19,737   $ 18,159  

Add:

                               

Fixed charges, excluding capitalized interest

    1,575     1,593     1,576     1,499     1,667  
                       

Income as adjusted before income taxes

  $ 21,114   $ 23,507   $ 22,588   $ 21,236   $ 19,826  
                       

Fixed charges:

                               

Interest expense

  $ 989   $ 1,004   $ 964   $ 923   $ 1,108  

Capitalized interest

    22     18     9     5     13  

Portion of rental expense representative of interest

    586     589     612     576     559  
                       

Total fixed charges

  $ 1,597   $ 1,611   $ 1,585   $ 1,504   $ 1,680  
                       

Ratio of income to fixed charges

    13.2     14.6     14.3     14.1     11.8  

(1)
Income before income taxes excludes (a) amortization of capitalized interest and (b) the company's share in the income and losses of less-than-fifty percent owned affiliates.



QuickLinks

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (Unaudited)

Exhibit 13

 

Report of Financials

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION

 

Overview

26

Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statements

26

Management Discussion Snapshot

27

Description of Business

29

Year in Review

35

Prior Year in Review

53

Other Information

63

Looking Forward

63

Liquidity and Capital Resources

65

Critical Accounting Estimates

67

Currency Rate Fluctuations

70

Market Risk

70

Financing Risks

71

Cybersecurity

71

Employees and Related Workforce

72

Global Financing

72

 

 

Report of Management

76

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

77

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Earnings

78

Comprehensive Income

79

Financial Position

80

Cash Flows

81

Changes in Equity

82

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A

Significant Accounting Policies

84

B

Accounting Changes

94

C

Acquisitions/Divestitures

95

D

Financial Instruments

100

E

Inventories

107

F

Financing Receivables

107

G

Property, Plant and Equipment

110

H

Investments and Sundry Assets

110

I

Intangible Assets Including Goodwill

111

J

Borrowings

112

K

Other Liabilities

114

L

Equity Activity

116

M

Contingencies and Commitments

119

N

Taxes

121

O

Research, Development and Engineering

123

P

Earnings Per Share of Common Stock

123

Q

Rental Expense and Lease Commitments

124

R

Stock-Based Compensation

124

S

Retirement-Related Benefits

127

T

Segment Information

141

U

Subsequent Events

146

 

 

Five-Year Comparison of Selected Financial Data

147

 

 

Selected Quarterly Data

148

 

 

Performance Graph

149

 

 

Board of Directors and Senior Leadership

150

 

 

Stockholder Information

151

 

25



 

Management Discussion

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

OVERVIEW

 

The financial section of the International Business Machines Corporation (IBM or the company) 2013 Annual Report includes the Management Discussion, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. This Overview is designed to provide the reader with some perspective regarding the information contained in the financial section.

 

Organization of Information

 

·      The Management Discussion is designed to provide readers with an overview of the business and a narrative on the company’s financial results and certain factors that may affect its future prospects from the perspective of the company’s management. The “Management Discussion Snapshot,” on pages 27 and 28, presents an overview of the key performance drivers in 2013.

 

·      Beginning with the “Year in Review” on page 35, the Management Discussion contains the results of operations for each reportable segment of the business and a discussion of the company’s financial position and cash flows. Other key sections within the Management Discussion include: “Looking Forward” on pages 63 to 65, and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” on pages 65 to 67.

 

·      Global Financing is a reportable segment that is measured as a stand-alone entity. A separate “Global Financing” section is included in the Management Discussion beginning on page 72.

 

·      The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented on pages 78 through 83. These statements provide an overview of the company’s income and cash flow performance and its financial position.

 

·      The Notes follow the Consolidated Financial Statements. Among other items, the Notes contain the company’s accounting policies (pages 84 through 93), acquisitions and divestitures (pages 95 through 99), detailed information on specific items within the financial statements, certain contingencies and commitments (pages 119 to 121) and retirement-related benefits information (pages 127 to 141).

 

·      The Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP).

 

·      The references to “adjusted for currency” or “at constant currency” in the Management Discussion do not include operational impacts that could result from fluctuations in foreign currency rates. Certain financial results are adjusted based on a simple mathematical model that translates current period results in local currency using the comparable prior year period’s currency conversion rate. This approach is used for countries where the functional currency is the local country currency. This information is provided so that certain financial results can be viewed without the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, thereby facilitating period-to-period comparisons of business performance. See “Currency Rate Fluctuations” on page 70 for additional information.

 

·      Within the financial statements and tables in this Annual Report, certain columns and rows may not add due to the use of rounded numbers for disclosure purposes. Percentages reported are calculated from the underlying whole-dollar numbers.

 

Operating (non-GAAP) Earnings

 

In an effort to provide better transparency into the operational results of the business, the company separates business results into operating and non-operating categories. Operating earnings is a non-GAAP measure that excludes the effects of certain acquisition-related charges and retirement-related costs, and their related tax impacts. For acquisitions, operating earnings exclude the amortization of purchased intangible assets and acquisition-related charges such as in-process research and development, transaction costs, applicable restructuring and related expenses and tax charges related to acquisition integration. For retirement-related costs, the company characterizes certain items as operating and others as non-operating. The company includes defined benefit plan and nonpension postretirement benefit plan service cost, amortization of prior service cost and the cost of defined contribution plans in operating earnings. Non-operating retirement-related cost includes defined benefit plan and nonpension postretirement benefit plan interest cost, expected return on plan assets, amortized actuarial gains/losses, the impacts of any plan curtailments/settlements and multi-employer plan costs, pension insolvency costs and other costs. Non-operating costs are primarily related to changes in pension plan assets and liabilities which are tied to financial market performance and the company considers these costs to be outside the operational performance of the business.

 

Overall, the company believes that providing investors with a view of operating earnings as described above provides increased transparency and clarity into both the operational results of the business and the performance of the company’s pension plans; improves visibility to management decisions and their impacts on operational performance; enables better comparison to peer companies; and allows the company to provide a long-term strategic view of the business going forward. For its 2015 road map, the company is utilizing an operating view to establish its objectives and track its progress. The company’s reportable segment financial results reflect operating earnings, consistent with the company’s management and measurement system.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING AND CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

 

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any forward-looking statement in this Annual Report speaks only as of the date on which it is made; the company assumes no obligation to update or revise any such statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the company’s current assumptions regarding future business and financial performance; these statements, by their nature, address matters that are uncertain to different degrees. Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to be materially different, as discussed more fully elsewhere in this Annual Report and in the company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including the company’s 2013 Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2014.

 

26



 

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION SNAPSHOT

 

($ and shares in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Revenue

 

$

99,751

 

$

104,507

 

(4.6

)%*

Gross profit margin

 

48.6

%

48.1

%

0.5

pts.

Total expense and other (income)

 

$

28,981

 

$

28,396

 

2.1

%

Total expense and other (income)-to-revenue ratio

 

29.1

%

27.2

%

1.9

pts.

Income before income taxes

 

$

19,524

 

$

21,902

 

(10.9

)%

Provision for income taxes

 

3,041

 

5,298

 

(42.6

)%

Net income

 

$

16,483

 

$

16,604

 

(0.7

)%

Net income margin

 

16.5

%

15.9

%

0.6

pts.

Earnings per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

14.94

 

$

14.37

 

4.0

%

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,103.0

 

1,155.4

 

(4.5

)%

Assets**

 

$

126,223

 

$

119,213

 

5.9

%

Liabilities**

 

$

103,294

 

$

100,229

 

3.1

%

Equity**

 

$

22,929

 

$

18,984

 

20.8

%

 


* (2.5) percent adjusted for currency.

** At December 31.

 

The following table provides the company’s operating (non-GAAP) earnings for 2013 and 2012.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Net income as reported

 

$

16,483

 

$

16,604

 

(0.7

)%

Non-operating adjustments (net of tax)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

747

 

641

 

16.5

 

Non-operating retirement-related costs/(income)

 

729

 

381

 

91.2

 

Operating (non-GAAP) earnings*

 

$

17,959

 

$

17,627

 

1.9

%

Diluted operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share

 

$

16.28

 

$

15.25

 

6.8

%

 


* See page 46 for a more detailed reconciliation of net income to operating (non-GAAP) earnings.

 

In 2013, the company reported revenue of $99.8 billion, expanded gross and net income margins, and delivered diluted earnings per share growth of 4.0 percent as reported and 6.8 percent on an operating (non-GAAP) basis. The company generated $17.5 billion in cash from operations and $15.0 billion in free cash flow driving shareholder returns of $17.9 billion in gross common stock repurchases and dividends. In 2013, the company continued the transformation of its portfolio to higher value expending $3.1 billion to acquire 10 companies to expand its capabilities in its key growth areas, in addition to maintaining high levels of investment of $6.2 billion in research and development and $3.8 billion in net capital expenditures.

 

The company also continued to shift its investments to address the key trends in information technology (IT)—social, mobile, big data/analytics and cloud. Several years ago, the company identified and established objectives for four key growth initiatives—Smarter Planet, business analytics, cloud and growth markets—to address these trends. In 2013, across the business, Smarter Planet, business analytics and cloud had strong performance. Smarter Planet revenue grew about 20 percent compared to 2012, with strength across all areas, including Smarter Commerce, Smarter Cities, Social Business and industry solutions. The company believes that data, as a natural resource, will drive demand going forward, and that big data/analytics will provide the basis for competitive differentiation. Business analytics revenue of $15.7 billion increased 9 percent year to year, led by Global Business Services and Software. The company’s cloud solutions address the full scope of client requirements including private clouds, public clouds and hybrid clouds, as well as platform and software-as-a-solution (SaaS)-based solutions. In 2013, the company delivered $4.4 billion of cloud-based solutions revenue, an increase of 69 percent compared to 2012. In addition, within that content, $1.7 billion was delivered as a service. Across the company’s performance, there is overlap between these initiatives. In total, software makes up about half of that combined content. The software content improves the company’s business mix and contributes to margin expansion.

 

Segment revenue was led by Software which increased 1.9 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) driven by key branded middleware which increased 4.8 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency). The key growth initiatives fueled this performance. Global Business Services returned to revenue growth at constant currency (down 0.9 percent as reported; up 3 percent adjusted for currency) driven by the company’s investments in the Digital Front Office. While revenue in Global Technology Services declined 4.2 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency), revenue trajectory improved in the second half and was stabilizing. Global Financing revenue improved 0.4 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) versus 2012. The Software, Global Services and Global Financing businesses all grew pre-tax income and expanded their pre-tax margin in 2013 compared to 2012. Systems and Technology impacted the company’s overall performance in 2013. Revenue decreased 18.7 percent (18 percent adjusted for currency) year to year driven by the back end of the mainframe product cycle and business model challenges specific to Power Systems, Storage and System x. Pre-tax income in Systems and Technology decreased $1.7 billion compared to the prior year.

 

Revenue from the company’s growth markets underperformed in 2013, particularly in the second half of the year. For the full year, growth markets revenue decreased 4.9 percent as reported and 2 percent at constant currency.  Overall, the company believes that the opportunity in the growth markets remains attractive, and it is intensifying its efforts on new growth opportunities in these markets.

 

The consolidated gross profit margin increased 0.5 points versus 2012 to 48.6 percent. This was the tenth consecutive year of improvement in the gross profit margin. The operating (non-GAAP) gross margin of 49.7 percent increased 0.9 points compared to the prior year. The increase in gross margin in 2013 was driven by margin improvements in the Global Services segments and an improved mix driven by Software, partially offset by margin decreases in Systems and Technology.

 

27



 

Total expense and other (income) increased 2.1 percent in 2013 versus the prior year. Total operating (non-GAAP) expense and other income increased 1.4 percent compared to the prior year. The year-to-year drivers were approximately:

 

 

 

Total

 

Operating

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(non-GAAP)

 

· Currency*

 

(1) point

 

(1) point

 

· Acquisitions**

 

2 points

 

2 points

 

· Base expense

 

1 point

 

1 point

 

 


* Reflects impacts of translation and hedging programs.

** Includes acquisitions completed in prior 12-month period.

 

There were several items that had an impact on total expense and other (income) year to year. Workforce rebalancing charges for 2013 were $1,064 million compared to $803 million in the prior year. Bad debt expense increased $106 million year to year driven by higher specific account reserves. In addition, in 2012, the company recorded a gain of $446 million related to the divestiture of the Retail Store Solutions (RSS) business, and also recorded a charge of $162 million related to a court ruling in the UK regarding one of IBM’s UK defined benefit pension plans. This charge was not included in the company’s operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income). Also, the company has a performance-based compensation structure. As a result of certain parts of the business not performing as expected, performance-related compensation in 2013 across both cost and expense was down $777 million compared to the prior year.

 

Pre-tax income decreased 10.9 percent and the pre-tax margin was 19.6 percent, a decrease of 1.4 points versus 2012. Net income decreased 0.7 percent and the net income margin was 16.5 percent, an increase of 0.6 points versus 2012. The effective tax rate for 2013 was 15.6 percent, a decrease of 8.6 points versus the prior year driven by an improvement in the ongoing tax rate and discrete tax items, including audit settlements. Operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income decreased 7.7 percent and the operating (non-GAAP) pretax margin was 21.4 percent, a decrease of 0.7 points versus the prior year. Operating (non-GAAP) net income increased 1.9 percent and the operating (non-GAAP) net income margin of 18.0 percent increased 1.1 points versus the prior year. The operating (non-GAAP) effective tax rate was 16.0 percent versus 24.0 percent in 2012 driven by the same factors described above.

 

Diluted earnings per share improved 4.0 percent year to year reflecting the benefits of the common stock repurchase program. In 2013, the company repurchased approximately 73 million shares of its common stock. Diluted earnings per share of $14.94 increased $0.57 from the prior year. Operating (non-GAAP) diluted earnings per share of $16.28 increased $1.03 versus 2012 driven by the following factors:

 

· Revenue decrease at actual rates

 

$

(0.69

)

· Margin expansion

 

$

0.98

 

· Common stock repurchases

 

$

0.74

 

 

At December 31, 2013, the company’s balance sheet and liquidity positions remained strong and were well positioned to support the business over the long term. Cash and marketable securities at year end was $11,066 million, consistent with the year-end 2012 balance. Key drivers in the balance sheet and total cash flows are highlighted below.

 

Total assets increased $7,010 million ($9,337 million adjusted for currency) from December 31, 2012 driven by:

 

·      Increases in prepaid pension assets ($4,607 million), goodwill ($1,937 million) and total receivables ($1,202 million), partially offset by

·      Decreases in deferred taxes ($687 million).

 

Total liabilities increased $3,065 million ($4,494 million adjusted for currency) from December 31, 2012 driven by:

 

·      Increased total debt ($6,449 million) and increases in deferred tax liabilities ($1,336 million), partially offset by

·      Decreased retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations ($4,176 million) and decreases in compensation and benefits ($853 million).

 

Total equity of $22,929 million increased $3,945 million from December 31, 2012 as a result of:

 

·      Higher retained earnings ($12,401 million), decreased losses in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) of $4,157 million and increased common stock ($1,484 million), partially offset by

·      Increased treasury stock ($14,110 million) driven by share repurchases.

 

The company generated $17,485 million in cash flow provided by operating activities, a decrease of $2,102 million when compared to 2012, primarily driven by operational performance and a net increase in the use of cash for taxes of $2,200 million primarily driven by an increase in cash tax payments. Net cash used in investing activities of $7,326 million was $1,679 million lower than 2012, primarily due to a decrease in cash used associated with the net purchases and sales of marketable securities and other investments ($1,232 million) and decreased net capital investments ($539 million). Net cash used in financing activities of $9,883 million was $2,094 million lower compared to 2012, primarily due to increased proceeds from net debt ($4,708 million), partially offset by increased cash used for gross common stock repurchases ($1,865 million).

 

In January 2014, the company disclosed that it is expecting GAAP earnings of at least $17.00 and operating (non-GAAP) earnings of at least $18.00 per diluted share for the full year 2014. The company also stated that in the first quarter of 2014 it expects to close the initial phase of the sale of its customer care business to SYNNEX and that it also expects to take the majority of its workforce rebalancing actions for the year in the same period. As a result, the company expects its first quarter 2014 GAAP and operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share to be approximately 14 percent of the full year expectation, reflecting about half of the divestiture gain, the workforce rebalancing charges and continued impacts from currency.

 

For additional information and details, see the “Year in Review” section on pages 35 through 52.

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Please refer to IBM’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 25, 2014 for a more detailed version of this Description of Business, especially Item 1A. entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

28



 

The company creates value for clients and solves business problems through integrated solutions that leverage information technology and deep knowledge of business processes. IBM solutions typically create value by reducing a client’s operational costs or by enabling new capabilities that generate revenue. These solutions draw from an industry-leading portfolio of consulting, delivery and implementation services, enterprise software, systems and financing.

 

Strategy

 

IBM’s strategy is one of innovation, transformation and a constant evolution to higher value. The company delivers innovative solutions, software and infrastructure to improve client outcomes. The company helps enterprises apply technology to capture new value across their entire organizations, and it provides a differentiated client experience through a highly engaged and skilled global workforce and a broad ecosystem of partners. The ultimate goal of this strategy is to deliver on IBM’s purpose of making our company essential to clients, employees, partners, investors and communities.

 

Three strategic imperatives shape our approach as we continuously transform IBM and align the company for higher value.

 

1. Make Markets by Transforming Industries and Professions with Data

 

The emergence of big data as the world’s new natural resource is the phenomenon of our time. It is being fueled by the proliferation of mobile devices, the rise of social media and the infusion of technology into all things and processes. Today, enterprises must harness data to create competitive advantage. The value for enterprises increases as they apply more sophisticated analytics across more disparate data sources. Their real-time use of data will increasingly become a competitive differentiator. Enterprises will also need cognitive computing capabilities as data continues to grow in all dimensions. Therefore, IBM’s strategy is to make markets by transforming industries and professions with data. The company has invested more than $22 billion, including $15 billion on more than 30 acquisitions, to build its capabilities in big data and analytics. One third of IBM’s research is focused on data, analytics and cognitive computing. The company is investing $1 billion in Watson solutions to build out the next era of cognitive systems and services. In 2013, the company realized $15.7 billion in business analytics revenue. The original target for this business was to achieve $16 billion in revenue in 2015—as a result of this performance, the company has taken its 2015 objective for business analytics revenue to $20 billion.

 

2. Remake Enterprise IT for the Era of Cloud

 

Enterprises are increasingly relying on cloud, which is being fueled by abundant bandwidth, the emergence of standards and the demand for consumability. They are benefitting from cloud by using it to transform their IT and business processes into digital services, to reinvent their core business processes and to drive innovation. Enterprises are integrating public and private clouds with backend systems to create hybrid, dynamic environments. They will increasingly need to manage their cloud environments with the same rigor as an on-premise datacenter. Therefore, IBM’s strategy is to remake enterprise IT for the era of cloud. The company has invested over $6 billion to acquire more than 15 companies related to cloud, and is investing more than $1 billion to expand its global footprint to 40 datacenters worldwide. IBM now has more than 100 SaaS offerings, and IBM cloud supports 24 of the top 25 Fortune 500 companies. All of this drove $4.4 billion of revenue for cloud-based solutions in 2013.

 

3. Enable “Systems of Engagement” for Enterprises and Lead by Example

 

Social, mobile and unprecedented access to data are changing how individuals are understood and engaged. A new class of individual is emerging: one that is empowered with knowledge, enriched by networks and expects value in return for its information. Enterprises must create a systematic approach to engage this new class of individual and increase its speed and responsiveness by becoming mobile. Interactions need to be personalized to offer more value. In addition, enterprises will benefit from securing information and increasing trust. Therefore, IBM’s strategy is to enable “systems of engagement” for enterprises, and the company is leading by example. IBM has acquired 20 companies related to mobile, social and security. IBMers are collaborating in more than 200,000 internal social communities and 85 percent of IBM’s sellers use the company’s Sales Connect portal. In 2013, the company’s mobile, social and security portfolio generated double-digit revenue growth with mobile increasing 69 percent, security 19 percent and social business 45 percent.

 

To capture the opportunities arising from these strategic imperatives, IBM is focused on four key growth initiatives: Smarter Planet, Business Analytics, Cloud Computing and Growth Markets.

 

Smarter Planet

 

Smarter Planet is IBM’s strategy to lead in a technology-enabled world that is more instrumented, interconnected and intelligent than ever before, allowing people and organizations to address significant business and societal challenges. At the heart of this strategy are solutions that drive innovation and outcomes for clients—extending the boundaries of businesses, industries and communities. It is about helping the company’s clients become better at what they do for their customers. IBM does this through advanced, integrated solutions based on capabilities such as analytics for business and physical systems, cloud computing, mobile, social business and business process management.

 

IBM continues to deepen its commitment to delivering on the promise of Smarter Planet for both line of business executives (CFOs, CHROs, CMOs, etc.) as well as IT executives across a broad range of industries. IBM’s industry-based approach and solutions are grounded in a deep understanding of the distinct set of challenges and opportunities that are confronting companies and executives in various industries. Whether ‘smarter’ means helping a bank to retain more customers through world-class mobile solutions, a hospital group to deliver highly individualized care coordinated with social services, a local government to anticipate and alleviate traffic congestion before it happens, or a retail chain to provide a seamless customer experience across multiple channels, IBM is developing and investing in a portfolio of replicable industry solutions to help clients achieve their goals and drive important outcomes for their customers.

 

There are several areas of focus within the Smarter Planet strategy, including IBM’s Social Business, MobileFirst, Smarter Commerce and Smarter Cities initiatives.

 

29



 

IBM’s Social Business initiative helps clients integrate social capabilities across core business processes to drive measurable business results. The Social Business initiative can unlock the intrinsic knowledge of people within an organization to help companies fuel customer-centric innovation, improve productivity and expand sales, loyalty and advocacy. To capitalize on the new market opportunities that arise from a digital economy, IBM Social Business can let clients apply increasingly sophisticated analytics to gain actionable insight and to more effectively engage with customers. Behavioral, human data is the newest form of data and can be used to build a stronger, more agile workforce and reinvent human capital management by applying behavioral sciences across the talent lifecycle. The Social Business initiative is powered by world class IBM services and software, developed organically by IBM and through acquisitions.

 

In 2013, the company launched IBM MobileFirst, a unified approach to help clients and partners deliver best-in-class mobile solutions, take advantage of more commercial opportunities and provide a superior customer experience. IBM has a breadth of expertise and technology to help organizations efficiently build and deploy mobile applications, maintain visibility and control over their mobile infrastructure, engage customers in context and transform the value chain in ways that can drive growth and return on investment. The company can help its clients achieve these goals through a complete portfolio of IBM mobile software, services and industry expertise. Throughout 2013, IBM invested in core mobile enterprise capabilities such as IBM Worklight and IBM Rational, while rounding out its portfolio with strategic acquisitions such as Fiberlink, Trusteer, Xtify and The Now Factory. Integrated with 270 patents in wireless innovations and strengthened by thousands of mobile specialists from IBM Mobile Enterprise Services and IBM Interactive, the company has already helped more than 1,000 clients become more mobile enterprises.

 

In addition to Social and Mobile, IBM’s deep commitment to building a smarter planet can be seen in the ongoing efforts around Smarter Commerce and Smarter Cities. IBM’s Smarter Commerce model can integrate and transform how companies manage and adapt their buy, market, sell and service processes to place the customer experience at the center of their business. IBM’s Smarter Cities initiative helps federal, state and local governments to make better decisions, anticipate issues and coordinate resources across agencies more effectively and deliver citizen-centric services that can drive sustainable economic growth.

 

Business Analytics

 

Business Analytics is the category of software, systems and services that helps organizations take advantage of big data to make better and faster decisions and optimize processes. Big data includes both enterprise data, content and new data from both structured and unstructured sources: in previously unimaginable volumes (petabytes), with huge variety (from blogs, tweets, pictures, videos and text), at high velocity (machine-to-machine data from the Internet of things) and with decreasing veracity (from uncertain or incomplete sources). Big data and analytics are core to achieving the Smarter Planet strategy, helping data-savvy, insight-driven leaders to infuse intelligence into business decisions, processes and client interactions for faster actions and better outcomes.

 

IBM can serve new buyers and make new market segments by bringing IT to industries and professions that are being transformed by data. The company has a unique set of offerings and deep expertise related to big data and analytics to help organizations:

 

·      Acquire, grow and retain customers by improving customer interactions, building long-term, profitable relationships and realizing new value from customer sentiment.

·      Create new business models by tapping into information and insight to identify and explore strategic options for growth.

·      Transform financial management processes by improving enterprise agility, anticipating outcomes and driving business model innovation through a discipline of performance.

·      Better monitor, predict and manage risk to build trust and value amidst uncertainty, by having confidence in their data, risk exposures and ability to make risk-aware actionable decisions.

·      Optimize operations and counter fraud and other threats to reduce costs, increase efficiencies and productivity and improve public safety.

·      Improve IT economics by developing and enabling new value and agility at practically all levels of the organization and across lines of business while helping keep costs low and profitability high.

 

The company’s approach to big data and analytics helps organizations to succeed in their industries. IBM recommends organizations do three things to be successful. First, build a culture that infuses analytics everywhere. Second, be proactive about the privacy, security and governance of their data. Third, invest in the right platform and solutions to harness and analyze all of their data for new insights and outcomes.

 

IBM is committed to continually innovating across the spectrum of big data and analytics capabilities, solutions, systems, research, services, deployment and skills. For example, in 2013, the company announced a breakthrough dynamic in-memory database technology called BLU Acceleration, predictive analytics for big data with IBM Analytic Catalyst, a PureData System for Hadoop that marries IBM’s enterprise-class Hadoop distribution (InfoSphere BigInsights) with the simplicity of an appliance, InfoSphere Data Privacy for Hadoop that provides security and protection for sensitive big data, a Watson Engagement Advisor solution to help transform how brands and their customers interact and new academic partnerships to help prepare students for the expanding scope of careers in big data and analytics.

 

Cloud Computing

 

Cloud is a model for consuming and delivering business and IT services that can result in significant improvements in economies of scale and business agility and serve as a platform for business transformation. IBM has developed a portfolio of solutions, services and products that is helping thousands of clients adopt and leverage the transformative power of the cloud. IBM’s breadth of capabilities gives the company a unique advantage to help clients think, build and tap into the cloud. IBM has the deep industry expertise to help clients transform business processes, industry optimized software solutions to support business processes, software development platforms to create new cloud-based business applications and standardized infrastructure to run these applications.

 

30



 

IBM offers a full array of cloud delivery models, including private clouds, public clouds and a hybrid cloud that includes a mix of both. The company enables clients to build private, on-premises cloud-based environments that have the control, security and isolation required for their most mission-critical workloads. IBM also offers public cloud services, including the newly acquired SoftLayer platform that provides an infrastructure and ecosystem for middleware and applications. IBM’s public cloud services can be simply provisioned as a self service, pay-as-you-go consumption model. IBM’s software defined environments can provide a seamless integration across private and public cloud models, with interoperability, portability and scalability to help clients realize the full value of cloud.

 

In the new era of computing, IBM’s plans to enable nearly everything as a digital service. During 2013, IBM made several cloud-related strategic announcements, notably:

 

·      IBM’s Watson technology is being made available as a development platform in the cloud to enable a worldwide community of software application providers to build a new generation of apps infused with Watson’s cognitive computing intelligence.

·      The acquisition of SoftLayer is enabling IBM to deliver industry-leading cloud solutions that offer the security, privacy and reliability of private clouds and the economy and speed of a public cloud.

·      New fast-start industry solutions, which are hosted on a private cloud using SoftLayer and offered as a managed service through Global Business Services, designed to meet growing demand from clients for rapid deployment, implementation and experimentation.

·      The acquisition of Xtify Inc., a leading provider of cloud-based mobile messaging tools that help organizations improve mobile sales, drive in-store traffic and engage customers with personalized offers.

·      An open-standards IBM cloud platform that provides capabilities to power the next generation of cloud and mobile application development and services.

 

Growth Markets

 

IBM continues to invest in growth markets where many countries and companies are embracing big data, mobile, social and cloud, often at faster rates than mature countries. In China, for example, 32 percent of consumers make their purchases online, compared to only 14 percent of consumers globally. In Africa, 18 percent of the continent’s GDP is expected to be handled through mobile money transfers by 2015, while in Singapore, citizens spend 40 minutes on average each day on Facebook, compared to less than 25 minutes in the United States. IBM is helping clients in growth markets capitalize on these trends. For example:

 

·      In Mexico, IBM is using its analytics tools to enable Banorte-Ixe Bank to know and service its more than 13 million customers as individuals.

·      Using IBM’s Big Data technologies and predictive analytics, Da Nang’s (Vietnam) traffic control center is better forecasting and preventing potential congestion and better coordinating city responses to issues like accidents and adverse weather.

·      In Saudi Arabia, the company developed a public health solution for disease management that was implemented with the Saudi Ministry of Health to help manage the risk of infectious and communicable diseases across the Kingdom.

·      Faced with rising fuel costs and a goal to reduce greenhouse emissions, Jet Airways, India’s premier international airline, turned to IBM to more accurately calculate, track and report aircraft emissions and reduce fuel usage.

 

IBM continues to build out its shared services facilities and talent to support its clients in growth markets. In China, the company has increased its Big Data software skills, and it will leverage an IBM Integrated Managed Services Centre to capture the significant growth in cloud. In November 2013, IBM opened its first Africa Research Lab in Kenya, IBM’s 12th lab worldwide. The facility will conduct applied and exploratory research into the challenges Africa faces, and deliver commercially viable solutions to help improve the lives of people across the continent.

 

Summary

 

IBM’s strategy is one of innovation, transformation and a constant evolution to higher value. The company has steadily remixed its portfolio and business model to reflect its strategic beliefs and pursue its growth initiatives. IBM has a balanced history of exiting commodity businesses that no longer fit the high-value model while investing in strategic acquisitions and organic capabilities. In 2013, the company invested $3.1 billion for acquisition, $3.8 billion in net capital expenditures and $6.2 billion in research and development. The company has acquired more than 150 companies since 2000 to bolster its portfolio in areas like big data and analytics, cloud and systems of engagement.

 

As the company looks ahead to 2014 and beyond, it will continuously transform itself to take advantage of new opportunities and pursue bold new plays in areas such as Watson solutions, new offerings for big data and analytics, the mobile enterprise and high-value cloud services. IBM will continue to deliver differentiated client value based on its sustained investments in research and development, its engaged employee base, industry expertise, global reach, and the breadth and depth of the company’s technologies and capabilities.

 

Business Model

 

The company’s business model is built to support two principal goals: helping enterprise clients to become more innovative, efficient and competitive through the application of business insight and IT solutions; and providing long-term value to shareholders. The business model has been developed over time through strategic investments in capabilities and technologies that have superior long-term growth and profitability prospects based on the value they deliver to clients.

 

The company’s global capabilities include services, software, systems, fundamental research and related financing. The broad mix of businesses and capabilities are combined to provide integrated solutions to the company’s clients.

 

The business model is resilient, adapting to the continuously changing market and economic environment. The company continues to divest certain businesses and strengthen its position through strategic organic investments and acquisitions in higher-value areas. In addition, the company has transformed itself into a globally integrated enterprise which has improved overall productivity and is driving investment and expanding participation in the world’s fastest growing markets.

 

31



 

This business model, supported by the company’s financial model, has enabled the company to deliver strong earnings, cash flows and returns to shareholders over the long term.

 

Business Segments and Capabilities

 

The company’s major operations consists of five business segments: Global Technology Services and Global Business Services, which the company collectively calls Global Services, Software, Systems and Technology and Global Financing.

 

Global Services: is a critical component of the company’s strategy of providing IT infrastructure and business insight and solutions to clients. While solutions often include industry-leading IBM software and systems, other suppliers’ products are also used if a client solution requires it. Approximately 60 percent of external Global Services segment revenue is annuity based, coming primarily from outsourcing and maintenance arrangements. The Global Services backlog provides a solid revenue base entering each year. Within Global Services, there are two reportable segments: Global Technology Services and Global Business Services.

 

Global Technology Services (GTS) primarily provides IT infrastructure and business process services, creating business value for clients through unique technology and IP integrated services within its global delivery model. By leveraging insights and experience drawn from IBM’s global scale, skills and technology, with applied innovation from IBM Research, clients gain access to leading-edge, high-quality services with improved productivity, flexibility, cost and outcomes.

 

GTS Capabilities

 

Strategic Outsourcing Services: delivers comprehensive IT outsourcing services dedicated to transforming clients’ existing infrastructures to consistently deliver improved quality, flexibility, risk management and financial value. The company integrates long-standing expertise in service management and technology with the ability to exploit the power of new technologies from IBM systems and software, such as cloud computing, analytics and virtualization, to deliver high performance, innovation and improved ability to achieve business objectives.

 

Global Process Services: delivers a range of offerings consisting of standardized through transformational solutions including processing platforms and business process outsourcing. These services deliver improved business results to clients through the strategic change and/or operation of the client’s business processes, applications and infrastructure.

 

Integrated Technology Services: delivers a portfolio of project-based and managed services that enable clients to transform and optimize their IT environments by driving efficiency, flexibility and productivity, while reducing costs. The standardized portfolio is built around key assets and patented software, and incorporates best practices and proven methodologies that ensure predictive quality of delivery, security and compliance.

 

Cloud Services: delivers a comprehensive set of cloud services ranging from assisting clients with building their own private clouds, to building customized dedicated managed clouds, to allowing clients to leverage standardized cloud infrastructure services from the Soft-Layer and SmartCloud Enterprise+ offerings, to creating hybrid environments linking their private and public workloads together. This portfolio of cloud offerings spans across the GTS business lines.

 

Technology Support Services: delivers a complete line of support services from product maintenance through solution support to maintain and improve the availability of clients’ IT infrastructures.

 

Global Business Services (GBS) has the mission to deliver predictable business outcomes to the company’s clients across two primary business areas: Consulting and Application Management Services. These professional services deliver business value and innovation to clients through solutions which leverage industry and business process expertise. The role of GBS is to drive initiatives that integrate IBM content and solutions and drive the progress of the company’s four primary growth initiatives. As clients transform themselves in response to market trends like big data, social and mobile computing, GBS is aligning its expertise and capabilities to address two interdependent categories of opportunity: Front Office Digitization, which describes the markets forming around new models of engagement with all audiences; and the Globally Integrated Enterprise, which describes the mandate to integrate data and processes in support of the new front-office programs, and build far more flexible information applications.

 

GBS Capabilities

 

Consulting: delivering client value with solutions in Strategy and Transformation, Application Innovation Services, Enterprise Applications and Smarter Analytics. Consulting is also focused on bringing to market client solutions that drive Front Office Digitization in Smarter Commerce, Cloud, Mobile and Social Business.

 

Application Management Services: application management, maintenance and support services for packaged software, as well as custom and legacy applications. Value is delivered through advanced capabilities in areas such as application testing and modernization, cloud application services, the company’s highly differentiated globally integrated capability model, industry knowledge and the standardization and automation of application management.

 

Software consists primarily of middleware and operating systems software. Middleware software enables clients to integrate systems, processes and applications across a standard software platform to improve their business results, solve critical problems and gain competitive advantage within their industries. IBM middleware is designed on open standards, making it easier to integrate disparate business applications, developed by different methods and implemented at different times. Operating systems are the software engines that run computers. Approximately two-thirds of external Software segment revenue is annuity based, coming from recurring license charges and ongoing post-contract support. The remaining one-third relates to one-time charge (OTC) arrangements in which clients pay one, up-front payment for a perpetual license. Typically, the sale of OTC software includes one year of post-contract support. Clients can also purchase ongoing post-contract support after the first year, which includes unspecified product upgrades and technical support.

 

32


 

Software Capabilities

 

WebSphere Software: delivers capabilities that enable organizations to run high-performance business applications. With these applications, clients can integrate and manage business processes across their organizations with the flexibility and agility they need to respond to changing conditions. Built on services-oriented architecture (SOA), and open standards support for cloud, mobile and social interactions, the WebSphere platform enables enterprises to extend their reach and optimize interactions with their key constituents. Smarter Commerce software helps companies better manage and improve each step of their value chain and capitalize on opportunities for profitable growth, efficiency and increased customer loyalty.

 

Information Management Software: enables clients to integrate, manage and analyze enormous amounts of data from a large variety of sources in order to gain competitive advantage and improve their business outcomes. With this approach, clients can extract real value out of their data and use it to make better business decisions. IBM’s middleware and integrated solutions include advanced database management, information integration, data governance, enterprise content management, data warehousing, business analytics and intelligence, predictive analytics and big data analytics.

 

Watson Solutions: included within Information Management Software, Watson is the first commercially available cognitive computing platform that has the ability to interact in natural language, processing vast amounts of big data, and learning from its interactions with people and computers. As an advisor, Watson is able to sift through and understand large amounts of data delivering insights with unprecedented speeds and accuracy.

 

Tivoli Software: helps clients optimize the value they get from their infrastructures and technology assets through greater visibility, control and automation across their end-to-end business operations. These asset management solutions foster integrated service delivery for cloud and datacenter management, enterprise endpoint and mobile device management, asset and facilities management, and storage management. Tivoli includes security systems software that provides clients with a single security intelligence platform that enables them to better secure all aspects of their enterprise and prevent security breaches.

 

Social Workforce Solutions: enables businesses to connect people and processes for more effective communication and increased productivity through collaboration, messaging and social networking software. By remaining at the forefront of collaboration tools, IBM’s social business offerings help organizations reap real benefits associated with social networking, as well as create a more efficient and effective workforce.

 

Rational Software: supports software development for both IT and complex embedded system solutions, with a portfolio of products and solutions supporting DevOps and Smarter Product Development, transforming the way lines of business, development and operations work together to deliver innovation via software.

 

Mobile Software :  spans middleware and offers customers true end-to-end mobile solutions across platform and application development, mobile security, and mobile device management.  Leveraging powerful analytics and usage data, customers are provided with the ability to have more compelling interactions with their clients and workforce, increasing touchpoints and deepening relationships.  The mobile offerings provide the ability to increase workforce productivity through enhanced collaboration, improved knowledge sharing and increased response speed.

 

Systems and Technology (STG) provides clients with business solutions requiring advanced computing power and storage capabilities. Approximately half of Systems and Technology’s server and storage sales transactions are through the company’s business partners; with the balance direct to end-user clients. In addition, Systems and Technology provides leading semiconductor technology, products and packaging solutions for IBM’s own advanced technology needs and for external clients.

 

Systems and Technology Capabilities

 

Systems: a range of general purpose and integrated systems designed and optimized for specific business, public and scientific computing needs. These systems—System z, Power Systems and System x—are typically the core technology in data centers that provide required infrastructure for business and institutions. Also, these systems form the foundation for IBM’s integrated offerings, such as IBM PureSystems, IBM Smart Analytics, IBM PureData System for Analytics powered by Netezza, IBM SmartCloud Entry and IBM BladeCenter for Cloud. IBM servers use both IBM and non-IBM micro-processor technology and operating systems. All IBM servers run Linux, a key open-source operating system, and the company is expanding its Linux relevance further on the Power platform.

 

Storage: data storage products and solutions that allow clients to retain and manage rapidly growing, complex volumes of digital information. These solutions address critical client requirements for information retention and archiving, security, compliance and storage optimization including data deduplication, availability and virtualization. The portfolio consists of a broad range of disk and tape storage systems, leveraging the breadth of IBM’s software offerings, and includes Flash storage and solutions.

 

Microelectronics: semiconductor design and manufacturing primarily for use in IBM systems and storage products as well as delivering semiconductors and related services to external clients.

 

Global Financing facilitates clients’ acquisition of IBM systems, software and services. Global Financing invests in financing assets, leverages with debt and manages the associated risks with the objective of generating consistently strong returns on equity. The primary focus on the company’s offerings and clients mitigates many of the risks normally associated with a financing company. Global Financing has the benefit of both a deep knowledge of its client base and a clear insight into the products and services that are being financed. This combination allows Global Financing to effectively manage two of the major risks (credit and residual value) that are normally associated with financing.

 

Global Financing Capabilities

 

Client Financing: lease and loan financing to end users and internal clients for terms generally between one and seven years. Internal financing is predominantly in support of Global Services’ long-term

 

33



 

client service contracts. Global Financing also factors a selected portion of the company’s accounts receivable, primarily for cash management purposes. All internal financing arrangements are at arm’s-length rates and are based upon market conditions.

 

Commercial Financing: short-term inventory and accounts receivable financing to dealers and remarketers of IT products.

 

Remanufacturing and Remarketing: as equipment is returned at the conclusion of a lease transaction, these assets are refurbished and sold or leased to new or existing clients both externally and internally. Externally remarketed equipment revenue represents sales or leases to clients and resellers. Internally remarketed equipment revenue primarily represents used equipment that is sold internally to Systems and Technology and Global Services. Systems and Technology may also sell the equipment that it purchases from Global Financing to external clients.

 

IBM Worldwide Organizations

 

The following worldwide organizations play key roles in IBM’s delivery of value to its clients:

 

·      Sales and Distribution

·      Research, Development and Intellectual Property

·      Enterprise Transformation

·      Integrated Supply Chain

 

Sales and Distribution

 

IBM has a significant global presence, operating in more than 175 countries, with an increasingly broad-based geographic distribution of revenue. The company’s Sales and Distribution organization manages a strong global footprint, with dedicated country-based operating units focused on delivering client value. Within these units, client relationship professionals work with integrated teams of consultants, product specialists and delivery fulfillment teams to improve clients’ business performance. These teams deliver value by understanding the clients’ businesses and needs, and then bring together capabilities from across IBM and an extensive network of Business Partners to develop and implement solutions.

 

By combining global expertise with local experience, IBM’s geographic structure enables dedicated management focus for local clients, speed in addressing new market opportunities and timely investments in emerging opportunities. The geographic units align industry-skilled resources to serve clients’ agendas. IBM extends capabilities to mid-market client segments by leveraging industry skills with marketing, Inside Sales and local Business Partner resources.

 

The company continues to invest to capture the long-term opportunity in markets around the world that have market growth rates greater than the global average—countries within Southeast Asia, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Latin America. The company’s major markets include the G7 countries of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United States (U.S.) and the United Kingdom (UK) plus Austria, the Bahamas, Belgium, the Caribbean region, Cyprus, Denmark, Finland, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Malta, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and Switzerland.

 

The majority of IBM’s revenue, excluding the company’s original equipment manufacturer (OEM) technology business, occurs in industries that are broadly grouped into six sectors:

 

·      Financial Services: Banking, Financial Markets, Insurance

·      Public: Education, Government, Healthcare, Life Sciences

·      Industrial: Aerospace and Defense, Automotive, Chemical and Petroleum, Electronics

·      Distribution: Consumer Products, Retail, Travel and Transportation

·      Communications: Telecommunications, Media and Entertainment, Energy and Utilities

·      General Business: Cross-sector representation of intermediate-sized large enterprises as well as mid-market clients

 

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

 

IBM’s research and development (R&D) operations differentiate the company from its competitors. IBM annually invests approximately $6 billion for R&D, focusing on high-growth, high-value opportunities. IBM Research works with clients and the company’s business units through 12 global labs on near-term and mid-term innovations. It contributes many new technologies to IBM’s portfolio every year and helps clients address their most difficult challenges. IBM Research also explores the boundaries of science and technology—from nanotechnology to future systems, big data analytics, secure clouds and to IBM Watson, a ‘‘cognitive’’ learning system.

 

IBM Research also focuses on differentiating IBM’s services businesses, providing new capabilities and solutions. It has the world’s largest mathematics department of any public company, enabling IBM to create unique analytic solutions and actively engage with clients on their toughest challenges.

 

In 2013, IBM was awarded more U.S. patents than any other company for the 21st consecutive year. IBM’s 6,809 patents awarded in 2013 represent a diverse range of inventions poised to enable significant innovations that will position the company to compete and lead in strategic areas such as Watson, cloud computing and big data analytics. These inventions also will advance the new era of cognitive systems where machines will learn, reason and interact with people in more natural ways. It was the most U.S. patents ever awarded to one company in a single year.

 

The company continues to actively seek intellectual property protection for its innovations, while increasing emphasis on other initiatives designed to leverage its intellectual property leadership. Some of IBM’s technological breakthroughs are used exclusively in IBM products, while others are licensed and may be used in IBM products and/or the products of the licensee. While the company’s various proprietary intellectual property rights are important to its success, IBM believes its business as a whole is not materially dependent on any particular patent or license, or any particular group of patents or licenses. IBM owns or is licensed under a number of patents, which vary in duration, relating to its products.

 

Enterprise Transformation

 

A key element of the company’s strategy is becoming a Smarter Enterprise. The transformation to a Smarter Enterprise is built on the foundation of internal transformation undertaken in the recent past, where IBM standardized business processes, drove enterprisewide

 

34



 

transformation governance, implemented a global operating model, instrumented data, and connected employees to drive collaboration across geographic and functional boundaries.

 

The Smarter Enterprise is enabled through application of analytics, social, mobile and cloud tools, approaches and technologies. Analytics enable data-driven insights for faster, smarter decision making. Social tools encourage peer-to-peer interactions, and allow data to be shared within and outside IBM in a social way. Mobile technology allows workers to work seamlessly from anywhere. Cloud infrastructure and services enable application delivery. Collectively these enablers allow IBM to make decisions differently, create value differently and deliver value differently, thereby improving employee engagement and client experience and ultimately driving better business performance. The company primarily reinvests the benefits of its enterprise transformation initiatives in remixing its spending profile and resources to its higher growth, higher margin initiatives, in addition to improving profitability.

 

Integrated Supply Chain

 

IBM has an extensive integrated supply chain, procuring materials and services globally. In 2013, the company also managed approximately $20 billion in procurement spending for its clients through the Global Process Services organization. The supply, manufacturing and logistics and sales transaction support operations are integrated in one operating unit that has optimized inventories over time. Simplifying and streamlining internal processes has improved sales force productivity and operational effectiveness and efficiency. Supply chain resiliency enables IBM to reduce its risk during marketplace changes.

 

The company continues to derive business value from its own globally integrated supply chain providing a strategic advantage for the company to create value for clients. IBM leverages its supply chain expertise for clients through its supply chain business transformation outsourcing service to optimize and help operate clients’ end-to-end supply chain processes, from procurement to logistics.

 

The company has expanded its use of analytics to measure, manage and fine tune its supply chain operations, which will help reshape its operations and create value for clients.

 

YEAR IN REVIEW

 

Segment Details

 

The following is an analysis of the 2013 versus 2012 reportable segment results. The table below presents each reportable segment’s external revenue and gross margin results. Segment pre-tax income includes transactions between segments that are intended to reflect an arm’s-length transfer price and excludes certain unallocated corporate items; see note T, “Segment Information,” on pages 141 to 146 for additional information.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Technology Services

 

$

38,551

 

$

40,236

 

(4.2

)%

(1.4

)%

Gross margin

 

38.1

%

36.6

%

1.5

pts.

 

 

Global Business Services

 

18,396

 

18,566

 

(0.9

)%

2.6

%

Gross margin

 

30.9

%

30.0

%

0.9

pts.

 

 

Software

 

25,932

 

25,448

 

1.9

%

2.9

%

Gross margin

 

88.8

%

88.7

%

0.1

pts.

 

 

Systems and Technology

 

14,371

 

17,667

 

(18.7

)%

(17.9

)%

Gross margin

 

35.6

%

39.1

%

(3.5

)pts.

 

 

Global Financing

 

2,022

 

2,013

 

0.4

%

2.8

%

Gross margin

 

45.6

%

46.5

%

(0.9

)pts.

 

 

Other

 

478

 

577

 

(17.1

)%

(16.4

)%

Gross margin

 

(195.6

)%

(71.6

)%

(124.0

)pts.

 

 

Total consolidated revenue

 

$

99,751

 

$

104,507

 

(4.6

)%

(2.5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consolidated gross profit

 

$

48,505

 

$

50,298

 

(3.6

)%

 

 

Total consolidated gross margin

 

48.6

%

48.1

%

0.5

pts.

 

 

Non-operating adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

388

 

375

 

3.5

%

 

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

5

 

1

 

NM

 

 

 

Retirement-related costs/(income)

 

629

 

264

 

138.1

%

 

 

Operating (non-GAAP) gross profit

 

$

49,527

 

$

50,938

 

(2.8

)%

 

 

Operating (non-GAAP) gross margin

 

49.7

%

48.7

%

0.9

pts.

 

 

 

NM—Not meaningful

 

35



 

Global Services

 

In 2013, the Global Services segments, Global Technology Services (GTS) and Global Business Services (GBS), delivered $56,947 million of revenue, grew pre-tax income 2.5 percent and expanded pre-tax margin 1.0 points. GBS returned to revenue growth in 2013, at constant currency, leveraging the investments made in the Digital Front Office practices. GTS revenue performance improved during the second half of 2013 and is stabilizing. Global Services had good performance in the key growth initiatives of Smarter Planet, business analytics and cloud, and is continuing to invest to expand its capabilities in these areas. Total outsourcing revenue of $26,157 million decreased 5.1 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) and total transactional revenue of $23,678 million decreased 1.0 percent as reported, but increased 2 percent adjusted for currency year to year. The estimated Global Services backlog was $143 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of 1.8 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency) versus the prior year-end balance.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Global Services external revenue

 

$

56,947

 

$

58,802

 

(3.2

)%

(0.2

)%

Global Technology Services

 

$

38,551

 

$

40,236

 

(4.2

)%

(1.4

)%

Outsourcing

 

22,060

 

23,344

 

(5.5

)

(2.7

)

Integrated Technology Services

 

9,380

 

9,550

 

(1.8

)

1.0

 

Maintenance

 

7,111

 

7,343

 

(3.1

)

(0.7

)

Global Business Services

 

$

18,396

 

$

18,566

 

(0.9

)%

2.6

%

Outsourcing

 

4,097

 

4,209

 

(2.6

)

1.5

 

Consulting and Systems Integration

 

14,298

 

14,358

 

(0.4

)

2.9

 

 

Global Technology Services revenue of $38,551 million in 2013 decreased 4.2 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) year to year. From a geographic perspective, revenue declines in North America and Europe were partially offset by growth in Japan, adjusted for currency. GTS Outsourcing revenue decreased 5.5 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013. Revenue performance was impacted by a decline in revenue from sales into existing base accounts. This activity is more transactional in nature and can be economically sensitive. Revenue was also impacted by the work done to improve the profitability of the restructured low margin outsourcing contracts. GTS Outsourcing had double-digit signings growth in 2013 and started to realize the benefit from several of the large transformational contract signings in its fourth-quarter 2013 revenue. Integrated Technology Services (ITS) revenue decreased 1.8 percent as reported, but increased 1 percent adjusted for currency in 2013 compared to 2012. The company continues to shift the ITS business toward higher value managed services such as business continuity, security and cloud. Within the cloud offerings, SoftLayer contributed 2 points of revenue growth to the ITS performance in 2013, and a half-point to total GTS revenue for the year. SoftLayer provides unmatched performance, flexibility and breadth for public and hybrid cloud workloads. In January 2014, the company announced plans to invest over $1.2 billion to double its SoftLayer centers, and with 40 cloud datacenters in 15 countries, the company will have cloud centers in every major geography and key financial center.

 

Global Business Services revenue of $18,396 million decreased 0.9 percent as reported, but increased 3 percent at constant currency in 2013 with growth in both GBS Outsourcing and Consulting and Systems Integration (C&SI), adjusted for currency. GBS revenue increased 0.5 percent (4 percent at constant currency) in the second half of the year. On a geographic basis, revenue growth at constant currency was led by North America, Japan and the growth markets, while Europe was flat year to year. By offering, growth was driven by the practices that address the Digital Front Office. GBS delivered double-digit growth in each of the strategic growth initiatives of business analytics, Smarter Planet and cloud. The company has been investing to build capabilities in these key areas and now has nearly 20,000 resources in GBS focused on the growing Digital Front Office opportunity. In the area of big data, the GBS capabilities span from Business Analytics and Optimization strategy, through Front Office Analytics to Fraud and Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management. Application Outsourcing revenue decreased 2.6 percent as reported, but increased 2 percent adjusted for currency. C&SI revenue decreased 0.4 percent as reported, but increased 3 percent adjusted for currency. Both lines of business had constant currency revenue growth year to year in the growth markets. In 2013, the GBS backlog grew for the fifth consecutive year at constant currency led, in 2013, by the major markets.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Global Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Technology Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External gross profit

 

$

14,691

 

$

14,740

 

(0.3

)%

External gross profit margin

 

38.1

%

36.6

%

1.5

pts.

Pre-tax income

 

$

6,983

 

$

6,961

 

0.3

%

Pre-tax margin

 

17.6

%

16.8

%

0.8

pts.

Global Business Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External gross profit

 

$

5,676

 

$

5,564

 

2.0

%

External gross profit margin

 

30.9

%

30.0

%

0.9

pts.

Pre-tax income

 

$

3,214

 

$

2,983

 

7.7

%

Pre-tax margin

 

16.8

%

15.5

%

1.3

pts.

 

36



 

GTS gross profit decreased 0.3 percent in 2013 and the gross profit margin improved 1.5 points year to year with margin expansion in each line of business, as well as in the growth markets and major markets. Pre-tax income increased 0.3 percent year to year and the pre-tax margin expanded 0.8 points to 17.6 percent. The 2013 margin improvement was driven by reductions in performance-related compensation, benefits from the second-quarter 2013 workforce rebalancing activity and efficiency improvements primarily through the company’s enterprise productivity initiatives, partially offset by higher year-to-year workforce rebalancing charges.

 

The GBS gross profit margin expanded 0.9 points in 2013 with improved profit performance in Application Outsourcing. GBS pre-tax income increased 7.7 percent in 2013 with a pre-tax margin of 16.8 percent, an improvement of 1.3 points year to year. GBS benefitted from reductions in performance-related compensation, the company’s enterprise productivity initiatives and the second-quarter 2013 workforce rebalancing activity, partially offset by higher year-to-year workforce rebalancing charges. The savings from those actions fuel the investments being made in the key growth initiatives.

 

The total Global Services business delivered profit growth and margin expansion throughout 2013. Pre-tax income of $10,197 million in 2013 increased 2.5 percent year to year and the pre-tax margin expanded 1.0 points to 17.4 percent.

 

Global Services Backlog

 

The estimated Global Services backlog at December 31, 2013 was $143 billion, an increase of 1.8 percent as reported and 5 percent adjusted for currency compared to the December 31, 2012 balance, with growth across both the transactional and outsourcing businesses. Revenue generated from the opening backlog is approximately 70 percent of total services annual revenue in any year. In 2014, the projected total services revenue from the backlog is expected to be up 1 percent year to year at consistent foreign currency exchange rates. The divestiture of the company’s customer care business in the first quarter of 2014 will impact performance from the backlog. This will reduce the total backlog and impact revenue growth from the backlog by approximately 3 points; including the divestiture, revenue generated from the backlog is expected to be down 2 percent year to year. The balance of the revenue, the other approximately 30 percent of total services revenue in any year, comes from yield from current year signings, and sales and volumes into the existing client base. It also includes SoftLayer and some other cloud services, which generate period revenue that isn’t reflected in the backlog.

 

The estimated transactional backlog at December 31, 2013 increased 5.3 percent (8 percent adjusted for currency) and the estimated outsourcing backlog increased 1.5 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency), respectively, from the December 31, 2012 levels.

 

($ in billions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

`

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Backlog

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total backlog

 

$

142.8

 

$

140.3

 

1.8

%

4.8

%

Outsourcing backlog

 

90.8

 

89.4

 

1.5

 

4.7

 

 

Total Global Services backlog includes GTS Outsourcing, ITS, GBS Outsourcing, Consulting and Systems Integration and Maintenance. Outsourcing backlog includes GTS Outsourcing and GBS Outsourcing. Transactional backlog includes ITS and Consulting and Systems Integration. Total backlog is intended to be a statement of overall work under contract and therefore does include Maintenance. Backlog estimates are subject to change and are affected by several factors, including terminations, changes in the scope of contracts, periodic revalidations, adjustments for revenue not materialized and adjustments for currency.

 

Global Services signings are management’s initial estimate of the value of a client’s commitment under a Global Services contract. There are no third-party standards or requirements governing the calculation of signings. The calculation used by management involves estimates and judgments to gauge the extent of a client’s commitment, including the type and duration of the agreement, and the presence of termination charges or wind-down costs.

 

Signings include GTS Outsourcing, ITS, GBS Outsourcing and Consulting and Systems Integration contracts. Contract extensions and increases in scope are treated as signings only to the extent of the incremental new value. Maintenance is not included in signings as maintenance contracts tend to be more steady state, where revenues equal renewals.

 

Contract portfolios purchased in an acquisition are treated as positive backlog adjustments provided those contracts meet the company’s requirements for initial signings. A new signing will be recognized if a new services agreement is signed incidental or coincidental to an acquisition or divestiture.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Total signings

 

$

63,203

 

$

56,595

 

11.7

%

14.8

%

Outsourcing signings

 

$

35,027

 

$

27,891

 

25.6

%

28.7

%

Transactional signings

 

28,176

 

28,703

 

(1.8

)

1.4

 

 

37



 

Software

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Software external revenue

 

$

25,932

 

$

25,448

 

1.9

%

2.9

%

Middleware

 

$

21,557

 

$

20,983

 

2.7

%

3.7

%

Key Branded Middleware

 

17,322

 

16,528

 

4.8

 

5.7

 

WebSphere Family

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

 

9.1

 

Information Management

 

 

 

 

 

2.8

 

3.7

 

Social Workforce Solutions*

 

 

 

 

 

10.8

 

11.9

 

Tivoli

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

 

4.8

 

Rational

 

 

 

 

 

4.9

 

6.0

 

Other middleware

 

4,235

 

4,455

 

(4.9

)

(3.9

)

Operating systems

 

2,447

 

2,525

 

(3.1

)

(1.9

)

Other

 

1,929

 

1,940

 

(0.6

)

0.2

 

 


* Formerly Lotus

 

Software revenue of $25,932 million increased 1.9 percent as reported and 3 percent adjusted for currency in 2013 compared to 2012. The Software business delivered revenue growth, at constant currency, in all four quarters of the year. Revenue continued to mix toward key branded middleware with growth in all five brands. The Software value proposition remains strong for enterprise clients. Customers continue to increase deployment of the company’s middleware products and the business is investing and gaining share in social, mobile, analytics, cloud and security. Some of this is delivered in a SaaS model, and the company has over 100 SaaS offerings in its software portfolio. Across the Software brands, there was strong performance in the growth initiatives that address the key market trends—Smarter Planet, business analytics and cloud. The Software business completed eight acquisitions in 2013, adding to it’s capabilities in mobile, big data analytics and security. The Software business grew segment pre-tax profit 2.7 percent to $11.1 billion and expanded pre-tax margin 0.5 points.

 

In January 2014, the company announced a $1 billion investment in Watson, and it established a new Watson Group within the Software business. This new unit is dedicated to the development and commercialization of cloud-delivered cognitive innovations.

 

Key branded middleware revenue increased 4.8 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency), with strong performance in the areas of analytics, cloud, mobile, social and security. The faster growing and higher value branded middleware accounted for 67 percent of total Software revenue in 2013, an increase of 2 points from 2012.

 

WebSphere revenue increased 8.2 percent (9 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 and gained share. Revenue performance was driven by double-digit growth in the Commerce offerings, and growth in Business Integration and the on-premises Application Server business. Mobile contributed strong revenue growth in 2013. MobileFirst, the company’s comprehensive portfolio of mobile software and services, was introduced in 2013 and extends value to clients to reach new markets and gain competitive advantage. The company continues to add capabilities to the WebSphere brand. In January 2014, the business acquired Aspera, Inc. which provides best in class transfer speeds for movement of big data.

 

Information Management revenue increased 2.8 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 compared to 2012. Performance in 2013 included strong growth in the distributed database offerings, including Netezza, and content management software.

 

Tivoli revenue increased 3.9 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 and gained share, driven by storage growth and the security solutions portfolio. Tivoli storage revenue was up 7 percent (8 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013. Tivoli security revenue increased 17 percent (19 percent adjusted for currency) and reflects contribution from the acquisition of Trusteer in the third quarter of 2013, which extended Tivoli’s data security capabilities further into cloud and mobile environments. The transformation driven by mobile and cloud computing is raising the importance of security for enterprise customers. The company has been building and expanding its security capabilities and now has 6,000 security experts worldwide, 3,000 patents in security and 25 security laboratories worldwide across software and services.

 

Social Workforce Solutions revenue increased 10.8 percent (12 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013. Performance was driven by Kenexa, which provides cloud-based recruiting and talent management solutions.

 

Rational revenue increased 4.9 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 year over year.

 

Operating systems revenue decreased 3.1 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 compared to 2012, driven by declines in Systems z and Power Systems.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External gross profit

 

$

23,032

 

$

22,569

 

2.0

%

External gross profit margin

 

88.8

%

88.7

%

0.1

pts.

Pre-tax income

 

$

11,106

 

$

10,810

 

2.7

%

Pre-tax margin

 

38.1

%

37.6

%

0.5

pts.

 

38



 

Software gross profit increased 2.0 percent in 2013, with a gross profit margin of 88.8 percent. Software pre-tax income increased 2.7 percent and the pre-tax margin improved 0.5 points to 38.1 percent. The Software business had another successful year leveraging revenue growth and expense savings, primarily from the company’s enterprise productivity initiatives, to drive profit growth and margin expansion. The relative strength of the Software business, fueled by growth in the key growth initiatives, improved the company’s business mix and contributed to its operating (non-GAAP) consolidated gross and net margin improvements.

 

Systems and Technology

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Systems and Technology external revenue

 

$

14,371

 

$

17,667

 

(18.7

)%

(17.9

)%

System z

 

 

 

 

 

(13.4

)%

(12.6

)%

Power Systems

 

 

 

 

 

(31.4

)

(30.7

)

System x

 

 

 

 

 

(13.5

)

(12.7

)

Storage

 

 

 

 

 

(10.8

)

(9.7

)

Total Systems excluding Retail Store Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

(17.6

)

(16.8

)

Microelectronics OEM

 

 

 

 

 

(11.9

)

(11.9

)

Total Systems and Technology excluding Retail Store Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

(17.0

)

(16.3

)

Retail Store Solutions (Divested in 2012)

 

 

 

 

 

(98.2

)

(98.2

)

 

Systems and Technology (STG) revenue decreased 18.7 percent (18 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 versus 2012. Adjusting for the divested RSS business, revenue declined 17.0 percent (16 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013. Growth markets revenue decreased 16.5 percent (16 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013, compared to the prior year, while major markets revenue decreased 21.5 percent (20 percent adjusted for currency). Japan declined 18 percent as reported, but was essentially flat adjusted for currency. Two issues within the business significantly impacted the segment’s revenue and profit performance in 2013. First, STG is dealing with challenges in its hardware business models specific to Power Systems, Storage and x86. In addition, System z revenue was impacted by the product cycle, particularly in the second half, as the company entered the back end of the current mainframe cycle with difficult period to period comparisons driving revenue declines.

 

System z revenue decreased 13.4 percent (13 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 versus 2012. The decrease was primarily driven by lower revenue in North America, while revenue increased in the growth markets. MIPS (millions of instructions per second) shipments increased 6 percent in 2013 versus the prior year. The increase in MIPS was driven by specialty engines, which increased 17 percent year over year and continue to be more than 50 percent of the total volumes. The decline in System z revenue was expected based on the product’s movement through the product cycle in 2013. In the current mainframe cycle, the company has shipped 28 percent more MIPS compared to the same period in the prior cycle. The revenue and gross profit in the current cycle are each about 99 percent of the previous cycle, net of currency. Mainframe products provide the highest levels of availability, reliability, efficiency and security, which position it as the ideal platform for high volume, mission critical workloads. The additional MIPS capacity in the current product cycle is a reflection of the ongoing relevance of the mainframe to clients, and provides the company with financial returns consistent with past cycles.

 

Power Systems revenue decreased 31.4 percent (31 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 versus 2012. The Power platform continues to ship significant capacity into the UNIX market, however this has been more than offset by significant price performance, resulting in lower revenue. The company has been very successful in the UNIX market, and is taking two actions to improve its business model in Power Systems. First, it is making the platform more relevant to clients. To achieve this:

 

·      In the fourth quarter of 2013, the company introduced a new Integrated Facility for Linux offering which enables clients to run Linux workloads in their existing servers. This mirrors the successful strategy the company executed on the System z platform;

·      The company will expand its Linux relevance even further with POWER8 in 2014, which will provide additional big data and cloud capabilities; and

·              Through the company’s OpenPOWER consortium it is making Power technology available to an open development alliance, building an ecosystem around the Power technologies.

 

These effects will take some time.

 

Secondly, even with these additional capabilities, the company recognizes that the size of the Power platform will not return to prior revenue levels. The company will take action by right-sizing the business for the demand characteristics it expects.

 

System x revenue decreased 13.5 percent (13 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 versus 2012. High-end System x revenue decreased 16 percent (16 percent adjusted for currency) and blades revenue declined 45 percent (45 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 versus the prior year. These decreases were partially offset by increased revenue driven by Pure Systems.

 

Pure Systems continued to gain momentum. Globally to date, the company has shipped over 10,000 systems across its hardware brands.

 

Storage revenue decreased 10.8 percent (10 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 versus 2012. The company’s flash solutions continued to gain momentum in 2013 with positive revenue growth. The

 

39



 

Storwize products delivered double-digit growth, which were more than offset by declines in legacy OEM mid-range offerings, and declines in high-end offerings driven by significant pricing pressure.

 

Retail Stores Solutions (RSS) revenue decreased 98.2 percent (98 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 versus 2012. In the third quarter of 2012, the company divested the RSS business to Toshiba Tec. See the caption, “Divestitures,” on page 98 for additional information regarding the transaction.

 

Microelectronics OEM revenue decreased 11.9 percent (12 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013 versus 2012.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Systems and Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External gross profit

 

$

5,120

 

$

6,903

 

(25.8

)%

External gross profit margin

 

35.6

%

39.1

%

(3.5

)pts.

Pre-tax income

 

$

(507

)

$

1,227

 

NM

 

Pre-tax margin

 

(3.4

)%

6.7

%

(10.1

)pts.

 

NM—Not meaningful

 

The decrease in external gross profit in 2013 versus 2012 was due to lower revenue and a lower overall gross profit margin reflecting the business model challenges. Overall gross margin decreased 3.5 points in 2013 versus the prior year. The decrease was driven by lower margins in Power Systems (1.0 points), System x (0.9 points), Microelectronics (0.7 points) and Storage (0.4 points) as well as a decline due to revenue mix (0.7 points), partially offset by margin improvement in System z (0.1 points).

 

Systems and Technology’s pre-tax income decreased $1,734 million to a loss of $507 million in 2013, when compared to the prior year. Pre-tax margin decreased 10.1 points in 2013 versus 2012. The decline in pre-tax income was driven by the hardware businesses which are dealing with business model challenges due to market shifts and System z, as it entered the backend of the mainframe product cycle late in the year.

 

Global Financing

 

See pages 72 through 75 for an analysis of Global Financing’s segment results.

 

Geographic Revenue

 

In addition to the revenue presentation by reportable segment, the company also measures revenue performance on a geographic basis. The following geographic, regional and country-specific revenue performance excludes OEM revenue, which is discussed separately below.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Total revenue

 

$

99,751

 

$

104,507

 

(4.6

)%

(2.5

)%

Geographies

 

$

97,800

 

$

102,268

 

(4.4

)%

(2.2

)%

Americas

 

43,249

 

44,556

 

(2.9

)

(2.0

)

Europe/Middle East/Africa

 

31,628

 

31,775

 

(0.5

)

(2.1

)

Asia Pacific

 

22,923

 

25,937

 

(11.6

)

(2.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Major markets

 

 

 

 

 

(4.2

)%

(2.2

)%

Growth markets

 

 

 

 

 

(4.9

)%

(2.4

)%

BRIC countries

 

 

 

 

 

(8.2

)%

(5.6

)%

 

Total geographic revenue of $97,800 million decreased 4.4 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) in 2013. Revenue in the major markets decreased 4.2 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency). Revenue from the growth markets, which represented approximately 23 percent of the total geographic revenue for the year, decreased 4.9 percent on a year-to-year basis (2 percent adjusted for currency). Performance at constant currency in the growth markets was mixed, with year-to-year growth in the first half offset by declines in the second half. The company had strength in Latin America and the Middle East and Africa region. However, declines in some of the larger growth markets, for example China and Australia, impacted the overall performance in the growth markets. Within the BRIC countries of Brazil, Russia, India and China, combined revenue declined 8.2 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency). The company continues to see good opportunity in all regions over the long term and is continuing to invest in these key markets.

 

Americas revenue decreased 2.9 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) compared to the prior year. The major market countries were down 3.9 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency), partially offset by an increase in the Latin America growth markets of 4.4 percent (9 percent adjusted for currency). Within the major market countries, the U.S. was down 3.4 percent and Canada was down 6.3 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency). Within the growth market countries, Brazil increased 3.3 percent (10 percent adjusted for currency) and Mexico increased 7.8 percent (8 percent adjusted for currency).

 

40


 

Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA) revenue decreased 0.5 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) compared to the prior year. The major market countries were down 0.5 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency), while the growth market countries were down 0.6 percent (up 1 percent adjusted for currency). In the major market countries, the UK decreased 1.4 percent (flat adjusted for currency), Germany decreased 0.1 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency), France decreased 1.8 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency), and Italy decreased 2.1 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency). Within the EMEA growth markets, the Middle East and Africa region increased 5.0 percent (11 percent adjusted for currency), but this growth was offset primarily by a decrease in Russia of 22.7 percent (22 percent adjusted for currency).

 

Asia Pacific revenue decreased 11.6 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) year to year. Japan revenue decreased 15.2 percent as reported, but increased 4 percent overall and grew in every quarter on a constant currency basis. This growth reflects the benefits of shifting investment and redirection of the company’s go-to-market focus to improve performance in Japan. The Asia Pacific growth markets decreased 9.1 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency), with China down 12.2 percent (14 percent adjusted for currency) and Australia down 15.9 percent (10 percent adjusted for currency). During 2013, performance in China was impacted by the process surrounding the implementation of a broad governmental economic reform plan.

 

OEM revenue of $1,951 million in 2013 decreased 12.9 percent (12 percent adjusted for currency) compared to the prior year, driven by the Microelectronics OEM business.

 

Total Expense and Other (Income)

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Total consolidated expense and other (income)

 

$

28,981

 

$

28,396

 

2.1

%

Non-operating adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

(370

)

(328

)

12.9

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

(40

)

(35

)

14.9

 

Non-operating retirement-related (costs)/income

 

(433

)

(274

)

58.3

 

Operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income)

 

$

28,137

 

$

27,760

 

1.4

%

Total consolidated expense-to-revenue ratio

 

29.1

%

27.2

%

1.9 pts.

 

Operating (non-GAAP) expense-to-revenue ratio

 

28.2

%

26.6

%

1.6 pts.

 

 

Total expense and other (income) increased 2.1 percent in 2013 versus 2012. Total operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income) increased 1.4 percent versus the prior year. The key drivers of the year-to-year change in total expense and other (income) were approximately:

 

 

 

Total

 

Operating

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(non-GAAP)

 

· Currency*

 

(1) point

`

(1) point

 

· Acquisitions**

 

2 points

 

2 points

 

· Base expense

 

1 point

 

1 point

 

 


* Reflects impacts of translation and hedging programs.

** Includes acquisitions completed in prior 12-month period.

 

In the execution of its strategy, the company continues to invest in its growth initiatives, innovation and strategic acquisitions. The company also has had an ongoing focus on increasing efficiency and productivity across the business.

 

For additional information regarding total expense and other (income), see the following analyses by category.

 

Selling, General and Administrative

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative—other

 

$

19,187

 

$

19,589

 

(2.1

)%

Advertising and promotional expense

 

1,294

 

1,339

 

(3.3

)

Workforce rebalancing charges

 

1,064

 

803

 

32.4

 

Retirement-related costs

 

995

 

945

 

5.3

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

370

 

328

 

12.9

 

Stock-based compensation

 

435

 

498

 

(12.6

)

Bad debt expense

 

156

 

50

 

210.0

 

Total consolidated selling, general and administrative expense

 

$

23,502

 

$

23,553

 

(0.2

)%

Non-operating adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

(370

)

(328

)

12.9

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

(25

)

(22

)

13.3

 

Non-operating retirement-related (costs)/income

 

(376

)

(294

)

28.1

 

Operating (non-GAAP) selling, general and administrative expense

 

$

22,731

 

$

22,910

 

(0.8

)%

 

41



 

Total Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expense decreased 0.2 percent in 2013 versus 2012. The decrease was primarily driven by the effects of currency (1 point) and base spending (1 point), partially offset by acquisition-related spending (2 points). Operating (non-GAAP) SG&A expense decreased 0.8 percent primarily driven by the effects of currency (1 point) and lower base spending (1 point), partially offset by acquisition-related spending (1 point). The decrease was driven by lower SG&A—other expense, as the company continues to shift its spending. The company is continuing to drive productivity across the business, primarily through its enterprise productivity initiatives, and is reinvesting most of those savings into the business to drive its growth areas. The increase in workforce rebalancing charges was due to actions the company took in the second quarter of 2013. Bad debt expense increased $106 million in 2013 versus 2012, primarily driven by higher specific account reserves. The accounts receivable provision coverage was 1.6 percent at December 31, 2013, an increase of 20 basis points from year-end 2012.

 

Other (Income) and Expense

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Other (income) and expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency transaction losses/(gains)

 

$

(260

)

$

(240

)

8.4

%

(Gains)/losses on derivative instruments

 

166

 

72

 

132.5

 

Interest income

 

(74

)

(109

)

(32.2

)

Net (gains)/losses from securities and investment assets

 

(29

)

(55

)

(48.0

)

Other

 

(131

)

(511

)

(74.4

)

Total consolidated other (income) and expense

 

$

(327

)

$

(843

)

(61.2

)%

Non-operating adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

(16

)

(13

)

17.4

 

Operating (non-GAAP) other (income) and expense

 

$

(343

)

$

(857

)

(60.0

)%

 

Other (income) and expense was income of $327 million and $843 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in income of $516 million in 2013 was primarily driven by lower income from divestitures ($405 million) driven by the gain associated with the divested RSS business ($446 million) in 2012 reflected in Other in the table above, and increased losses on derivative instruments ($95 million) due to foreign currency rate volatility year to year.

 

Research, Development and Engineering

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Total consolidated research, development and engineering

 

$

6,226

 

$

6,302

 

(1.2

)%

Non-operating adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-operating retirement-related (costs)/income

 

(57

)

20

 

NM

 

Operating (non-GAAP) research, development and engineering

 

$

6,170

 

$

6,322

 

(2.4

)%

 

NM—Not meaningful

 

The company continues to invest in research and development, focusing its investments on high-value, high-growth opportunities and to extend its technology leadership. Total research, development and engineering (RD&E) expense decreased 1.2 percent in 2013 versus 2012, primarily driven by lower base spending (3 points), partially offset by acquisitions (2 points). Operating (non-GAAP) RD&E expense decreased 2.4 percent in 2013 compared to the prior year primarily driven by lower base spending (4 points), partially offset by acquisitions (2 points). Overall, the investment in RD&E represented 6.2 percent of revenue in 2013, compared to 6.0 percent in 2012.

 

Intellectual Property and Custom Development Income

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Sales and other transfers of intellectual property

 

$

352

 

$

324

 

8.7

%

Licensing/royalty-based fees

 

150

 

251

 

(40.0

)

Custom development income

 

320

 

500

 

(36.0

)

Total

 

$

822

 

$

1,074

 

(23.5

)%

 

The timing and amount of sales and other transfers of intellectual property(IP) may vary significantly from period to period depending upon timing of divestitures, industry consolidation, economic conditions and the timing of new patents and know-how development. There were no significant individual IP transactions in 2013 or 2012. Custom development income declined 36 percent compared to the prior year due to a reduction in payments from the company’s technology alliance partners.

 

Interest Expense

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

402

 

$

459

 

(12.5

)%

 

42



 

The decrease in interest expense in 2013 versus 2012 was primarily driven by lower average interest rates, partially offset by higher average debt levels. Interest expense is presented in cost of financing in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings only if the related external borrowings are to support the Global Financing external business. See page 75 for additional information regarding Global Financing debt and interest expense. Overall interest expense (excluding capitalized interest) for 2013 was $989 million, a decrease of $15 million year to year.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Total pre-tax stock-based compensation cost of $614 million decreased $74 million compared to 2012. The decrease was primarily related to performance share units ($48 million), the company’s assumption of stock-based awards previously issued by acquired entities ($16 million) and restricted stock units ($10 million). Stock-based compensation cost, and the year-to-year change, was reflected in the following categories: Cost: $122 million, down $10 million; SG&A expense: $435 million, down $63 million; and RD&E expense: $57 million, down $2 million.

 

See note R, “Stock-Based Compensation,” on pages 124 to 127 for additional information on stock-based compensation.

 

Retirement-Related Plans

 

The following table provides the total pre-tax cost for all retirement-related plans. These amounts are included in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings within the caption (e.g., Cost, SG&A, RD&E) relating to the job function of the plan participants.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Retirement-related plans—cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

545

 

$

493

 

10.6

%

Amortization of prior service cost/(credits)

 

(114

)

(148

)

(22.9

)

Cost of defined contribution plans

 

1,384

 

1,506

 

(8.1

)

Total operating costs

 

$

1,815

 

$

1,851

 

(2.0

)%

Interest cost

 

3,728

 

4,238

 

(12.0

)

Expected return on plan assets

 

(6,187

)

(6,356

)

(2.7

)

Recognized actuarial losses

 

3,434

 

2,407

 

42.7

 

Plan amendments/curtailments/ settlements

 

0

 

1

 

(30.6

)

Multi-employer plan/other costs

 

86

 

247

 

(65.4

)

Total non-operating costs/ (income)

 

$

1,062

 

$

538

 

97.5

%

Total retirement-related plans—cost

 

$

2,876

 

$

2,389

 

20.4

%

 

In 2013, total retirement-related plan cost increased by $488 million compared to 2012, primarily driven by an increase in recognized actuarial losses ($1,027 million) and lower expected return on plan assets ($169 million), partially offset by lower interest cost ($510 million) and lower pension litigation cost ($152 million).

 

As discussed in the “Operating (non-GAAP) Earnings” section on page 26, the company characterizes certain retirement-related costs as operating and others as non-operating. Utilizing this characterization, operating retirement-related costs in 2013 were $1,815 million, a decrease of $36 million compared to 2012, driven by lower cost of defined contribution plans ($122 million), partially offset by increased service cost ($52 million) and increased amortization of prior service cost ($34 million). Non-operating costs of $1,062 million increased $524 million in 2013, compared to the prior year, driven primarily by the increase in recognized actuarial losses ($1,027 million) and lower expected return on plan assets ($169 million), partially offset by lower interest cost ($510 million) and lower pension litigation cost ($152 million).

 

Income Taxes

 

The effective tax rate for 2013 was 15.6 percent, a decrease of 8.6 points versus the prior year, driven by the following factors:

 

·      A benefit resulting from the completion of the U.S. 2008-2010 tax audit, including the associated reserve redeterminations (11.5 points);

·      A benefit due to a more favorable geographic mix of pre-tax income in 2013 (2.4 points);

·      Benefits from the retroactive impact of the 2012 American Taxpayer Relief Act (0.7 points) and an increase in research and development credits (0.6 points);

·      A benefit from a tax agreement which required a reassessment of certain valuation allowances on deferred tax assets (1.5 points); and,

·      Benefits from the resolution of certain non-U.S. tax audits (0.8 points) and newly enacted U.S. state tax legislation (0.6 points); partially offset by

·      Tax charges related to certain intercompany payments made by foreign subsidiaries and the intercompany licensing of certain IP (9.1 points); and

·      The year-over-year impact of the 2012 benefit related to a tax restructuring in Latin America (0.8 points).

 

The operating (non-GAAP) effective tax rate was 16.0 percent, a decrease of 8.0 points versus 2012 principally driven by the same factors described above.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options and stock awards.

 

43



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Earnings per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

14.94

 

$

14.37

 

4.0

%

Basic

 

$

15.06

 

$

14.53

 

3.6

%

Diluted operating (non-GAAP)

 

$

16.28

 

$

15.25

 

6.8

%

Weighted-average shares outstanding (in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,103.0

 

1,155.4

 

(4.5

)%

Basic

 

1,094.5

 

1,142.5

 

(4.2

)%

 

Actual shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were 1,054.4 million and 1,117.4 million, respectively. The average number of common shares outstanding assuming dilution was 52.4 million shares lower in 2013 versus 2012. The decrease was primarily the result of the common stock repurchase program. See note L, “Equity Activity,” on page 116 for additional information regarding common stock activities. Also see note P, “Earnings Per Share of Common Stock,” on pages 124 and 125.

 

Financial Position Dynamics

 

At December 31, 2013, the company continues to have a high degree of financial flexibility with a strong balance sheet to support the business over the long term. Cash and marketable securities at year end were $11,066 million, consistent with the prior year-end balance. During the year the company continued to manage the investment portfolio to meet its capital preservation and liquidity objectives.

 

Total debt of $39,718 million increased $6,449 million from prior year-end levels. The commercial paper balance at December 31, 2013, was $2,458 million, an increase of $658 million from the prior year. Within total debt, $27,504 million is in support of the Global Financing business which is leveraged at a 7.2 to 1 ratio. The company continues to have substantial flexibility in the market. During 2013, the company completed bond issuances totaling $10,956 million, with terms ranging from 2 to 12 years, and priced from 0.22 to 3.38 percent depending on maturity. The company has consistently generated strong cash flow from operations and continues to have access to additional sources of liquidity through the capital markets and its $10 billion global credit facility, with 100 percent of the facility available on a same day basis.

 

Consistent with accounting standards, the company remeasures the funded status of its retirement and postretirement plans at December 31. At December 31, 2013, the overall net underfunded position was $11,434 million, a decrease of $8,756 million from December 31, 2012 driven by the increase in discount rates, primarily in the U.S. At year end, the company’s qualified defined benefit plans were well funded and the cash requirements related to these plans remain stable going forward at less than $700 million per year through 2015. In 2013, the return on the U.S. Personal Pension Plan assets was 7.1 percent and the plan was 109 percent funded. Overall, global asset returns were 7.1 percent and the qualified defined benefit plans worldwide were 102 percent funded. See note S, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 127 to 141 for additional information.

 

During 2013, the company generated $17,485 million in cash from operations, a decrease of $2,102 million compared to 2012. In addition, the company generated $15,021 million in free cash flow, a decrease of $3,164 million versus the prior year. See pages 65 to 67 for additional information on free cash flow. The company returned $17,917 million to shareholders in 2013, with $13,859 million in gross share repurchases and $4,058 million in dividends. In 2013 the company repurchased approximately 73 million shares and had approximately $14.7 billion remaining in share repurchase authorization at year end. The company’s cash generation permits the company to invest and deploy capital to areas with the most attractive long-term opportunities.

 

The assets and debt associated with the Global Financing business are a significant part of the company’s financial position. The financial position amounts appearing on page 80 are the consolidated amounts including Global Financing. The amounts appearing in the separate Global Financing section, beginning on page 72, are supplementary data presented to facilitate an understanding of the Global Financing business.

 

Working Capital

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Current assets

 

$

51,350

 

$

49,433

 

Current liabilities

 

40,154

 

43,625

 

Working capital

 

$

11,196

 

$

5,807

 

Current ratio

 

1.28:1

 

1.13:1

 

 

Working capital increased $5,388 million from the year-end 2012 position. The key changes are described below:

 

Current assets increased $1,917 million ($2,815 million adjusted for currency), due to:

 

·      An increase of $1,258 million ($1,886 million adjusted for currency) in short-term receivables primarily due to higher volumes related to inventory financing; and

·      An increase of $463 million ($630 million adjusted for currency) in prepaid expenses and other assets, primarily driven by prepaid income taxes ($407 million).

 

Current liabilities decreased $3,471 million ($2,562 million adjusted for currency), as a result of:

 

·      A decrease in short term debt of $2,319 million ($2,096 million adjusted for currency) (see debt analysis on pages 45 and 46);

·      A decrease of $853 million ($770 million adjusted for currency) in compensation and benefits reflecting lower accruals for performance-related compensation; and

·      A decrease in accounts payable of $490 million ($409 million adjusted for currency) reflecting payment of higher 2012 year-end volumes; partially offset by

·      An increase in deferred income of $605 million ($861 million adjusted for currency) primarily driven by Software.

 

44



 

Cash Flow

 

The company’s cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities, as reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on page 81, is summarized in the table below. These amounts include the cash flows associated with the Global Financing business.

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Net cash provided by/(used in)

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

17,485

 

$

19,586

 

Investing activities

 

(7,326

)

(9,004

)

Financing activities

 

(9,883

)

(11,976

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

28

 

(116

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

304

 

$

(1,511

)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $2,102 million in 2013 driven by operational performance and the following key factors:

 

·      A net increase in the use of cash for taxes (deferred, payable, reserves) of $2,200 million primarily driven by an increase in cash income tax payments;

·      A net decrease from compensation and benefits of approximately $600 million primarily driven by reductions in performance-related compensation;

·      An increase in the use of cash of $438 million related to the fulfillment of services contracts;

·      Higher cash requirements for inventory ($337 million);

·      Higher cash payments for workforce rebalancing of $332 million; and

·      Lower net income of $121 million, partially offset by;

·      Lower cash used by accounts receivables of $823 million primarily driven by financing receivables; and

·      A decrease in cash funding related to retirement-related plans of $723 million driven by a decrease in nonpension postretirement contributions.

 

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $1,679 million driven by:

 

·      An increase in cash of $1,232 million from net sales of marketable securities and other investments;

·      A net decrease of $539 million in cash used for capital expenditures; and

·      A net decrease of $363 million in cash used for acquisitions/ divestitures; partially offset by

·      A net decrease in cash provided by non-operating financing receivables of $455 million.

 

Net cash used in financing activities decreased $2,094 million as compared to the prior year driven by the following factors:

 

·      An increase in net cash from debt transactions (including short-term borrowings) of $4,708 million; partially offset by,

·      An increase of $2,330 million of net cash used for common stock transactions, and

·      An increase in dividend payments of $285 million.

 

Noncurrent Assets and Liabilities

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Noncurrent assets

 

$

74,873

 

$

69,780

 

Long-term debt

 

$

32,856

 

$

24,088

 

Noncurrent liabilities (excluding debt)

 

$

30,284

 

$

32,516

 

 

The increase in noncurrent assets of $5,093 million ($6,521 million adjusted for currency) was driven by:

 

·      An increase of $4,607 million ($4,578 million adjusted for currency) in prepaid pension assets primarily driven by plan remeasurements; and

·      An increase in intangible assets and goodwill of $2,022 million ($2,385 million adjusted for currency) primarily driven by current year acquisitions; partially offset by,

·      A decrease of $922 million in deferred taxes ($753 million adjusted for currency) driven by retirement-related plans activity.

 

Long-term debt increased by $8,768 million ($8,779 million adjusted for currency) primarily driven by new debt issuances of $12,898 million, partially offset by reclasses to short-term debt of $3,949 million.

 

Other noncurrent liabilities, excluding debt, decreased $2,232 million ($1,723 million adjusted for currency) primarily driven by:

 

·      A decrease in retirement and nonpension benefit obligations of $4,176 million driven by plan remeasurements, partially offset by,

·      An increase of $2,326 million in other liabilities primarily driven by deferred tax increases related to the pension plan remeasurements.

 

Debt

 

The company’s funding requirements are continually monitored and strategies are executed to manage the overall asset and liability profile. Additionally, the company maintains sufficient flexibility to access global funding sources as needed.

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Total company debt

 

$

39,718

 

$

33,269

 

Total Global Financing segment debt

 

$

27,504

 

$

24,501

 

Debt to support external clients

 

24,471

 

21,583

 

Debt to support internal clients

 

3,033

 

2,919

 

 

Global Financing provides financing predominantly for the company’s external client assets, as well as for assets under contract by other IBM units. These assets, primarily for Global Services, generate long-term, stable revenue streams similar to the Global Financing asset portfolio. Based on their attributes, these Global Services assets are leveraged with the balance of the Global Financing asset base. The debt analysis above is further detailed in the Global Financing section on page 75.

 

Given the significant leverage, the company presents a debt-to-capitalization ratio which excludes Global Financing debt and equity as management believes this is more representative of the company’s core business operations. This ratio can vary from period to period as the company manages its global cash and debt positions.

 

45



 

“Core” debt-to-capitalization ratio (excluding Global Financing debt and equity) was 39.0 percent at December 31, 2013 compared to 36.1 percent at December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in non-Global Financing debt of $3,446 million partially offset by an increase in non-Global Financing equity of $3,615 million from the December 31, 2012 balances.

 

Consolidated debt-to-capitalization ratio at December 31, 2013 was 63.4 percent versus 63.7 percent at December 31, 2012.

 

The “core” debt-to-capitalization ratio and the consolidated debt-to-capitalization ratio were impacted by the $3,184 million increase in equity as a result of retirement-related plan remeasurements in December.

 

Equity

 

Total equity increased by $3,945 million from December 31, 2012 as a result of an increase in retained earnings of $12,401 million, an increase in common stock of $1,484 million and lower accumulated other comprehensive losses of $4,157 million, partially offset by an increase in treasury stock of $14,110 million related to common stock repurchases during the year.

 

GAAP Reconciliation

 

The tables below provide a reconciliation of the company’s income statement results as reported under GAAP to its operating earnings presentation which is a non-GAAP measure. The company’s calculation of operating (non-GAAP) earnings, as presented, may differ from similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Please refer to the “Operating (non-GAAP) Earnings” section on page 26 for the company’s rationale for presenting operating earnings information.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-

 

Retirement-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related

 

Related

 

Operating

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

GAAP

 

Adjustments

 

Adjustments

 

(non-GAAP)

 

Gross profit

 

$

48,505

 

$

394

 

$

629

 

$

49,527

 

Gross profit margin

 

48.6

%

0.4

pts.

0.6

pts.

49.7

%

SG&A

 

$

23,502

 

$

(394

)

$

(376

)

$

22,731

 

RD&E

 

6,226

 

0

 

(57

)

6,170

 

Other (income) and expense

 

(327

)

(16

)

0

 

(343

)

Total expense and other (income)

 

28,981

 

(410

)

(433

)

28,137

 

Pre-tax income

 

19,524

 

804

 

1,062

 

21,390

 

Pre-tax income margin

 

19.6

%

0.8

pts.

1.1

pts.

21.4

%

Provision for income taxes*

 

$

3,041

 

$

57

 

$

333

 

$

3,431

 

Effective tax rate

 

15.6

%

(0.3

)pts.

0.8

pts.

16.0

%

Net income

 

$

16,483

 

$

747

 

$

729

 

$

17,959

 

Net income margin

 

16.5

%

0.7

pts.

0.7

pts.

18.0

%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

14.94

 

$

0.68

 

$

0.66

 

$

16.28

 

 


* The tax impact on operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income is calculated under the same accounting principles applied to the GAAP pre-tax income which employs an annual effective tax rate method to the results.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-

 

Retirement-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related

 

Related

 

Operating

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

GAAP

 

Adjustments

 

Adjustments

 

(non-GAAP)

 

Gross profit

 

$

50,298

 

$

376

 

$

264

 

$

50,938

 

Gross profit margin

 

48.1

%

0.4

pts.

0.3

pts.

48.7

%

SG&A

 

$

23,553

 

$

(349

)

$

(294

)

$

22,910

 

RD&E

 

6,302

 

0

 

20

 

6,322

 

Other (income) and expense

 

(843

)

(13

)

0

 

(857

)

Total expense and other (income)

 

28,396

 

(363

)

(274

)

27,760

 

Pre-tax income

 

21,902

 

739

 

538

 

23,179

 

Pre-tax income margin

 

21.0

%

0.7

pts.

0.5

pts.

22.2

%

Provision for income taxes*

 

$

5,298

 

$

98

 

$

156

 

$

5,552

 

Effective tax rate

 

24.2

%

(0.4

)pts.

0.1

pts.

24.0

%

Net income

 

$

16,604

 

$

641

 

$

381

 

$

17,627

 

Net income margin

 

15.9

%

0.6

pts.

0.4

pts.

16.9

%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

14.37

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.33

 

$

15.25

 

 


* The tax impact on operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income is calculated under the same accounting principles applied to the GAAP pre-tax income which employs an annual effective tax rate method to the results.

 

46



 

Consolidated Fourth-Quarter Results

($ and shares in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the fourth quarter:

 

2013

 

201 2

 

Change

 

Revenue

 

$

27,699

 

$

29,304

 

(5.5

)%*

Gross profit margin

 

51.7

%

51.8

%

(0.1

)pts.

Total expense and other (income)

 

$

7,353

 

$

7,336

 

0.2

%

Total expense and other (income)-to-revenue ratio

 

26.5

%

25.0

%

1.5

pts.

Income before income taxes

 

$

6,962

 

$

7,831

 

(11.1

)%

Provision for income taxes

 

777

 

1,998

 

(61.1

)%

Net income

 

$

6,185

 

$

5,833

 

6.0

%

Net income margin

 

22.3

%

19.9

%

2.4

pts.

Earnings per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

5.73

 

$

5.13

 

11.7

%

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,080.0

 

1,136.4

 

(5.0

)%

 


* (3.5) percent adjusted for currency.

 

The following table provides the company’s operating (non-GAAP) earnings for the fourth quarter of 2013 and 2012.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the fourth quarter:

 

2013

 

201 2

 

Change

 

Net income as reported

 

$

6,185

 

$

5,833

 

6.0

%

Non-operating adjustments (net of tax)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

268

 

243

 

10.6

 

Non-operating retirement-related costs/(income)

 

164

 

53

 

207.8

 

Operating (non-GAAP) earnings*

 

$

6,617

 

$

6,129

 

8.0

%

Diluted operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share

 

$

6.13

 

$

5.39

 

13.7

%

 


* See page 52 for a more detailed reconciliation of net income to operating (non-GAAP) earnings.

 

Snapshot

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the company reported $27.7 billion in revenue, expanded its net income margin and delivered diluted earnings per share growth of 11.7 percent as reported and 13.7 percent on an operating (non-GAAP) basis. The company generated $6.5 billion in cash from operations and $8.4 billion in free cash flow in the fourth quarter driving shareholder returns of $6.8 billion in gross common stock repurchases and dividends. The free cash flow performance represented 56 percent of the full year—the highest percent in several years.

 

Revenue in the fourth quarter decreased 5.5 percent, 3.5 percent at constant currency. The currency impact to revenue was 2.0 points. Consistent with the full year, currency also impacted profit performance in the fourth quarter as the depreciation of the Yen largely flows to profit due to the local services content within the company’s business in Japan and the inability to hedge these cash flows.

 

Within the company’s segments, revenue performance at constant currency was led by growth in Software, Global Services and Global Financing which was more than offset by a decline in STG. Software revenue improved 2.8 percent as reported and 4 percent at constant currency. Performance was broad-based with constant currency growth in all brands and strength in several of the areas where the company has targeted it investments—business analytics, cloud and security. Total Global Services revenue declined 2.3 percent as reported, but increased 1 percent at constant currency consistent with performance in the third-quarter. Performance was driven by GBS which increased 0.6 percent as reported and 4 percent adjusted for currency, driven by offerings that address digitization of the front office. Revenue performance in strategic outsourcing within GTS continued to improve, adjusted for currency. The Global Services backlog increased 1.8 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency), also driven by GBS. STG revenue decreased 26.1 percent as reported (25 percent adjusted for currency) and impacted the overall consolidated performance. The company is dealing with challenges in its hardware business models specific to Power Systems, Storage and x86. As expected, System z mainframe revenue was impacted by the product cycle and decreased 37.4 percent (37 percent adjusted for currency) compared to a very strong performance in the fourth quarter of 2012. These dynamics in the hardware business significantly impacted consolidated revenue growth and profit in the fourth quarter of 2013.

 

On a geographic basis, revenue in the growth markets declined 9.5 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) with mixed results by region, though disappointing overall. In the two largest regions, Asia Pacific growth markets were down 15.7 percent (12 percent adjusted for currency), primarily driven by China, while growth markets in Latin America were essentially flat as reported, but increased 5 percent at constant currency.

 

The consolidated gross profit margin was essentially flat year to year at 51.7 percent. The operating (non-GAAP) gross profit margin increased 0.3 points to 52.6 percent. Margins expanded in both Global Services segments, and the relative strength in the Software business drove an improving mix. These improvements were mitigated by a 5.5 point margin decline in STG. System z margin improved year to year as expected at this point in the product cycle, but the other hardware brands declined reflecting the business model challenges.

 

Total expense and other (income) increased 0.2 percent in the fourth quarter compared to the prior year. Total operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income) decreased 1.0 percent versus the prior year. The key drivers of the year-to-year change in total expense and other (income) were approximately:

 

 

 

Total

 

Operating

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(non-GAAP)

 

· Currency*

 

(2) points

 

(2) points

 

· Acquisitions**

 

2 points

 

2 points

 

· Base expense

 

0 points

 

(1) point

 

 


* Reflects impacts of translation and hedging programs.

** Includes acquisitions completed in prior 12-month period; operating (non-GAAP) is net of non-operating acquisition-related charges.

 

47



 

Pre-tax income declined 11.1 percent year to year and the pre-tax margin was 25.1 percent. Net income increased 6.0 percent and the net income margin was 22.3 percent, an increase of 2.4 points year to year. The effective tax rate for the fourth quarter was 11.2 percent, compared to 25.5 percent in the prior year. The decrease in the tax rate included substantial benefits from tax audit settlements and a modest reduction in the ongoing tax rate. Specifically, the fourth-quarter tax rate included the conclusion of the U.S. tax audit for the three-year period from 2008-2010. The company accrues taxes for uncertain tax matters in the normal tax rate. The conclusion of the audit in November 2013 resulted in a reduction of tax expense previously recorded in the normal tax rate. While the audit closure had the most significant impact, there were additional discrete items impacting the rate in the fourth quarter. Operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income declined 8.4 percent year to year and the operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax margin was 26.8 percent, down 0.8 points year to year driven entirely by the hardware business. Operating (non-GAAP) net income increased 8.0 percent and the operating (non-GAAP) net income margin of 23.9 percent increased 3.0 points compared to the prior year. The operating (non-GAAP) effective tax rate was 11.0 percent versus 24.4 percent in the fourth quarter of 2012 driven by the same factors described above.

 

Diluted earnings per share of $5.73 increased 11.7 percent versus the prior year. In the fourth quarter, the company repurchased 33.2 million shares of its common stock. Operating (non-GAAP) diluted earnings per share of $6.13 increased $0.74 or 13.7 percent versus the fourth quarter of 2012 driven by the following factors:

 

·

 

Revenue decrease at actual rates

 

$

(0.29

)

 

·

 

Margin expansion

 

$

0.73

 

 

·

 

Common stock repurchases

 

$

0.30

 

 

 

The operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share growth in the fourth quarter was achieved through a combination of: continued momentum in key growth areas, which drove a mix to higher-value Software and GBS; yield from productivity initiatives; a modest improvement in the ongoing tax rate, along with substantial benefits from tax audit settlements; and, the effective use of cash to repurchase common shares.

 

Segment Details

 

The following is an analysis of the fourth quarter of 2013 versus the fourth quarter of 2012 reportable segment external revenue and gross margin results. Segment pre-tax income includes transactions between the segments that are intended to reflect an arms-length transfer price and excludes certain unallocated corporate items.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

Adjusted for

 

For the fourth quarter:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Technology Services

 

$

9,917

 

$

10,284

 

(3.6

)%

(0.6

)%

Gross margin

 

38.8

%

37.6

%

1.2

pts.

 

 

Global Business Services

 

4,747

 

4,720

 

0.6

%

4.3

%

Gross margin

 

30.7

%

29.9

%

0.7

pts.

 

 

Software

 

8,140

 

7,915

 

2.8

%

3.5

%

Gross margin

 

90.5

%

90.6

%

(0.1

)pts.

 

 

Systems and Technology

 

4,261

 

5,763

 

(26.1

)%

(25.4

)%

Gross margin

 

38.6

%

44.1

%

(5.5

)pts.

 

 

Global Financing

 

534

 

535

 

(0.1

)%

2.6

%

Gross margin

 

43.3

%

43.8

%

(0.4

)pts.

 

 

Other

 

100

 

87

 

15.2

%

16.9

%

Gross margin

 

(234.8

)%

(73.2

)%

(161.6

)pts.

 

 

Total consolidated revenue

 

$

27,699

 

$

29,304

 

(5.5

)%

(3.5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consolidated gross profit

 

$

14,315

 

$

15,167

 

(5.6

)%

 

 

Total consolidated gross margin

 

51.7

%

51.8

%

(0.1

)pts.

 

 

Non-operating adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

103

 

99

 

4.1

%

 

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

1

 

0

 

NM

 

 

 

Retirement-related costs/(income)

 

154

 

60

 

155.7

%

 

 

Operating (non-GAAP) gross profit

 

$

14,574

 

$

15,327

 

(4.9

)%

 

 

Operating (non-GAAP) gross margin

 

52.6

%

52.3

%

0.3

pts.

 

 

 

NM—Not meaningful

 

48


 

Global Services

 

The Global Services segments, Global Technology Services and Global Business Services, generated $14,664 million of revenue in the fourth quarter, a decrease year to year of 2.3 percent as reported, but an increase of 1 percent adjusted for currency. This was the second consecutive quarter of constant currency revenue growth in total Global Services. Pre-tax income of $2,929 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 was up 2.1 percent year to year and the pre-tax margin improved 0.9 points, with margin expansion in both segments. Global Services continued to have good performance in the key growth areas of cloud, business analytics and Smarter Planet in the quarter, and the company is continuing to invest to extend its capabilities. Total outsourcing revenue of $6,662 million decreased 4.5 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) and total transactional revenue of $6,202 million increased 0.3 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) year over year.

 

Global Technology Services revenue of $9,917 million decreased 3.6 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter of 2013 with constant currency performance in line with the third quarter of 2013. The major markets returned to constant currency growth for the first time since the first half of 2012, led by Europe, while the growth markets performance decelerated. GTS Outsourcing revenue decreased 4.2 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter of 2013; however, constant currency performance improved 2 points from the third quarter. While GTS Outsourcing is beginning to realize the benefit from several of the large client transformational contracts signed earlier in 2013, it continues to see a decline in revenue from sales into existing base accounts where the activity is more transactional in nature and can be economically sensitive. ITS revenue decreased 3.1 percent (flat adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter. The company continues to shift the ITS business toward higher value managed services such as business continuity, security and cloud. Within the cloud offerings, SoftLayer contributed to the ITS revenue performance and drove one point of constant currency revenue growth to total GTS in the fourth quarter. The GTS gross profit margin improved 1.2 points in the fourth quarter, with margin expansion across all lines of business, led by ITS and Maintenance. Pre-tax income decreased 1.9 percent to $1,989 million while the pre-tax margin improved 0.4 points to 19.5 percent in the fourth quarter of 2013 compared to the prior year. Profit performance was impacted by the performance in the growth markets. In addition, the company continues to make investments in key growth areas such as cloud, mobility and security. These initiatives are beginning to contribute to revenue growth, and will yield improved profit results as they achieve scale. Margin expansion was driven by reductions in performance-related compensation actions and benefits from the second-quarter 2013 workforce rebalancing actions.

 

Global Business Services revenue of $4,747 million increased 0.6 percent as reported and 4 percent at constant currency in the fourth quarter of 2013 and gained share again in the period. GBS had constant currency revenue growth in all geographic regions led by North America and the growth markets. Japan continued its solid performance, and Europe had constant currency revenue growth for the second consecutive quarter. On an offering basis, growth was driven by the practices that address the Digital Front Office. GBS delivered double-digit growth in each of the strategic growth initiatives—business analytics, Smarter Planet and cloud. In addition, within the back office solutions that address the Globally Integrated Enterprise, implementation services that support the traditional packaged applications increased again in the fourth quarter at constant currency. Application Outsourcing revenue decreased 6.5 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) and C&SI revenue increased 2.7 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency), representing a 1 point sequential improvement at constant currency from the third quarter of 2013. The GBS gross profit margin improved 0.7 points in the fourth quarter versus the prior year. GBS pre-tax income of $940 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 increased 11.7 percent, with a pre-tax margin of 19.1 percent, an improvement of 2.0 points year to year. The primary year-to-year profit drivers were reductions in performance-related compensation, continued benefits from the enterprise productivity initiatives and the second-quarter 2013 workforce rebalancing actions.

 

Software

 

Software revenue of $8,140 million increased 2.8 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter led by growth in key branded middleware. Key branded middleware revenue increased 5.5 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) year to year and gained share.

 

WebSphere revenue increased 14.3 percent (15 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter and gained share. Revenue performance included good growth in both the on-premise Application Server business and the newer cloud-based offerings. Mobile continued to have strong growth—the comprehensive MobileFirst portfolio of software and services extends value to clients enabling them to reach new markets and gain competitive advantage. In addition, the core WebSphere offerings of Business Integration and Commerce delivered strong growth. Information Management revenue increased 4.8 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter and gained share. Distributed database offerings were up double-digits at constant currency, and the business analytics software offerings had its strongest growth in 2013 in the fourth quarter, led by business intelligence and Netezza appliances. Tivoli revenue increased 0.5 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter compared to the prior year period, driven by double-digit growth in its security business. The transformation driven by mobile and cloud computing is raising the importance of security for enterprise customers, and the company is continuing to build its capabilities in this area. Social Workforce Solutions revenue increased 2.4 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter and continued to be driven by Kenexa, which provides cloud-based recruiting and talent management. Rational revenue increased 0.3 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) year to year in the fourth quarter.

 

The Software business delivered pre-tax income of $4,239 million in the fourth quarter of 2013, an increase of 5.5 percent year to year, with a pre-tax margin of 47.0 percent, an improvement of 1.0 points.

 

49



 

Systems and Technology

 

Systems and Technology revenue of $4,261 million decreased 26.1 percent (25 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter versus the same period in 2012.

 

System z revenue decreased 37.4 percent (37 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter of 2013 compared to a very strong fourth quarter of 2012, when revenue increased 56 percent year to year. During the fourth quarter, the company entered the back end of the current mainframe cycle and, as expected, delivered a higher gross margin percentage on a lower base of revenue. Fourth quarter MIPS shipments decreased 26 percent following the largest MIPS shipment in mainframe history in the fourth quarter of 2012. In the current mainframe cycle, the company has shipped 28 percent more MIPS compared to the same period in the prior cycle. The revenue and gross profit in the current cycle are each approximately 99 percent of the previous cycle, net of currency. The additional capacity reflects the ongoing relevance of the mainframe to clients, and provides the company with financial returns consistent with past cycles.

 

Power Systems revenue decreased 31.4 percent (31 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter. The company continues to ship significant capacity into the UNIX market, but this has been more than offset by significant price performance resulting in lower revenue. The company is taking actions to improve its business model in Power Systems, including introducing in the fourth quarter a new Integrated Facility for Linux offering which enables clients to run Linux workloads in their existing servers. This mirrors the successful strategy executed on System z.

 

System x revenue decreased 15.9 percent (15 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter of 2013 versus the fourth quarter of 2012. PureSystems continues to gain momentum. Across the hardware product lines, PureSystems revenue was up more than 30 percent in the fourth quarter compared sequentially to the third quarter of 2013. Globally, the company shipped over 2,500 systems in fourth quarter, and over 10,000 total systems to date.

 

Storage revenue decreased 13.4 percent (12 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter. The company’s flash solutions continued to gain momentum and contributed a few points of growth in the quarter. The Storwize product delivered double-digit growth, which was offset by declines in the legacy OEM midrange offerings. Highend offerings declined driven by significant pricing pressure.

 

Microelectronics OEM revenue decreased 33.0 percent (33 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter.

 

Systems and Technology’s gross profit margin decreased 5.5 points in the fourth quarter of 2013 versus the prior year. The decrease was driven by lower margins in Power Systems (1.3 points), System x (1.2 points), Storage (0.6 points), Microelectronics (0.5 points) and a decline due to revenue mix (2.2 points). Systems and Technology’s pre-tax income decreased $768 million or 78.8 percent in the fourth quarter, and pre-tax margin decreased 11.7 points versus the prior year period. Approximately half of the fourth quarter pre-tax income decline was driven by System z due to the product cycle dynamics, though the platform remains secularly strong with a solid business model. The other System & Technology hardware businesses are dealing with business model challenges due to market shifts. The company will make these products more relevant while right-sizing these businesses to meet the new value proposition.

 

Global Financing

 

Global Financing revenue of $534 million was essentially flat as reported and increased 3 percent adjusted for currency, with increased financing revenue offset by a decrease in used equipment sales revenue. The Global Financing fourth-quarter pre-tax income increased 13.8 percent to $589 million and the pre-tax margin increased 2.7 points to 49.6 percent. The increase in pre-tax income was driven by the increase in internal gross profit ($118 million), partially offset by increases in financing receivables provisions ($33 million) and SG&A expenses ($14 million).

 

Geographic Revenue

 

Total geographic revenue of $27,246 million decreased 4.8 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) in the fourth quarter of 2013 compared to the prior year. In total, the major markets decreased 3.3 percent (2 percent at constant currency) and the growth markets decreased 9.5 percent as reported and 6 percent at constant currency.

 

Americas revenue decreased 2.8 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) compared to the fourth quarter of 2012. Strong growth in software was more than offset by the impact from the mainframe product cycle, predominantly in the U.S. The U.S. was down 3.0 percent and Canada was down 4.5 percent as reported, but increased 1 percent adjusted for currency. Canada improved their year-to-year revenue growth rate at constant currency by 3 points in both the third and fourth quarters of 2013. Revenue in the Latin America growth markets was essentially flat as reported, but increased 5 percent at constant currency, led by Brazil which increased 2.0 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency) year to year.

 

Europe/Middle East/Africa revenue increased 0.9 percent as reported, but decreased 2 percent adjusted for currency year to year, consistent with the third quarter performance. Western Europe revenue declined year to year at constant currency in line with the market, although software performed well. Germany grew 3.9 percent (decreased 1 percent at constant currency) and the UK increased 3.5 percent (3 percent at constant currency). Italy decreased 6.1 percent (10 percent adjusted for currency).

 

Overall, Asia Pacific fourth quarter revenue decreased 15.8 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) year over year. Japan revenue decreased 16.0 percent as reported, but increased 4 percent on a constant currency basis. Adjusted for currency, this was the fifth consecutive quarter of revenue growth in Japan. The company has shifted investment and redirected its go-to-market-focus to significantly improve performance in Japan. The Asia Pacific growth markets decreased 15.7 percent (12 percent adjusted for currency) and China was down 22.1 percent (23 percent adjusted for currency).

 

50



 

Within the growth markets, the company continued to gain share and deliver growth in Latin America and in the Middle East and Africa region. Performance in these regions has been consistently strong, and in particular Latin America had a difficult compare with revenue growth in the fourth quarter of 2012 up 18 percent at constant currency. In Eastern Europe, the declines moderated, while revenue in the Asia Pacific countries declined at a double-digit rate, primarily driven by China. The largest declines in China were in the hardware business. The company continues to be impacted by the process surrounding the implementation of a broad-based governmental economic plan. While there is more clarity on the overall plan, the company continues to believe that it will take some time for its business in China to improve. While the company is disappointed with its performance in certain regions of the growth markets, the company continues to see good opportunity in all regions over the long term—and the company continues to invest in these key markets.

 

Total Expense and Other (Income)

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the fourth quarter:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Total consolidated expense and other (income)

 

$

7,353

 

$

7,336

 

0.2

%

Non-operating adjustments Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

(93

)

(86

)

7.9

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

(16

)

(12

)

33.5

 

Non-operating retirement-related (costs)/income

 

(104

)

(23

)

356.8

 

Operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income)

 

$

7,140

 

$

7,215

 

(1.0

)%

Total consolidated expense-to-revenue ratio

 

26.5

%

25.0

%

1.5

pts.

Operating (non-GAAP) expense-to-revenue ratio

 

25.8

%

24.6

%

1.2

pts.

 

Total expense and other (income) increased 0.2 percent in the fourth quarter with an expense-to-revenue ratio of 26.5 percent compared to 25.0 percent in the fourth quarter of 2012. Total operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income) decreased 1.0 percent in the fourth quarter. The decrease in total operating expense and other (income) was primarily driven by currency (2 points), lower base expense (1 point), partially offset by increased expense from the company’s acquisitions over the past 12 months (2 points). Within base expense, the company is continuing to shift its spending— driving productivity across the business, primarily through the enterprise productivity initiatives. A majority of the savings are reinvested into the business to drive growth in the key growth areas. Within selling, general and administrative expense, accounts receivable provisions were up approximately $60 million year to year in the fourth quarter with reserve coverage up less than 20 basis points, although flat compared to September 2013.

 

Cash Flow

 

The company generated $6,528 million in cash flows provided by operating activities, an increase of $182 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2012, driven primarily by a decrease in cash used by financing receivables ($1,218 million) and a decrease in cash funding of retirement-related plans ($495 million), partially offset by the December payment of the 401(k) employer matching contribution ($541 million), increased cash used for income tax payments ($471 million) and declines in operational performance. Net cash used in investing activities of $2,902 million decreased $1,190 million primarily due to decreased spending for acquisitions ($961 million). Net cash used in financing activities of $3,013 million decreased $779 million compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher net cash proceeds from total debt ($3,730 million) partially offset by increased cash used for gross common stock repurchases ($2,791 million).

 

51



 

GAAP Reconciliation

 

The tables below provide a reconciliation of the company’s income statement results as reported under GAAP to its operating earnings presentation which is a non-GAAP measure. The company’s calculation of operating (non-GAAP) earnings, as presented, may differ from similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Please refer to the “Operating (non-GAAP) Earnings” section on page 26 for the company’s rationale for presenting operating earnings information.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-

 

Retirement-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related

 

Related

 

Operating

 

For the fourth quarter 2013:

 

GAAP

 

Adjustments

 

Adjustments

 

(non-GAAP)

 

Gross profit

 

$

14,315

 

$

105

 

$

154

 

$

14,574

 

Gross profit margin

 

51.7

%

0.4

pts.

0.6

pts.

52.6

%

SG&A

 

$

5,989

 

$

(101

)

$

(90

)

$

5,798

 

RD&E

 

1,566

 

0

 

(14

)

1,552

 

Other (income) and expense

 

(113

)

(8

)

0

 

(121

)

Total expense and other (income)

 

7,353

 

(109

)

(104

)

7,140

 

Pre-tax income

 

6,962

 

213

 

258

 

7,434

 

Pre-tax income margin

 

25.1

%

0.8

pts.

0.9

pts.

26.8

%

Provision for income taxes*

 

$

777

 

$

(55

)

$

94

 

$

817

 

Effective tax rate

 

11.2

%

(1.1

)pts.

0.9

pts.

11.0

%

Net income

 

$

6,185

 

$

268

 

$

164

 

$

6,617

 

Net income margin

 

22.3

%

1.0

pts.

0.6

pts.

23.9

%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

5.73

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.15

 

$

6.13

 

 


* The tax impact on operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income is calculated under the same accounting principles applied to the GAAP pre-tax income which employs an annual effective tax rate method to the results.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-

 

Retirement-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related

 

Related

 

Operating

 

For the fourth quarter 2012:

 

GAAP

 

Adjustments

 

Adjustments

 

(non-GAAP)

 

Gross profit

 

$

15,167

 

$

100

 

$

60

 

$

15,327

 

Gross profit margin

 

51.8

%

0.3

pts.

0.2

pts.

52.3

%

SG&A

 

$

5,921

 

$

(91

)

$

(29

)

$

5,801

 

RD&E

 

1,580

 

0

 

6

 

1,586

 

Other (income) and expense

 

(47

)

(7

)

0

 

(54

)

Total expense and other (income)

 

7,336

 

(98

)

(23

)

7,215

 

Pre-tax income

 

7,831

 

198

 

83

 

8,112

 

Pre-tax income margin

 

26.7

%

0.7

pts.

0.3

pts.

27.7

%

Provision for income taxes*

 

$

1,998

 

$

(45

)

$

30

 

$

1,983

 

Effective tax rate

 

25.5

%

(1.2

)pts.

0.1

pts.

24.4

%

Net income

 

$

5,833

 

$

243

 

$

53

 

$

6,129

 

Net income margin

 

19.9

%

0.8

pts.

0.2

pts.

20.9

%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

5.13

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.05

 

$

5.39

 

 


* The tax impact on operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income is calculated under the same accounting principles applied to the GAAP pre-tax income which employs an annual effective tax rate method to the results.

 

52



 

PRIOR YEAR IN REVIEW

 

The “Prior Year in Review” section provides a summary of the company’s financial performance in 2012 as compared to 2011. For a detailed discussion of prior-year performance, see the 2012 Annual Report.

 

($ and shares in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Revenue

 

$

104,507

 

$

106,916

 

(2.3

)%*

Gross profit margin

 

48.1

%

46.9

%

1.2

pts.

Total expense and other (income)

 

$

28,396

 

$

29,135

 

(2.5

)%

Total expense and other (income)-to-revenue ratio

 

27.2

%

27.3

%

(0.1

)pts.

Income before income taxes

 

$

21,902

 

$

21,003

 

4.3

%

Provision for income taxes

 

5,298

 

5,148

 

2.9

%

Net income

 

$

16,604

 

$

15,855

 

4.7

%

Net income margin

 

15.9

%

14.8

%

1.1

pts.

Earnings per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

14.37

 

$

13.06

 

10.0

%

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,155.4

 

1,213.8

 

(4.8

)%

Assets**

 

$

119,213

 

$

116,433

 

2.4

%

Liabilities**

 

$

100,229

 

$

96,197

 

4.2

%

Equity**

 

$

18,984

 

$

20,236

 

(6.2

)%

 


* 0.0 percent adjusted for currency.

** At December 31.

 

The following table provides the company’s operating (non-GAAP) earnings for 2012 and 2011.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Net income as reported

 

$

16,604

 

$

15,855

 

4.7

%

Non-operating adjustments (net of tax)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

641

 

495

 

29.5

 

Non-operating retirement-related costs/(income)

 

381

 

(32

)

NM

 

Operating (non-GAAP) earnings*

 

$

17,627

 

$

16,318

 

8.0

%

Diluted operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share

 

$

15.25

 

$

13.44

 

13.5

%

 


NM—Not meaningful

* See page 63 for a more detailed reconciliation of net income to operating (non-GAAP) earnings.

 

Snapshot

 

In 2012, the company reported revenue of $104.5 billion, expanded gross, pre-tax and net income margins, and delivered diluted earnings per share growth of 10.0 percent as reported and 13.5 percent on an operating (non-GAAP) basis. This was the 10th consecutive year of double-digit earnings per share growth for the company. The company generated $19.6 billion in cash from operations, and $18.2 billion in free cash flow driving shareholder returns of $15.8 billion in gross common stock repurchases and dividends. The free cash flow performance in 2012 was $12.3 billion greater than the company generated in 2002. The financial results demonstrated the strength and flexibility of the company’s business model, which is designed to deliver profit and cash on a sustained basis.

 

The company continued to deliver value to its clients and capitalize on key trends in 2012. The company had strong performance in business analytics, cloud and Smarter Planet—key growth initiatives that leverage the software portfolio and contribute to margin expansion. Within the growth markets, the company continued to expand its capabilities and build out IT infrastructures in emerging markets. In 2012, the growth markets revenue growth rate at constant currency outpaced the major markets by 8 points. The company continued to invest for innovation and technological leadership. These investments supported the introduction of the new System z mainframe, storage and POWER7+ products in hardware, as well as a series of major launches across software that included more than 400 new or upgraded product announcements. The introduction of PureSystems, a new category of expert integrated systems, brought together hardware and software and provided built-in expertise to deliver a more efficient and effective solution to the company’s clients. In addition, the company was awarded more U.S. patents in 2012 than any other company for the 20th consecutive year, with many of the patents in key areas such as business analytics, Big Data, cybersecurity, cloud, mobile, social networking and software-defined environments. The company also continued to add to its capabilities to support the growth initiatives by acquiring 11 companies in 2012—investing approximately $4 billion. At the same time, the company divested its RSS business as it focused the Smarter Commerce portfolio on higher value, intellectual property-based opportunities. Throughout the year, the company continued the transformation of the business—shifting to higher value areas and improving its structure—resulting in a higher quality revenue stream and margin expansion.

 

Segment performance was led by Software which increased revenue 2.0 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) driven by key branded middleware which increased 2.9 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency). Global Services revenue decreased 2.3 percent as reported, but was up 0.4 percent on a constant currency basis. Global Services revenue performance was led by the growth markets which were up 4.8 percent (9 percent adjusted for currency) and represented more than 20 percent of total Global Services revenue. Systems and Technology revenue decreased 6.9 percent; adjusting for the divested RSS business, revenue declined 5.1 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency). The company’s new mainframe was well received in the market, with System z revenue increasing 5.4 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) versus the prior year. Global Financing revenue decreased 4.2 percent as reported, 1 percent on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior year.

 

Across all of the segments, the company continued to have strong performance in its key growth initiatives. These are not stand-alone offerings; they are integrated into the overall client offerings and are included in the financial results of the segments. In the growth markets, revenue increased 4.2 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency) year to year and represented 24 percent of total geographic revenue,

 

53



 

an increase of 8 points since 2006. The company has been successful in capturing the opportunity in these faster growing markets. The company’s business analytics initiative continued to expand. The company made significant strides and expanded its leadership in a number of strategic areas including Risk Management, Price and Promotion Optimization and Sales Performance Management. The value proposition in business analytics uniquely leverages the integration between the software portfolio and the GBS consulting expertise. In 2012, business analytics revenue increased 13 percent compared to the prior year, led by the GBS consulting practice. Within cloud computing, the company’s SmartCloud portfolio addresses the full scope of enterprise client requirements. In 2012, the company continued to see strong demand for the foundational offerings in hardware and software that help clients build and run their private clouds, as well as for cloud-based solutions, like the company’s Software as a Service (SaaS) offerings. With strong global growth, cloud revenue for 2012 increased 80 percent compared to the prior year. The Smarter Planet growth initiative expanded significantly in the past year—measured in terms of offerings, markets, clients and revenue performance. Clients are leveraging the company’s growing capabilities in areas like: Smarter Commerce, Social Business and Smarter Cities, and in next generation systems, like Watson, which are helping clients with their complex challenges. For the year, Smarter Planet solutions generated revenue growth of over 25 percent versus the prior year. Overall, within the offerings in business analytics, cloud and Smarter Planet, approximately half of the revenue was software. Therefore, as these offerings become a larger percentage of total revenue, they are driving the higher quality revenue stream and improved mix and margins.

 

The consolidated gross profit margin increased 1.2 points versus 2011 to 48.1 percent. This was the ninth consecutive year of improvement in the gross profit margin. The operating (non-GAAP) gross margin of 48.7 percent increased 1.5 points compared to the prior year. The increase in gross margin in 2012 was driven by margin improvements in Software and both Global Services segments, and an improved revenue mix driven by Software.

 

Total expense and other income decreased 2.5 percent in 2012 versus the prior year. Total operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income) decreased 3.9 percent compared to the prior year. The year-to-year drivers were approximately:

 

 

 

Total

 

Operating

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(non-GAAP)

 

· Currency*

 

(5) points

 

(5) points

 

· Acquisitions**

 

3 points

 

2 points

 

· Base expense

 

(0) points

 

(2) points

 

 


  *

Reflects impacts of translation and hedging programs.

**

Includes acquisitions completed in prior 12-month period, operating (non-GAAP) is net of non-operating acquisition-related charges.

 

Pre-tax income grew 4.3 percent and the pre-tax margin was 21.0 percent, an increase of 1.3 points versus 2011. Net income increased 4.7 percent and the net income margin was 15.9 percent, an increase of 1.1 points versus 2011. The effective tax rate for 2012 was 24.2 percent compared with 24.5 percent in the prior year. Operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income grew 7.3 percent and the operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax margin was 22.2 percent, an increase of 2.0 points versus the prior year. Operating (non-GAAP) net income increased 8.0 percent and the operating (non-GAAP) net income margin of 16.9 percent increased 1.6 points versus the prior year. The operating (non-GAAP) effective tax rate was 24.0 percent versus 24.5 percent in 2011.

 

Diluted earnings per share improved 10.0 percent year to year reflecting the growth in net income and the benefits of the common stock repurchase program. In 2012, the company repurchased approximately 61 million shares of its common stock. Diluted earnings per share of $14.37 increased $1.31 from the prior year. Operating (non-GAAP) diluted earnings per share of $15.25 increased $1.81 versus 2011 driven by the following factors:

 

·  Revenue decrease at actual rates

 

$

(0.30

)

· Margin expansion

 

$

1.38

 

· Common stock repurchases

 

$

0.73

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the company’s balance sheet and liquidity positions were strong and well positioned to support the company’s objectives. Cash and marketable securities at year end was $11,128 million. Key drivers in the balance sheet and total cash flows are highlighted below.

 

Total assets increased $2,780 million ($3,242 million adjusted for currency) from December 31, 2011 driven by:

 

·      Increases in total receivables ($3,053 million), goodwill ($3,034 million), marketable securities ($717 million) and intangible assets ($395 million), partially offset by

·      Decreases in prepaid pension assets ($1,899 million), cash and cash equivalents ($1,511 million) and prepaid expenses and other current assets ($1,224 million).

 

Total liabilities increased $4,032 million ($4,511 million adjusted for currency) from December 31, 2011 driven by:

 

·      Increased retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations ($2,044 million), total debt ($1,949 million), taxes ($1,635 million) and total deferred income ($399 million), partially offset by

·      Decreases in other liabilities ($1,389 million) and accounts payable ($565 million).

 

Total equity of $18,984 million decreased $1,252 million from December 31, 2011 as a result of:

 

·      Increased treasury stock ($12,168 million) driven by share repurchases and increased losses in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) of ($3,874 million) driven by pension remeasurements, partially offset by

·      Higher retained earnings ($12,783 million) and common stock ($1,980 million).

 

The company generated $19,586 million in cash flow provided by operating activities, a decrease of $260 million when compared to 2011, primarily driven by a decrease in cash due to receivables ($1,290 million) and an increased use of cash for accounts payable ($675 million), partially offset by a decrease in net taxes paid ($999 million)

 

54



 

and the increase in net income ($749 million). Net cash used in investing activities of $9,004 million was $4,608 million higher than 2011, primarily due to an increase in cash used of $2,719 million associated with net purchases and sales of marketable securities and other investments, increased cash used for acquisitions ($1,911 million) and increased net capital investments ($248 million), partially offset by increased cash from divestitures ($585 million). Net cash used in financing activities of $11,976 million was $1,719 million lower, compared to 2011, primarily due to lower cash used for common stock repurchases ($3,051 million), partially offset by lower cash provided by common stock transactions ($914 million) and increased dividend payments ($300 million).

 

For additional information regarding 2002 free cash flow, see the company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 22, 2013.

 

Segment Details

 

The following is an analysis of the 2012 versus 2011 reportable segment results. The table below presents each reportable segment’s external revenue and gross margin results. Segment pre-tax income includes transactions between the segments that are intended to reflect an arm’s-length transfer price and excludes certain unallocated corporate items.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Technology Services

 

$

40,236

 

$

40,879

 

(1.6

)%

1.3

%

Gross margin

 

36.6

%

35.0

%

1.6

pts.

 

 

Global Business Services

 

18,566

 

19,284

 

(3.7

)%

(1.6

)%

Gross margin

 

30.0

%

28.8

%

1.2

pts.

 

 

Software

 

25,448

 

24,944

 

2.0

%

4.3

%

Gross margin

 

88.7

%

88.5

%

0.2

pts.

 

 

Systems and Technology

 

17,667

 

18,985

 

(6.9

)%

(5.9

)%

Gross margin

 

39.1

%

39.8

%

(0.7

)pts.

 

 

Global Financing

 

2,013

 

2,102

 

(4.2

)%

(1.2

)%

Gross margin

 

46.5

%

49.8

%

(3.3

)pts.

 

 

Other

 

577

 

722

 

(20.1

)%

(18.7

)%

Gross margin

 

(71.6

)%

(54.5

)%

(17.1

)pts.

 

 

Total consolidated revenue

 

$

104,507

 

$

106,916

 

(2.3

)%

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consolidated gross profit

 

$

50,298

 

$

50,138

 

0.3

%

 

 

Total consolidated gross margin

 

48.1

%

46.9

%

1.2

pts.

 

 

Non-operating adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

375

 

340

 

10.3

%

 

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

1

 

1

 

13.1

 

 

 

Retirement-related costs/(income)

 

264

 

2

 

NM

 

 

 

Operating (non-GAAP) gross profit

 

$

50,938

 

$

50,481

 

0.9

%

 

 

Operating (non-GAAP) gross margin

 

48.7

%

47.2

%

1.5

pts.

 

 

 

NM—Not meaningful

 

Global Services

 

In 2012, the Global Services segments, Global Technology Services and Global Business Services, delivered revenue of $58,802 million, grew pre-tax profit 7 percent and expanded pre-tax margin 1.5 points on an as-reported basis. Revenue performance was led by strength in the growth markets which were up 4.8 percent (9 percent adjusted for currency) and represented over 20 percent of total Global Services revenue. Revenue from the major markets declined 4.0 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) year to year. The services segments also had strength in all the key growth initiatives, which are becoming a larger part of the services business as the company continues to shift toward higher value content. Total outsourcing revenue of $27,552 million decreased 2.6 percent (flat adjusted for currency) and total transactional revenue of $23,907 million decreased 1.8 percent (flat adjusted for currency) year to year.

 

55



 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Global Services external revenue

 

$

58,802

 

$

60,163

 

(2.3

)%

0.4

%

Global Technology Services

 

$

40,236

 

$

40,879

 

(1.6

)%

1.3

%

Outsourcing

 

23,344

 

23,911

 

(2.4

)

0.5

 

Integrated Technology Services

 

9,550

 

9,453

 

1.0

 

3.7

 

Maintenance

 

7,343

 

7,515

 

(2.3

)

0.6

 

Global Business Services

 

$

18,566

 

$

19,284

 

(3.7

)%

(1.6

)%

Outsourcing

 

4,209

 

4,390

 

(4.1

)

(1.7

)

Consulting and Systems Integration

 

14,358

 

14,895

 

(3.6

)

(1.6

)

 

Global Technology Services revenue of $40,236 million in 2012 decreased 1.6 percent as reported, but increased 1 percent adjusted for currency year to year. Revenue growth from the backlog was partially offset by a decline in revenue from new signings and a decrease in sales in existing accounts. Revenue performance was led by the growth markets which were up 5.0 percent (9 percent adjusted for currency). GTS Outsourcing revenue decreased 2.4 percent as reported, but increased 1 percent adjusted for currency in 2012. Outsourcing revenue from the growth markets increased 2.4 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency), as the outsourcing offerings help clients build out their IT infrastructures. ITS revenue increased 1.0 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 compared to 2011, and continued to be led by strength in the growth markets which increased 10.3 percent (13 percent adjusted for currency).

 

Global Business Services revenue of $18,566 million decreased 3.7 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012. On a geographic basis, solid performance in the growth markets, with revenue up 4.3 percent (8 percent adjusted for currency), was offset by a 5.1 percent decline (3 percent adjusted for currency) in the major markets. The growth initiatives—business analytics, Smarter Planet and cloud had solid double-digit revenue growth, and represented over one-third of total GBS revenue in 2012. As GBS shifts more of its business to higher value content, these larger, more complex engagements are having a positive effect on the GBS backlog. The GBS backlog grew for the fourth consecutive year at constant currency—although the backlog was mixing to longer duration engagements. Application Outsourcing revenue decreased 4.1 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 year to year, and C&SI revenue decreased 3.6 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency). Both GBS lines of business had solid revenue performance year to year in the growth markets with Application Outsourcing and C&SI up 1.5 percent and 5.3 percent, respectively, as reported, and up 6 percent and 8 percent, respectively, at constant currency.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Global Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Technology Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External gross profit

 

$

14,740

 

$

14,320

 

2.9

%

External gross profit margin

 

36.6

%

35.0

%

1.6

pts.

Pre-tax income

 

$

6,961

 

$

6,284

 

10.8

%

Pre-tax margin

 

16.8

%

14.9

%

1.9

pts.

Global Business Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External gross profit

 

$

5,564

 

$

5,545

 

0.3

%

External gross profit margin

 

30.0

%

28.8

%

1.2

pts.

Pre-tax income

 

$

2,983

 

$

3,006

 

(0.8

)%

Pre-tax margin

 

15.5

%

15.0

%

0.5

pts.

 

GTS gross profit increased 2.9 percent in 2012 and the gross profit margin improved 1.6 points year to year with margin expansion in each line of business, led by Outsourcing. Pre-tax income of $6,961 million in 2012 increased 10.8 percent year to year and the pre-tax margin expanded 1.9 points to 16.8 percent. Normalized for workforce rebalancing charges of $151 million and $5 million in the third quarter of 2012 and 2011, respectively, GTS pre-tax income was up 13.1 percent and pre-tax margin expanded 2.2 points versus the prior year. The year over-year gross and pre-tax margin expansion was driven by several factors: the work done to improve the profitability of a number of low-margin contracts in the outsourcing portfolio, increased contribution from the higher margin growth markets, and increased efficiency and productivity from the focus on automation and process primarily through the company’s enterprise productivity initiatives.

 

The GBS gross profit margin expanded 1.2 points, led primarily by improved profit performance in Application Outsourcing. GBS pre-tax income of $2,983 million declined 0.8 percent in 2012 with a pre-tax margin of 15.5 percent, an improvement of 0.5 points year to year. Normalized for workforce rebalancing charges of $113 million and $5 million in the third quarter of 2012 and 2011, respectively, GBS pre-tax income was up 2.8 percent and the pre-tax margin expanded 1.1 points versus the prior year. The gross and pre-tax margins ben-efitted from improved service delivery and yield from the company’s enterprise productivity initiatives.

 

56


 

The total Global Services business delivered strong profit and margin expansion throughout 2012. Pre-tax income of $9,944 million in 2012 increased 7.0 percent year to year. Normalized for the higher level of workforce rebalancing charges in 2012, pre-tax income was up 9.8 percent and the pre-tax margin expanded 1.9 points compared to the prior year. The estimated Global Services backlog at December 31, 2012 was $140 billion, a decrease of 0.3 percent as reported, but an increase of 1 percent adjusted for currency compared to the December 31, 2011 balance.

 

Software

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Yr.-to-Yr.
Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Software external revenue

 

$

25,448

 

$

24,944

 

2.0

%

4.3

%

Middleware

 

$

20,983

 

$

20,650

 

1.6

%

3.9

%

Key Branded Middleware

 

16,528

 

16,055

 

2.9

 

5.2

 

WebSphere Family

 

 

 

 

 

7.8

 

9.9

 

Information Management

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

 

3.8

 

Social Workforce Solutions*

 

 

 

 

 

(2.1

)

0.3

 

Tivoli

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

6.2

 

Rational

 

 

 

 

 

(1.6

)

0.6

 

Other middleware

 

4,455

 

4,596

 

(3.1

)

(0.6

)

Operating systems

 

2,525

 

2,480

 

1.8

 

4.3

 

Other

 

1,940

 

1,813

 

7.0

 

9.2

 

 


* Formerly Lotus

 

Software revenue of $25,448 million increased 2.0 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 compared to 2011. Software revenue growth continued to be led by the key branded middleware products with constant currency growth in all the brands, and particular strength and share gains in WebSphere and Tivoli. Software continued its momentum throughout 2012 in the growth initiatives with strong performance in business analytics, Smarter Commerce and cloud. The Software business delivered $10.8 billion in segment pre-tax profit, an increase of $840 million from 2011. The results reflected the company’s sustained investment in strategic branded software. In addition to organic investments, acquisitions have provided additional capabilities, while leveraging the existing portfolio of offerings. The Software business completed nine acquisitions in 2012, further increasing the company’s capabilities in analytics, cloud and Smarter Planet.

 

Key branded middleware revenue increased 2.9 percent (5 percent adjusted for currency) and again gained market share in 2012, as the Software business continued to be the leader in the middleware market. Revenue continued to mix to the faster growing and higher value branded middleware products which accounted for 65 percent of total software revenue in 2012, an increase of 1 point from 2011.

 

WebSphere revenue increased 7.8 percent (10 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012, with strong performance throughout the year, and gained share. Revenue performance included strong growth in the core offerings of commerce and application servers. Commerce revenue increased 14 percent (15 percent adjusted for currency) and application server products increased 6 percent (8 percent adjusted for currency). The company further strengthened its WebSphere portfolio during the year with the acquisitions of Worklight, DemandTec, Emptoris and Tealeaf.

 

Information Management revenue increased 1.5 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 compared to 2011. Performance was led by growth in the business analytics offerings. The acquisitions of Varicent and Vivisimo expanded the Business Analytics and Optimization software capabilities. Varicent’s analytics software helps clients optimize sales performance management. Vivisimo expands the breadth of the company’s big data capabilities and creates the most complete end-to-end big data solution for clients.

 

Tivoli revenue increased 4.1 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012, led by its storage and security offerings, and gained share. Tivoli storage revenue was up 12 percent (14 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012, with double-digit constant currency growth in each quarter, reflecting the value of storage software. Tivoli security revenue increased 8 percent (10 percent adjusted for currency), with strong contribution from Q1 Labs which provides next generation security intelligence.

 

Social Workforce Solutions revenue decreased 2.1 percent as reported, but was flat year to year at constant currency in 2012. The social business offerings performed well, including contribution from the acquisition of Kenexa, a leading provider of recruiting and talent management solutions.

 

Rational revenue decreased 1.6 percent as reported, but increased 1 percent at constant currency in 2012 year over year, and held share.

 

Operating systems revenue increased 1.8 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 compared to 2011, driven by Platform Computing which provides cluster and grid management software for distributed computing environments.

 

57



 

Other software revenue increased 7.0 percent (9 percent adjusted for currency) driven by growth in software-related services.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External gross profit

 

$

22,569

 

$

22,065

 

2.3

%

External gross profit margin

 

88.7

%

88.5

%

0.2

pts.

Pre-tax income

 

$

10,810

 

$

9,970

 

8.4

%

Pre-tax margin

 

37.6

%

35.3

%

2.3

pts.

 

Software gross profit increased 2.3 percent to $22,569 million in 2012, with a gross profit margin of 88.7 percent, up 0.2 points year to year. Software pre-tax income of $10,810 million increased 8.4 percent and the pre-tax margin improved 2.3 points to 37.6 percent. Normalized for workforce rebalancing charges of $94 million and $6 million in the third quarter of 2012 and 2011, respectively, software pre-tax income was up 9.3 percent and the pre-tax margin expanded 2.6 points versus the prior year. The Software business had another successful year leveraging revenue growth and expense productivity which drove significant margin expansion and profit growth.

 

Systems and Technology

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Systems and Technology external revenue

 

$

17,667

 

$

18,985

 

(6.9

)%

(5.9

)%

System z

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

%

6.3

%

Power Systems

 

 

 

 

 

(8.5

)

(7.4

)

System x

 

 

 

 

 

(3.7

)

(2.7

)

Storage

 

 

 

 

 

(5.8

)

(4.1

)

Total Systems excluding Retail Store Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

(3.7

)

(2.5

)

Microelectronics OEM

 

 

 

 

 

(14.4

)

(14.4

)

Total Systems and Technology excluding Retail Store Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

(5.1

)

(4.0

)

Retail Store Solutions (Divested in 2012)

 

 

 

 

 

(52.6

)

(51.7

)

 

Systems and Technology revenue decreased 6.9 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus 2011. Adjusting for the divested RSS business, revenue declined 5.1 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012. Growth markets revenue increased 0.3 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012, compared to the prior year while major markets revenue decreased 8.3 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency). During 2012, the company’s continued investments for innovation supported the introduction of the new System z mainframe, the PureSystems offerings and new Storage and POWER7+ products. In its introductory year, the company sold more than 2,300 PureSystems in over 70 countries.

 

System z revenue increased 5.4 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus 2011. The increase was driven by the new mainframe which began shipping late in the third quarter. Fourth quarter revenue increased 55.6 percent (56 percent adjusted for currency), as revenue increased in the major markets over 50 percent and over 65 percent in the growth markets. MIPS shipments increased 19 percent in 2012 versus the prior year. The increase in MIPS was driven by the new mainframe shipments, including specialty engines, which increased 44 percent year over year driven by Linux workloads. This was a good indicator of new workloads moving to this platform. The performance reflected the technology leadership and value of the vertically integrated stack that the company’s flagship server delivers to its clients.

 

Power Systems revenue decreased 8.5 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus 2011. Low-end servers increased 6 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency) offset by declines in high-end and mid-range products. Early in October, the company announced new POWER7+ based servers. The high-end and midrange models available in the fourth quarter performed well in the period. In 2012, the company had nearly 1,200 competitive displacements resulting in over $1 billion of business; almost equally from Hewlett Packard and Oracle/Sun.

 

System x revenue decreased 3.7 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus 2011. High-end System x revenue increased 5 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus the prior year, while high-volume and blade servers declined year to year.

 

Storage revenue decreased 5.8 percent (4 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus 2011. Total disk revenue decreased 3 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus 2011. Tape revenue decreased 16 percent (14 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus the prior year. The value in storage solutions continued to shift to software, as demonstrated by the ongoing success the company had in its Tivoli storage software offerings.

 

Retail Stores Solutions revenue decreased 52.6 percent (52 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus 2011. In the third quarter, the company divested the Retail Stores Solutions business to Toshiba Tec. See the caption, “Divestitures,” on page 98 for additional information regarding the transaction.

 

58



 

Microelectronics OEM revenue decreased 14.4 percent (14 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 versus 2011.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Systems and Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External gross profit

 

$

6,903

 

$

7,555

 

(8.6

)%

External gross profit margin

 

39.1

%

39.8

%

(0.7

)pts.

Pre-tax income

 

$

1,227

 

$

1,633

 

(24.9

)%

Pre-tax margin

 

6.7

%

8.2

%

(1.5

)pts.

 

The decrease in external gross profit in 2012 versus 2011 was due to lower revenue and a lower overall gross profit margin.

 

Overall gross margin decreased 0.7 points in 2012 versus the prior year. The decrease was driven by lower margins in System x (0.6 points), Microelectronics (0.6 points), Storage (0.5 points) and Power Systems (0.2 points), partially offset by an improvement due to revenue mix (1.2 points).

 

Systems and Technology’s pre-tax income decreased $406 million (24.9 percent) to $1,227 million in 2012, with a pre-tax margin of 6.7 percent. Normalized for workforce rebalancing charges of $46 million and $3 million in the third quarter of 2012 and 2011, respectively, pre-tax income decreased 22.2 percent and the pre-tax margin decreased by 1.3 points versus the prior year.

 

Global Financing

 

See pages 72 through 75 for an analysis of Global Financing’s segment results.

 

Geographic Revenue

 

In addition to the revenue presentation by reportable segment, the company also measures revenue performance on a geographic basis. The following geographic, regional and country-specific revenue performance excludes OEM revenue, which is discussed separately below.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Adjusted for

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Currency

 

Total revenue

 

$

104,507

 

$

106,916

 

(2.3

)%

0.0

%

Geographies

 

$

102,268

 

$

104,170

 

(1.8

)%

0.5

%

Americas

 

44,556

 

44,944

 

(0.9

)

0.0

 

Europe/Middle East/Africa

 

31,775

 

33,952

 

(6.4

)

(1.0

)

Asia Pacific

 

25,937

 

25,273

 

2.6

 

3.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Major markets

 

 

 

 

 

(3.5

)%

(1.3

)%

Growth markets

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

%

6.9

%

BRIC countries

 

 

 

 

 

7.4

%

12.2

%

 

Total geographic revenue decreased 1.8 percent (flat adjusted for currency) in 2012; excluding the divested RSS business, revenue decreased 1.4 percent as reported, but increased 1 percent at constant currency compared to the prior year. Revenue performance at constant currency was driven by strong results in the growth markets, offsetting a modest decline year to year in the major markets.

 

Across all geographies, growth markets revenue increased 4.2 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency) and these countries represented 24 percent of total geographic revenue, an increase of 8 points since 2006 when the company introduced its 2010 road map. Adjusted for currency, revenue growth in these fast growing markets outpaced the major markets in 2012 by approximately 8 points. The BRIC countries of Brazil, Russia, India and China combined revenue increased 7.4 percent (12 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012, with double-digit growth in Russia, India and China, adjusted for currency. Overall in 2012, the company had double-digit constant currency revenue growth in nearly 35 growth market countries. The company continued to expand into new countries and territories, building out IT infrastructures in support of economic growth and taking a leadership position in key industries. To drive market expansion, in 2012, the company accelerated the opening of new branch offices resulting in a doubling of the number of face-to-face branches when compared to 2011. At year end, the company had almost 450 face-to-face and virtual branch offices in the growth markets.

 

Americas revenue decreased 0.9 percent (flat adjusted for currency) in 2012. Within the major market countries, the U.S. decreased 1.1 percent and Canada decreased 1.5 percent as reported (flat adjusted for currency). Revenue in the Latin America growth markets increased 1.4 percent (8 percent adjusted for currency) with constant currency growth in Brazil of 6 percent, down 4.6 percent as reported.

 

Europe/Middle East/Africa revenue decreased 6.4 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) in 2012 compared to 2011. Within the major market countries, the UK was essentially flat (up 1 percent adjusted for currency), Germany was down 7.6 percent (flat adjusted for currency), France was down 12.6 percent (6 percent adjusted for currency) and Italy was down 8.4 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency). The EMEA growth markets increased 0.8 percent (5 percent at constant currency) led by growth in Russia of 11.7 percent (13 percent adjusted for currency).

 

59



 

Asia Pacific revenue increased 2.6 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) year over year. The Asia Pacific growth markets increased 6.0 percent (7 percent adjusted for currency), with growth led by China (17.9 percent as reported, 16 percent at constant currency) and India (decreased 0.9 percent as reported, increased 13 percent at constant currency). Japan revenue decreased 1.9 percent (2 percent adjusted for currency) but improved sequentially throughout the year at constant currency and returned to growth in the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

OEM revenue of $2,239 million in 2012 decreased 18.5 percent (18 percent adjusted for currency) compared to 2011, driven by the Microelectronics OEM business.

 

Total Expense and Other (Income)

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margin

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Total consolidated expense and other (income)

 

$

28,396

 

$

29,135

 

(2.5

)%

Non-operating adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

(328

)

(289

)

13.3

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

(35

)

(45

)

(21.2

)

Non-operating retirement-related (costs)/income

 

(274

)

74

 

NM

 

Operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income)

 

$

27,760

 

$

28,875

 

(3.9

)%

Total consolidated expense-to-revenue ratio

 

27.2

%

27.3

%

(0.1)

pts.

Operating (non-GAAP) expense-to-revenue ratio

 

26.6

%

27.0

%

(0.4)

pts.

 

NM—Not meaningful

 

Total expense and other (income) decreased 2.5 percent in 2012 versus 2011. Total operating (non-GAAP) expense and other (income) decreased 3.9 percent versus the prior year. The key drivers of the year-to-year change in total expense and other (income) were approximately:

 

 

 

Total

 

Operating

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(non-GAAP)

 

· Currency*

 

(5) points

 

(5) points

 

· Acquisitions**

 

3 points

 

2 points

 

· Base expense

 

(0) points

 

(2) points

 

 


  *

Reflects impacts of translation and hedging programs.

 

 

**

Includes acquisitions completed in prior 12-month period, operating (non-GAAP) is net of non-operating acquisition-related charges.

 

 

For additional information regarding total expense and other (income), see the following analyses by category.

 

Selling, General and Administrative

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

change

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative—other

 

$

19,589

 

$

20,287

 

(3.4

)%

Advertising and promotional expense

 

1,339

 

1,373

 

(2.5

)

Workforce rebalancing charges

 

803

 

440

 

82.5

 

Retirement-related costs

 

945

 

603

 

56.7

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

328

 

289

 

13.3

 

Stock-based compensation

 

498

 

514

 

(3.0

)

Bad debt expense

 

50

 

88

 

(42.5

)

Total consolidated selling, general and administrative expense

 

$

23,553

 

$

23,594

 

(0.2

)%

Non-operating adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

(328

)

(289

)

13.3

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

(22

)

(20

)

10.2

 

Non-operating retirement-related (costs)/income

 

(294

)

(13

)

NM

 

Operating (non-GAAP) selling, general and administrative expense

 

$

22,910

 

$

23,272

 

(1.6

)%

 

NM—Not meaningful

 

Total SG&A expense decreased 0.2 percent in 2012 versus 2011. The decrease was primarily driven by the effects of currency (3 points), partially offset by acquisition-related spending (2 points), while base spending was essentially flat.

 

Operating (non-GAAP) SG&A expense decreased 1.6 percent primarily driven by the effects of currency (3 points) and lower base spending (1 point), partially offset by acquisition-related spending (2 points). The increase in workforce rebalancing charges was due to actions primarily focused on the company’s non-U.S. operations in the third quarter of 2012. The increase in retirement-related costs was primarily driven by the charge related to a court decision regarding one of IBM UK’s defined benefit plans. As a result of the ruling, the company recorded an additional retirement-related obligation of $162 million in the third quarter of 2012. This charge was not reflected in operating (non-GAAP) SG&A expense. See note M, “Contingencies and Commitments,” on pages 119 to 121 for additional information. Bad debt expense decreased $37 million in 2012 versus 2011, as the company increased its provisions in 2011 reflecting the European credit environment. The accounts receivable provision coverage was 1.4 percent at December 31, 2012, a decrease of 10 basis points from year-end 2011.

 

60



 

Other (Income) and Expense

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Other (income) and expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency transaction losses/(gains)

 

$

(240

)

$

513

 

NM

%

(Gains)/losses on derivative instruments

 

72

 

(113

)

NM

 

Interest income

 

(109

)

(136

)

(20.2

)

Net (gains)/losses from securities and investment assets

 

(55

)

(227

)

(75.5

)

Other

 

(511

)

(58

)

NM

 

Total consolidated other (income) and expense

 

$

(843

)

$

(20

)

NM

%

Non-operating adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related charges

 

(13

)

(25

)

(46.0

)

Operating (non-GAAP) other (income) and expense

 

$

(857

)

$

(45

)

NM

%

 

NM—Not meaningful

 

Other (income) and expense was income of $843 million and $20 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in income of $823 million in 2012 was primarily driven by higher gains from foreign currency transactions ($753 million) due to rate volatility year to year, and the gain associated with the divested RSS business ($446 million) reflected in Other in the table above. These increases in income were partially offset by increased losses on derivative instruments ($184 million) and lower gains from securities and investment asset sales ($171 million). In 2011, the company had investment gains of over $200 million, primarily from the sale of Lenovo shares.

 

Research, Development and Engineering

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Total consolidated research, development and engineering

 

$

6,302

 

$

6,258

 

0.7

%

Non-operating adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-operating retirement-related (costs)/income

 

20

 

88

 

(76.9

)

Operating (non-GAAP) research, development and engineering

 

$

6,322

 

$

6,345

 

(0.4

)%

 

The company continued to invest in research and development, focusing its investments on high-value, high-growth opportunities and to extend its technology leadership. Total RD&E expense increased 0.7 percent in 2012 versus 2011, primarily driven by acquisitions (3 points), partially offset by the effects of currency (2 points) and lower base spending (1 point). Operating (non-GAAP) RD&E expense decreased 0.4 percent in 2012 compared to the prior year primarily driven by the effects of currency (2 points) and lower base spending (2 points), partially offset by acquisitions (3 points). RD&E investments represented 6.0 percent of revenue in 2012, compared to 5.9 percent in 2011.

 

Intellectual Property and Custom Development Income

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Sales and other transfers of intellectual property

 

$

324

 

$

309

 

4.7

%

Licensing/royalty-based fees

 

251

 

211

 

19.0

 

Custom development income

 

500

 

588

 

(14.9

)

Total

 

$

1,074

 

$

1,108

 

(3.0

)%

 

The timing and amount of sales and other transfers of IP may vary significantly from period to period depending upon timing of divestitures, industry consolidation, economic conditions and the timing of new patents and know-how development. There were no significant individual IP transactions in 2012 or 2011.

 

Interest Expense

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

459

 

$

411

 

11.8

%

 

The increase in interest expense in 2012 versus 2011 was primarily driven by higher average debt levels, partially offset by lower average interest rates. Interest expense is presented in cost of financing in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings only if the related external borrowings are to support the Global Financing external business. See page 75 for additional information regarding Global Financing debt and interest expense. Overall interest expense (excluding capitalized interest) for 2012 was $1,004 million, an increase of $40 million year to year.

 

61



 

Income Taxes

 

The effective tax rate for 2012 was 24.2 percent compared with 24.5 percent in 2011. The operating (non-GAAP) tax rate for 2012 was 24.0 percent compared with 24.5 percent in 2011. The 0.3 point decrease in the as-reported effective tax rate was primarily driven by a more favorable geographic mix of pre-tax earnings (2.6 points) and a one-time benefit in the first quarter associated with a tax restructuring in Latin America (0.8 points), primarily offset by a decrease in the utilization of foreign tax credits in 2012 (2.9 points) and the unfavorable tax impact of the gain on the RSS divestiture (0.3 points).The remaining items were individually insignificant.

 

Financial Position

 

Cash and marketable securities at year end were $11,128 million, a decrease of $794 million from the prior year-end position. During the year the company continued to manage the investment portfolio to meet its capital preservation and liquidity objectives. At December 31, 2012, there were no holdings of European sovereign debt securities in the investment portfolio.

 

Total debt of $33,269 million increased $1,949 million from the prior year-end level. The commercial paper balance at December 31, 2012 was $1,800 million, a decrease of $500 million from the prior year. Within total debt, $24,501 million was in support of the Global Financing business which was leveraged at a 7.0 to 1 ratio. The company continued to have substantial flexibility in the market. During 2012, the company completed bond issuances totaling $7,875 million, with terms ranging from three to 30 years and priced from 0.55 to 4.00 percent depending on the maturity. The company has consistently generated strong cash flow from operations and continued to have access to additional sources of liquidity through the capital markets and its $10 billion global credit facility, with 100 percent of the facility available on a same-day basis.

 

Consistent with accounting standards, the company remeasured the funded status of its retirement and postretirement plans at December 31. At December 31, 2012, the overall net underfunded position was $20,190 million, an increase of $3,800 million from December 31, 2011, as the increase in the benefit obligation due to the reduction in discount rates more than offset the returns on plan assets. At year-end 2012, the company’s qualified defined benefit plans were well funded and the cash requirements related to these plans remained stable going forward at approximately $1 billion per year through 2015. In 2012, the return on the U.S. Personal Pension Plan assets was 11.3 percent and the plan was 98 percent funded. Overall, global asset returns were 11.1 percent and the company’s qualified defined benefit plans worldwide were 94 percent funded.

 

The company’s qualified defined benefit plans did hold European sovereign debt securities in their trust funds. See note S, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on page 135 for additional information.

 

During 2012, the company generated $19,586 million in cash from operations, a decrease of $260 million compared to 2011. In addition, the company generated $18,185 million in free cash flow in 2012, an increase of $1,581 million over the prior year. See pages 65 to 67 for additional information on free cash flow. The company returned $15,768 million to shareholders in 2012, with $11,995 million in gross share repurchases and $3,773 million in dividends. In 2012, the company repurchased approximately 61 million shares and had $8.7 billion remaining in share repurchase authorization at year end. The company’s strong cash generation permitted the company to invest and deploy capital to areas with the most attractive long-term opportunities.

 

62



 

GAAP Reconciliation

 

The tables below provide a reconciliation of the company’s income statement results as reported under GAAP to its operating earnings presentation which is a non-GAAP measure. The company’s calculation of operating (non-GAAP) earnings, as presented, may differ from similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Please refer to the “Operating (non-GAAP) Earnings” section on page 26 for the company’s rationale for presenting operating earnings information.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-

 

Retirement-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related

 

Related

 

Operating

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

GAAP

 

Adjustments

 

Adjustments

 

(non-GAAP)

 

Gross profit

 

$

50,298

 

$

376

 

$

264

 

$

50,938

 

Gross profit margin

 

48.1

%

0.4

pts.

0.3

pts.

48.7

%

SG&A

 

$

23,553

 

$

(349

)

$

(294

)

$

22,910

 

RD&E

 

6,302

 

0

 

20

 

6,322

 

Other (income) and expense

 

(843

)

(13

)

0

 

(857

)

Total expense and other (income)

 

28,396

 

(363

)

(274

)

27,760

 

Pre-tax income

 

21,902

 

739

 

538

 

23,179

 

Pre-tax income margin

 

21.0

%

0.7

pts.

0.5

pts.

22.2

%

Provision for income taxes*

 

$

5,298

 

$

98

 

$

156

 

$

5,552

 

Effective tax rate

 

24.2

%

(0.4

)pts.

0.1

pts.

24.0

%

Net income

 

$

16,604

 

$

641

 

$

381

 

$

17,627

 

Net income margin

 

15.9

%

0.6

pts.

0.4

pts.

16.9

%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

14.37

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.33

 

$

15.25

 

 


* The tax impact on operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income is calculated under the same accounting principles applied to the GAAP pre-tax income which employs an annual effective tax rate method to the results.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-

 

Retirement-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related

 

Related

 

Operating

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

GAAP

 

Adjustments

 

Adjustments

 

(non-GAAP)

 

Gross profit

 

$

50,138

 

$

341

 

$

2

 

$

50,481

 

Gross profit margin

 

46.9

%

0.3

pts.

0.0

pts.

47.2

%

SG&A

 

$

23,594

 

$

(309

)

$

(13

)

$

23,272

 

RD&E

 

6,258

 

0

 

88

 

6,345

 

Other (income) and expense

 

(20

)

(25

)

0

 

(45

)

Total expense and other (income)

 

29,135

 

(334

)

74

 

28,875

 

Pre-tax income

 

21,003

 

675

 

(72

)

21,605

 

Pre-tax income margin

 

19.6

%

0.6

pts.

(0.1

)pts.

20.2

%

Provision for income taxes*

 

$

5,148

 

$

179

 

$

(40

)

$

5,287

 

Effective tax rate

 

24.5

%

0.1

pts.

(0.1

)pts.

24.5

%

Net income

 

$

15,855

 

$

495

 

$

(32

)

$

16,318

 

Net income margin

 

14.8

%

0.5

pts.

(0.0

)pts.

15.3

%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

13.06

 

$

0.41

 

$

(0.03

)

$

13.44

 

 


* The tax impact on operating (non-GAAP) pre-tax income is calculated under the same accounting principles applied to the GAAP pre-tax income which employs an annual effective tax rate method to the results.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Looking Forward

 

The company measures the success of its business model over the long term, not any individual quarter or year. The company’s strategies, investments and actions are all taken with an objective of optimizing long-term performance. A long-term perspective ensures that the company is well-positioned to take advantage of major shifts occurring in technology, business and the global economy.

 

In May 2010, the company met with investors to describe how the company manages its business, allocates it capital and serves its shareholders in a detailed discussion of its strategy. The company discussed how it continuously changes its business mix and resource allocation toward higher value, higher growth market opportunities. The company also discussed its transformation to a globally

 

63



 

integrated enterprise and how this has allowed the company to capture new growth and productivity. The company highlighted that by aligning its business model with its clients’ needs, the company can achieve its financial goals which will allow the company to invest in future sources of growth and provide strong returns to its shareholders. This delivers long-term value and performance to all key stakeholders. The execution of the company’s strategy results in the 2015 road map — with the expectation of at least $20 of operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share in 2015.

 

Looking forward, the company expects to continue its transformation in 2014, shifting its investments to the growth areas and mixing to higher value. The company will continue to acquire key capabilities, divest of certain businesses, rebalance its workforce and invest in innovation as it continues to return value to its shareholders. In January 2014, the company disclosed that it is expecting GAAP earnings of at least $17.00 and operating (non-GAAP) earnings of at least $18.00 per diluted share for the full year 2014. The operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share expectation exclude acquisition-related charges of $0.76 per share and non-operating retirement-related costs of $0.24 per share. This expectation results in an increase year to year of 13.8 percent in GAAP earnings per share and an increase of 10.5 percent year to year in operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share which keeps the company on track to its 2015 objective. The company’s expectation for 2014 includes: a gain from the sale of its customer care business to SYNNEX of approximately $150-$175 million, flat year to year pre-tax income in the Systems and Technology business, a continued headwind from currency, approximately flat workforce rebalancing charges year to year, benefits from both the 2013 and 2014 workforce actions, continued benefits from productivity initiatives and a 23 percent assumption for the tax rate. The company also stated that in the first quarter of 2014 it expects to close the initial phase of the sale of its customer care business, and that it also expects to take the majority of its workforce rebalancing charges in the same period. As a result, the company expects first quarter 2014 GAAP and operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share to be approximately 14 percent of the full year expectation, reflecting about half of the divestiture gain, the workforce rebalancing charges and continued impacts from currency. The year-to-year dynamics of the workforce rebalancing charges will impact the company’s quarterly earning profile in the first half. The company expects first quarter GAAP and 2014 operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share to be down year to year as a result of the expected workforce rebalancing charges, and it expects second quarter GAAP and 2014 operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share to increase year to year due to the workforce rebalancing charges recorded in the prior year. For the first half of 2014, the company expects low double-digit growth in its GAAP and operating (non-GAAP) earnings per share compared to the prior year.

 

From a segment perspective, the Software business again delivered improved revenue, pre-tax income and margin expansion in 2013. The company continues to invest in the Software business and is confident in its profit trajectory going into 2014, expecting the business to grow consistently with its performance the past few years. The Global Services business delivered pre-tax income and margin expansion in 2013. The Global Services business continues to see strength in cloud, Smarter Planet and business analytics and the company will continue to invest to extend its capabilities. There is good momentum in Global Business Services which delivered double-digit profit growth in the second half of 2013. In Global Technology Services, the company expects the profit base in this segment to improve in 2014. Contribution from significant contracts that the business signed in 2013 should improve as the transitional investments mature and productivity improves. Overall, the business expects Global Services to improve profit in 2014 consistent with its model for that business, 8-10 percent. In 2013, pre-tax income in the Systems and Technology business was down $1.7 billion year to year. The performance was driven by the business model issues in the Power Systems, System x and Storage business units and System z mainframe product cycle. The company remains confident in the secular strength of the mainframe and the product cycle. However, the business will take actions to address the business model challenges including making the products more relevant to clients and right-sizing these businesses to meet the new value proposition. In January 2014, the company announced a definitive agreement with Lenovo Group Limited in which Lenovo will acquire the company’s x86 server portfolio. The company expects to recognize a total pretax gain on the sale of approximately $1 billion. See the caption “Divestitures” on page 98 for additional information. While the company is focused on getting the Systems and Technology business back to profit growth, in its earnings per share expectation for 2014, the company has assumed flat pre-tax income year to year for this business, excluding the divestiture gain.

 

Within the growth markets, performance in 2013 was mixed; however, the company was disappointed with the overall results. The new economic governmental reforms in China impacted performance. As the company expands its footprint in China, the company continues to see good long-term opportunity and it continues to invest to capture that opportunity. Overall, in the growth markets, the company believes it is on a trajectory to growth and expects mid-single-digit revenue growth at constant currency by the end of 2014.

 

Currency movements impacted the company’s year to year revenue and earnings per share growth in 2013. Revenue growth for the full year was impacted by 2.1 points from currency. Currency also impacted the company’s profit performance. While there were a number of currency movements year to year, the company’s results were significantly impacted by the depreciation of the Yen. Due to the fact that the company’s business in Japan is more heavily skewed to local services, the company has less ability to hedge cross-border cash flows in Japan as compared to most other countries. As a result, the currency impact related to the Yen largely falls to profit. In January 2014, the company indicated that at current spot rates, it expects this impact to continue through 2014.

 

The company’s free cash flow performance in 2013 compared to the prior year was impacted by operational performance, changes in sales cycle working capital and cash tax payments. The company expects free cash flow in 2014 to increase by approximately $1 billion year to year, including continued impacts of cash tax payments, and grow faster than net income. Cash tax payments are expected to be a year-to-year headwind in 2014 of about $2 billion, with the majority of that impact in the first quarter.

 

64


 

The company expects 2014 pre-tax retirement-related plan cost to be approximately $2.1 billion, a decrease of approximately $800 million compared to 2013. This estimate reflects current pension plan assumptions at December 31, 2013. Within total retirement-related plan cost, operating retirement-related plan cost is expected to be approximately $1.8 billion, flat versus 2013. Non-operating retirement-related plan cost is expected to be approximately $300 million, a decrease of approximately $800 million compared to 2013, driven by less recognized actuarial losses. Cash disbursements for all retirement-related plans are expected to be approximately $2.9 billion in 2014, an increase of approximately $200 million compared to 2013. See note S, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 127 to 141 for additional information.

 

The company’s effective tax rate for 2013 benefitted from the recognition of discrete period tax events, including audit settlements. The company expects, in the normal course of business, that its effective tax rate and operating (non-GAAP) tax rate will be approximately 23 percent in 2014. The rate will change year to year based on nonrecurring events, such as the settlement of income tax audits and changes in tax laws, as well as recurring factors including the geographic mix of income before taxes, the timing and amount of foreign dividend repatriation, state and local taxes and the effects of various global income tax strategies.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The company has consistently generated strong cash flow from operations, providing a source of funds ranging between $17.5 billion and $20.8 billion per year over the past five years. The company provides for additional liquidity through several sources: maintaining an adequate cash balance, access to global funding sources, a committed global credit facility and other committed and uncommitted lines of credit worldwide. The following table provides a summary of the major sources of liquidity for the years ended December 31, 2009 through 2013.

 

Cash Flow and Liquidity Trends

 

($ in billions)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

17.5

 

$

19.6

 

$

19.8

 

$

19.5

 

$

20.8

 

Cash and short-term marketable securities

 

$

11.1

 

$

11.1

 

$

11.9

 

$

11.7

 

$

14.0

 

Committed global credit facility

 

$

10.0

 

$

10.0

 

$

10.0

 

$

10.0

 

$

10.0

 

 

The major rating agencies’ ratings on the company’s debt securities at December 31, 2013 appear in the following table and remain unchanged from December 31, 2012. The company’s indenture governing its debt securities and its various credit facilities each contain significant covenants which obligate the company to promptly pay principal and interest, limit the aggregate amount of secured indebtedness and sale and leaseback transactions to 10 percent of the company’s consolidated net tangible assets, and restrict the company’s ability to merge or consolidate unless certain conditions are met. The credit facilities also include a covenant on the company’s consolidated net interest expense ratio, which cannot be less than 2.20 to 1.0, as well as a cross default provision with respect to other defaulted indebtedness of at least $500 million.

 

The company is in compliance with all of its significant debt covenants and provides periodic certification to its lenders. The failure to comply with its debt covenants could constitute an event of default with respect to the debt to which such provisions apply. If certain events of default were to occur, the principal and interest on the debt to which such event of default applied would become immediately due and payable.

 

The company does not have “ratings trigger” provisions in its debt covenants or documentation, which would allow the holders to declare an event of default and seek to accelerate payments thereunder in the event of a change in credit rating. The company’s contractual agreements governing derivative instruments contain standard market clauses which can trigger the termination of the agreement if the company’s credit rating were to fall below investment grade. At December 31, 2013, the fair value of those instruments that were in a liability position was $501 million, before any applicable netting, and this position is subject to fluctuations in fair value period to period based on the level of the company’s outstanding instruments and market conditions. The company has no other contractual arrangements that, in the event of a change in credit rating, would result in a material adverse effect on its financial position or liquidity.

 

 

 

 

 

Moody’s

 

 

 

 

 

Standard

 

Investors

 

Fitch

 

 

 

& Poor’s

 

Service

 

Ratings

 

Senior long-term debt

 

AA-

 

Aa3

 

A+

 

Commercial paper

 

A-1+

 

Prime-1

 

F1

 

 

The company prepares its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows in accordance with applicable accounting standards for cash flow presentation on page 81 and highlights causes and events underlying sources and uses of cash in that format on page 45. For the purpose of running its business, the company manages, monitors and analyzes cash flows in a different format.

 

Management uses a free cash flow measure to evaluate the company’s operating results, plan share repurchase levels, evaluate strategic investments and assess the company’s ability and need to incur and service debt. Free cash flow is not a defined term under GAAP and it should not be inferred that the entire free cash flow amount is available for discretionary expenditures. The company defines free cash flow as net cash from operating activities less the change in Global Financing receivables and net capital expenditures, including the investment in software. As discussed on page 33, a key objective of the Global Financing business is to generate strong returns on equity. Increasing receivables is the basis for growth in a financing business. Accordingly, management considers Global Financing receivables as a profit-generating investment, not as working capital that should be minimized for efficiency. After considering Global Financing receivables as an investment, the remaining net operational cash flow less net capital expenditures is viewed by the company as free cash flow.

 

From the perspective of how management views cash flow, in 2013, free cash flow was $15.0 billion, a decrease of $3.2 billion compared to 2012. The decrease was driven by the company’s operational performance, higher cash tax payments and changes

 

65



 

in sales cycle working capital. These decreases were partially offset by lower capital expenditures and the prepayment of certain postretirement benefit plan contributions in 2012.

 

In 2013, the company continued to focus its cash utilization on returning value to shareholders including $4.1 billion in dividends and $12.8 billion in net stock transactions, including the common stock repurchase program. In addition, $3.1 billion was utilized to acquire 10 companies. For the full year, the company generated $15.0 billion in free cash flow and utilized $19.9 billion on acquisitions, net share repurchases and dividends.

 

Over the past five years, the company generated over $81 billion in free cash flow. During that period, the company invested nearly $16 billion in strategic acquisitions and returned over $69 billion to shareholders through dividends and net share repurchases. The company’s performance during this period demonstrates that there is fungibility across the elements of share repurchases, dividends and acquisitions. The amount of prospective returns to shareholders in the form of dividends and share repurchases will vary based upon several factors including each year’s operating results, capital expenditure requirements, research and development investments and acquisitions, as well as the factors discussed below.

 

The company’s Board of Directors meets quarterly to consider the dividend payment. In the second quarter of 2013, the Board of Directors increased the company’s quarterly common stock dividend from $0.85 to $0.95 per share.

 

The table below represents the way in which management reviews cash flow as described on page 65 and above.

 

($ in billions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Net cash from operating activities per GAAP

 

$

17.5

 

$

19.6

 

$

19.8

 

$

19.5

 

$

20.8

 

Less: the change in Global Financing receivables

 

(1.3

)

(2.9

)

(0.8

)

(0.7

)

1.9

 

Net cash from operating activities, excluding Global Financing receivables

 

18.8

 

22.5

 

20.7

 

20.3

 

18.9

 

Capital expenditures, net

 

(3.8

)

(4.3

)

(4.1

)

(4.0

)

(3.7

)

Free cash flow

 

15.0

 

18.2

 

16.6

 

16.3

 

15.1

 

Acquisitions

 

(3.1

)

(3.7

)

(1.8

)

(5.9

)

(1.2

)

Divestitures

 

0.3

 

0.6

 

0.0

 

0.1

 

0.4

 

Share repurchase

 

(13.9

)

(12.0

)

(15.0

)

(15.4

)

(7.4

)

Dividends

 

(4.1

)

(3.8

)

(3.5

)

(3.2

)

(2.9

)

Non-Global Financing debt

 

3.2

 

0.7

 

1.7

 

2.3

 

(4.7

)

Other (includes Global Financing receivables and Global Financing debt)

 

2.4

 

(0.8

)

2.3

 

3.5

 

1.7

 

Change in cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities

 

$

(0.1

)

$

(0.8

)

$

0.3

 

$

(2.3

)

$

1.1

 

 

Events that could temporarily change the historical cash flow dynamics discussed above include significant changes in operating results, material changes in geographic sources of cash, unexpected adverse impacts from litigation, future pension funding requirements during periods of severe downturn in the capital markets or the timing of tax payments. Whether any litigation has such an adverse impact will depend on a number of variables, which are more completely described in note M, “Contingencies and Commitments,” on pages 119 to 121. With respect to pension funding, in 2013, the company contributed $507 million to its non-U.S. defined benefit plans versus $617 million in 2012. As highlighted in the Contractual Obligations table on page 67, the company expects to make legally mandated pension plan contributions to certain non-U.S. plans of approximately $3.3 billion in the next five years. The 2014 contributions are currently expected to be approximately $600 million. Cash disbursements related to all retirement-related plans is expected to be approximately $2.9 billion in 2014, an increase of approximately $0.2 billion compared to 2013. Financial market performance could increase the legally mandated minimum contributions in certain non-U.S. countries that require more frequent remeasurement of the funded status. The company is not quantifying any further impact from pension funding because it is not possible to predict future movements in the capital markets or pension plan funding regulations.

 

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 was enacted into law in 2006,and, among other things, increases the funding requirements for certain U.S. defined benefit plans beginning after December 31, 2007.No mandatory contribution is required for the U.S. defined benefit plan in 2014 as of December 31, 2013.

 

The company’s U.S. cash flows continue to be sufficient to fund its current domestic operations and obligations, including investing and financing activities such as dividends and debt service. The company’s U.S. operations generate substantial cash flows, and, in those circumstances where the company has additional cash requirements in the U.S., the company has several liquidity options available. These options may include the ability to borrow additional funds at reasonable interest rates, utilizing its committed global credit facility, repatriating certain foreign earnings and utilizing inter-company loans with certain foreign subsidiaries.

 

The company does earn a significant amount of its pre-tax income outside the U.S. The company’s policy is to indefinitely reinvest the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, and accordingly, no provision for federal income taxes has been made on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The company periodically repatriates a portion of these earnings to the extent that it does not incur an additional U.S. tax liability. Quantification of the deferred tax liability, if any, associated with indefinitely reinvested

 

66



 

earnings is not practicable. While the company currently does not have a need to repatriate funds held by its foreign subsidiaries, if these funds are needed for operations and obligations in the U.S., the company could elect to repatriate these funds which could result in a reassessment of the company’s policy and increased tax expense.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Total Contractual

 

Payments Due In

 

 

 

Payment Stream

 

2014

 

2015-16

 

2017-18

 

After 2018

 

Long-term debt obligations

 

$

36,978

 

$

3,839

 

$

8,656

 

$

8,035

 

$

16,448

 

Interest on long-term debt obligations

 

10,614

 

1,084

 

1,943

 

1,564

 

6,023

 

Capital (finance) lease obligations

 

58

 

16

 

25

 

12

 

5

 

Operating lease obligations

 

5,991

 

1,492

 

2,302

 

1,419

 

778

 

Purchase obligations

 

1,394

 

593

 

633

 

106

 

62

 

Other long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum defined benefit plan pension funding (mandated)*

 

3,300

 

600

 

1,300

 

1,400

 

 

 

Excess 401(k) Plus Plan

 

1,757

 

84

 

178

 

192

 

1,303

 

Long-term termination benefits

 

1,519

 

238

 

227

 

178

 

876

 

Tax reserves**

 

2,904

 

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

1,052

 

44

 

93

 

80

 

836

 

Total

 

$

65,567

 

$

8,091

 

$

15,357

 

$

12,986

 

$

26,331

 

 


* As funded status on plans will vary, obligations for mandated minimum pension payments after 2018 could not be reasonably estimated.

 

** These amounts represent the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The company estimates that approximately $101 million of the liability is expected to be settled within the next 12 months. The settlement period for the noncurrent portion of the income tax liability cannot be reasonably estimated as the timing of the payments will depend on the progress of tax examinations with the various tax authorities; however, it is not expected to be due within the next 12 months.

 

Total contractual obligations are reported in the table above excluding the effects of time value and therefore, may not equal the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Certain noncurrent liabilities are excluded from the table above as their future cash outflows are uncertain. This includes deferred taxes, derivatives, deferred income, disability benefits and other sundry items.

 

Purchase obligations include all commitments to purchase goods or services of either a fixed or minimum quantity that meet any of the following criteria: (1) they are noncancelable, (2) the company would incur a penalty if the agreement was canceled, or (3) the company must make specified minimum payments even if it does not take delivery of the contracted products or services (take-or-pay). If the obligation to purchase goods or services is non-cancelable, the entire value of the contract is included in the table above. If the obligation is cancelable, but the company would incur a penalty if canceled, the dollar amount of the penalty is included as a purchase obligation. Contracted minimum amounts specified in take-or-pay contracts are also included in the table as they represent the portion of each contract that is a firm commitment.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the company enters into contracts that specify that the company will purchase all or a portion of its requirements of a specific product, commodity or service from a supplier or vendor. These contracts are generally entered into in order to secure pricing or other negotiated terms. They do not specify fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased and, therefore, the company does not consider them to be purchase obligations.

 

Interest on floating-rate debt obligations is calculated using the effective interest rate at December 31, 2013, plus the interest rate spread associated with that debt, if any.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

From time to time, the company may enter into off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by SEC Financial Reporting Release 67 (FRR-67), “Disclosure in Management’s Discussion and Analysis about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations.”

 

At December 31, 2013, the company had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. See the table above for the company’s contractual obligations, and note M, “Contingencies and Commitments,” on page 121, for detailed information about the company’s guarantees, financial commitments and indemnification arrangements. The company does not have retained interests in assets transferred to unconsolidated entities or other material off-balance sheet interests or instruments.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

The application of GAAP requires the company to make estimates and assumptions about certain items and future events that directly affect its reported financial condition. The accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that the company considers to be the most critical to its financial statements. An accounting estimate is considered critical if both (a) the nature of the estimate or assumption is material due to the levels of

 

67



 

subjectivity and judgment involved, and (b) the impact within a reasonable range of outcomes of the estimate and assumption is material to the company’s financial condition. Senior management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of these estimates with the Audit Committee of the company’s Board of Directors. The company’s significant accounting policies are described in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on pages 84 through 93.

 

A quantitative sensitivity analysis is provided where that information is reasonably available, can be reliably estimated and provides material information to investors. The amounts used to assess sensitivity (e.g., 1 percent, 10 percent, etc.) are included to allow users of the Annual Report to understand a general direction cause and effect of changes in the estimates and do not represent management’s predictions of variability. For all of these estimates, it should be noted that future events rarely develop exactly as forecasted, and estimates require regular review and adjustment.

 

Pension Assumptions

 

For the company’s defined benefit pension plans, the measurement of the company’s benefit obligation to employees and net periodic pension (income)/cost requires the use of certain assumptions, including, among others, estimates of discount rates and expected return on plan assets.

 

Changes in the discount rate assumptions will impact the (gain)/ loss amortization and interest cost components of the net periodic pension (income)/cost calculation (see page 133 for information regarding the discount rate assumptions) and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). The company increased the discount rate assumption for the IBM Personal Pension Plan (PPP), a U.S.-based defined benefit plan, by 90 basis points to 4.50 percent on December 31, 2013. This change will decrease pre-tax cost and expense recognized in 2014 by an estimated $264 million. If the discount rate assumption for the PPP decreased by 90 basis points on December 31, 2013, pre-tax cost and expense recognized in 2014 would have increased by an estimated $195 million. Changes in the discount rate assumptions will impact the PBO which, in turn, may impact the company’s funding decisions if the PBO exceeds plan assets. Each 25 basis point increase or decrease in the discount rate will cause a corresponding decrease or increase, respectively, in the PPP’s PBO of an estimated $1.3 billion based upon December 31, 2013 data.

 

The expected long-term return on plan assets assumption is used in calculating the net periodic pension (income)/cost (see page 133 for information regarding the expected long-term return on plan assets assumption). Expected returns on plan assets are calculated based on the market-related value of plan assets, which recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets systematically over a five-year period in the expected return on plan assets line in net periodic pension (income)/cost. The differences between the actual return on plan assets and the expected long-term return on plan assets are recognized over five years in the expected return on plan assets line in net periodic pension (income)/cost and also as a component of actuarial gains/losses, which are recognized over the service lives or life expectancy of the participants, depending on the plan, provided such amounts exceed thresholds which are based upon the benefit obligation or the value of plan assets, as provided by accounting standards.

 

To the extent the outlook for long-term returns changes such that management changes its expected long-term return on plan assets assumption, each 50 basis point increase or decrease in the expected long-term return on PPP plan assets assumption will have an estimated decrease or increase, respectively, of $256 million on the following year’s pre-tax net periodic pension (income)/cost (based upon the PPP’s plan assets at December 31, 2013 and assuming no contributions are made in 2014).

 

The company may voluntarily make contributions or be required, by law, to make contributions to its pension plans. Actual results that differ from the estimates may result in more or less future company funding into the pension plans than is planned by management. Impacts of these types of changes on the company’s pension plans in other countries worldwide will vary depending upon the status of each respective plan.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Application of the various accounting principles in GAAP related to the measurement and recognition of revenue requires the company to make judgments and estimates. Specifically, complex arrangements with nonstandard terms and conditions may require significant contract interpretation to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting. Other significant judgments include determining whether IBM or a reseller is acting as the principal in a transaction and whether separate contracts are considered part of one arrangement.

 

Revenue recognition is also impacted by the company’s ability to estimate sales incentives, expected returns and collectibility. The company considers various factors, including a review of specific transactions, the creditworthiness of the customers, historical experience and market and economic conditions when calculating these provisions and allowances. Evaluations are conducted each quarter to assess the adequacy of the estimates. If these estimates were changed by 10 percent in 2013, net income would have been impacted by $97 million (excluding Global Financing receivables discussed on pages 73 and 74).

 

Costs to Complete Service Contracts

 

The company enters into numerous service contracts through its Global Services business. During the contractual period, revenue, cost and profits may be impacted by estimates of the ultimate profitability of each contract, especially contracts for which the company uses the percentage-of-completion (POC) method of accounting. If at any time these estimates indicate the POC contract will be unprofitable, the entire estimated loss for the remainder of the contract is recorded immediately in cost. The company performs ongoing profitability analyses of its services contracts in order to determine whether the latest estimates require updating. Key factors reviewed by the company to estimate the future costs to complete each contract are future labor costs, future product costs and expected productivity efficiencies. Contract loss provisions recorded as a component of other accrued expenses and liabilities were approximately $41 million and $54 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

68



 

Income Taxes

 

The company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments are required in determining the consolidated provision for income taxes.

 

During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. As a result, the company recognizes tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. These tax liabilities are recognized when, despite the company’s belief that its tax return positions are supportable, the company believes that certain positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. The company believes that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years based on its assessment of many factors, including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions, and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. To the extent that new information becomes available which causes the company to change its judgment regarding the adequacy of existing tax liabilities, such changes to tax liabilities will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Significant judgment is also required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all available evidence for each jurisdiction including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. In the event that the company changes its determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, the company will adjust its valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

 

The consolidated provision for income taxes will change period to period based on nonrecurring events, such as the settlement of income tax audits and changes in tax laws, as well as recurring factors including the geographic mix of income before taxes, the timing and amount of foreign dividend repatriation, state and local taxes and the effects of various global income tax strategies.

 

To the extent that the provision for income taxes increases/decreases by 1 percent of income before income taxes, consolidated net income would have decreased/improved by $195 million in 2013.

 

Valuation of Assets

 

The application of business combination and impairment accounting requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The acquisition method of accounting for business combinations requires the company to estimate the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are depreciated and amortized from goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Impairment testing for assets, other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, requires the allocation of cash flows to those assets or group of assets and if required, an estimate of fair value for the assets or group of assets. The company’s estimates are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. These valuations require the use of management’s assumptions, which would not reflect unanticipated events and circumstances that may occur.

 

Valuation of Goodwill

 

The company reviews goodwill for impairment annually, in the fourth quarter, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.

 

The company assesses qualitative factors in each of its reporting units that carry goodwill. Among other relevant events and circumstances that affect the fair value of reporting units, including macroeconomic, industry and market conditions, the company assesses individual factors such as:

 

·

A significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate;

·

An adverse action or assessment by a regulator;

·

Unanticipated competition;

·

A loss of key personnel; and

·

A more likely than not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed of.

 

The company assesses these qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. This quantitative test is required only if the company concludes that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount.

 

In the fourth quarter, the company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis. The qualitative assessment illustrated evidence of a potential impairment triggering event as a result of the financial performance of the Systems and Technology reporting unit. The quantitative analysis resulted in no impairment as the reporting unit’s estimated fair value exceeded the carrying amount by over 100 percent.

 

Loss Contingencies

 

The company is currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Quarterly, the company reviews the status of each significant matter and assesses its potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, the company accrues a liability for the estimated loss. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, the company reassesses the potential liability related to its pending claims and litigation, and may revise its estimates. These revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on the company’s results of operations and financial position.

 

Global Financing Receivables Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The Global Financing business reviews its financing receivables portfolio at least quarterly in order to assess collectibility. A description of the methods used by management to estimate the amount of uncollectible receivables is included in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 93. Factors that could result in actual receivable losses that are materially different from the estimated reserve include sharp changes in the economy, or a significant change in the economic health of a particular client that represents a concentration in Global Financing’s receivables portfolio.

 

69



 

To the extent that actual collectibility differs from management’s estimates currently provided for by 10 percent, Global Financing’s segment pre-tax income and the company’s consolidated income before income taxes would be higher or lower by an estimated $39 million (using 2013 data), depending upon whether the actual collectibility was better or worse, respectively, than the estimates.

 

Residual Value

 

Residual value represents the estimated fair value of equipment under lease as of the end of the lease. Residual value estimates impact the determination of whether a lease is classified as operating or capital. Global Financing estimates the future fair value of leased equipment by using historical models, analyzing the current market for new and used equipment, and obtaining forward-looking product information such as marketing plans and technological innovations. Residual value estimates are periodically reviewed and “other than temporary” declines in estimated future residual values are recognized upon identification. Anticipated increases in future residual values are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed.

 

Factors that could cause actual results to materially differ from the estimates include significant changes in the used-equipment market brought on by unforeseen changes in technology innovations and any resulting changes in the useful lives of used equipment.

 

To the extent that actual residual value recovery is lower than management’s estimates by 10 percent, Global Financing’s segment pre-tax income and the company’s consolidated income before income taxes for 2013 would have been lower by an estimated $94 million. If the actual residual value recovery is higher than management’s estimates, the increase in income will be realized at the end of lease when the equipment is remarketed.

 

Currency Rate Fluctuations

 

Changes in the relative values of non-U.S. currencies to the U.S. dollar affect the company’s financial results and financial position. At December 31, 2013, currency changes resulted in assets and liabilities denominated in local currencies being translated into fewer dollars than at year-end 2012. The company uses financial hedging instruments to limit specific currency risks related to financing transactions and other foreign currency-based transactions. Further discussion of currency and hedging appears in note D, “Financial Instruments,” on pages 102 through 106.

 

Foreign currency fluctuations often drive operational responses that mitigate the simple mechanical translation of earnings. During periods of sustained movements in currency, the marketplace and competition adjust to the changing rates. For example, when pricing offerings in the marketplace, the company may use some of the advantage from a weakening U.S. dollar to improve its position competitively, and price more aggressively to win the business, essentially passing on a portion of the currency advantage to its customers. Competition will frequently take the same action. Consequently, the company believes that some of the currency-based changes in cost impact the prices charged to clients. The company also maintains currency hedging programs for cash management purposes which mitigate, but do not eliminate, the volatility of currency impacts on the company’s financial results.

 

The company translates revenue, cost and expense in its non-U.S. operations at current exchange rates in the reported period. References to “adjusted for currency” or “constant currency” reflect adjustments based upon a simple constant currency mathematical translation of local currency results using the comparable prior period’s currency conversion rate. However, this constant currency methodology that the company utilizes to disclose this information does not incorporate any operational actions that management may take in reaction to fluctuating currency rates. Currency movements, particularly the depreciation of the Yen, impacted the company’s year-to-year revenue and earnings per share growth in 2013. Based on the currency rate movements in 2013, total revenue decreased 4.6 percent as reported and 2.5 at constant currency versus 2012. On a pre-tax income basis, these translation impacts offset by the net impact of hedging activities resulted in a theoretical maximum (assuming no pricing or sourcing actions) decrease of approximately $400 million in 2013. The same mathematical exercise resulted in a decrease of approximately $100 million in 2012. The company views these amounts as a theoretical maximum impact to its as-reported financial results. Considering the operational responses mentioned above, movements of exchange rates, and the nature and timing of hedging instruments, it is difficult to predict future currency impacts on any particular period, but the company believes it could be substantially less than the theoretical maximum given the competitive pressure in the marketplace.

 

For non-U.S. subsidiaries and branches that operate in U.S. dollars or whose economic environment is highly inflationary, translation adjustments are reflected in results of operations. Generally, the company manages currency risk in these entities by linking prices and contracts to U.S. dollars. The company continues to monitor the economic conditions in Venezuela. On December 30, 2010, the official rate for essential goods was eliminated, with no change to the SITME rate. The SITME rate remained constant throughout 2012 and 2011. In February 2013, the SITME rate was eliminated, and the official rate was set at 6.3 bolivares fuerte (BsF) to the U.S. dollar. This devaluation did not have a material impact given the size of the company’s operations in Venezuela (less than 1 percent of total 2013 and 2012 revenue, respectively).

 

In addition, in March 2013, the Venezuelan government created a new foreign exchange mechanism called the “Complimentary System of Foreign Currency Aquirement.” This system operates similar to an auction system and allows entities in specific sectors to bid for U.S. dollars to be used for specific import transactions. In December 2013, the Venezuelan regulation that created this mechanism was amended to expand its use, and to require publication of the average exchange rates implied by transactions settled in these auctions. The company did not participate in this exchange mechanism in 2013, and will consider its participation going-forward.

 

In January 2014, the Argentinian government devalued its currency from 6 pesos to the U.S. dollar to 8 pesos to the U.S. dollar. This devaluation will not have a material impact given the size of the company’s operations in Argentina (less than 1 percent of total 2013 revenue).

 

Market Risk

 

In the normal course of business, the financial position of the company is routinely subject to a variety of risks. In addition to the market risk associated with interest rate and currency movements on outstanding debt and non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, other examples of risk include collectibility of accounts receivable and recoverability of residual values on leased assets.

 

70



 

The company regularly assesses these risks and has established policies and business practices to protect against the adverse effects of these and other potential exposures. As a result, the company does not anticipate any material losses from these risks.

 

The company’s debt, in support of the Global Financing business and the geographic breadth of the company’s operations, contains an element of market risk from changes in interest and currency rates. The company manages this risk, in part, through the use of a variety of financial instruments including derivatives, as described in note D, “Financial Instruments,” on pages 102 through 106.

 

To meet disclosure requirements, the company performs a sensitivity analysis to determine the effects that market risk exposures may have on the fair values of the company’s debt and other financial instruments.

 

The financial instruments that are included in the sensitivity analysis are comprised of the company’s cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, short-term and long-term loans, commercial financing and installment payment receivables, investments, long-term and short-term debt and derivative financial instruments. The company’s derivative financial instruments generally include interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps and forward contracts.

 

To perform the sensitivity analysis, the company assesses the risk of loss in fair values from the effect of hypothetical changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates on market-sensitive instruments. The market values for interest and foreign currency exchange risk are computed based on the present value of future cash flows as affected by the changes in rates that are attributable to the market risk being measured. The discount rates used for the present value computations were selected based on market interest and foreign currency exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The differences in this comparison are the hypothetical gains or losses associated with each type of risk.

 

Information provided by the sensitivity analysis does not necessarily represent the actual changes in fair value that the company would incur under normal market conditions because, due to practical limitations, all variables other than the specific market risk factor are held constant. In addition, the results of the model are constrained by the fact that certain items are specifically excluded from the analysis, while the financial instruments relating to the financing or hedging of those items are included by definition. Excluded items include short-term and long-term receivables from sales-type and direct financing leases, forecasted foreign currency cash flows and the company’s net investment in foreign operations. As a consequence, reported changes in the values of some of the financial instruments impacting the results of the sensitivity analysis are not matched with the offsetting changes in the values of the items that those instruments are designed to finance or hedge.

 

The results of the sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2013 and 2012, are as follows:

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

At December 31, 2013, a 10 percent decrease in the levels of interest rates with all other variables held constant would result in a decrease in the fair market value of the company’s financial instruments of $322 million as compared with a decrease of $192 million at December 31, 2012. A 10 percent increase in the levels of interest rates with all other variables held constant would result in an increase in the fair value of the company’s financial instruments of $300 million as compared to an increase of $181 million at December 31, 2012. Changes in the relative sensitivity of the fair value of the company’s financial instrument portfolio for these theoretical changes in the level of interest rates are primarily driven by changes in the company’s debt maturities, interest rate profile and amount.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

 

At December 31, 2013, a 10 percent weaker U.S. dollar against foreign currencies, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase in the fair value of the company’s financial instruments of $1,340 million as compared with an increase of $1,203 million at December 31, 2012. Conversely, a 10 percent stronger U.S. dollar against foreign currencies, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in the fair value of the company’s financial instruments of $1,340 million compared with a decrease of $1,203 million at December 31, 2012. The change in impact from 2012 to 2013 was comprised of: assets ($59 million), debt ($2 million) and derivatives ($76 million).

 

Financing Risks

 

See the “Description of Business” on page 33 for a discussion of the financing risks associated with the Global Financing business and management’s actions to mitigate such risks.

 

Cybersecurity

 

The company’s approach on cybersecurity leverages its ability to adapt to a changing environment, as well as the depth and breadth of its global capabilities, both in terms of its offerings to clients and its internal approaches to cybersecurity issues. The company has software solutions that deliver identity and access management, data security, application security, network security and endpoint security. IBM’s software solutions include a security intelligence dashboard that can collect information on customer IT security events and provide detailed information to customers about potential threats and security posture. The company’s services businesses offer professional solutions for security from assessment to deployment. In addition, the company offers managed and outsourced security solutions from multiple security operations centers around the world. Finally, security is embedded in a multitude of IBM offerings through secure engineering processes and by critical functions (encryption, access control, etc.) in servers, storage, software, services and other solutions.

 

From an enterprise perspective, IBM has implemented a multi-faceted approach involving people, tools, and processes to identify and address cybersecurity risks. The company has established policies and procedures that provide the foundation by which IBM’s infrastructure and data are managed, which help protect IBM and client data. In addition, the company utilizes a combination of online education, Web articles and other awareness initiatives to enable its workforce to be knowledgeable about cybersecurity threats and their responsibilities to identify and mitigate these risks. IBM performs ongoing assessments regarding its technical controls and its methods for identifying emerging risks related to cybersecurity. The company uses a layered approach with overlapping controls to defend against cybersecurity attacks on networks, end-user devices, data centers and applications.

 

71



 

Employees and Related Workforce

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yr.-to-Yr. Percent Change

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013-12

 

2012-11

 

IBM/wholly owned subsidiaries

 

431,212

 

434,246

 

433,362

 

(0.7

)%

0.2

%

Less-than-wholly owned subsidiaries

 

9,018

 

8,009

 

7,523

 

12.6

 

6.5

 

Complementary

 

23,555

 

24,740

 

25,500

 

(4.8

)

(3.0

)

 

As a globally integrated enterprise, the company operates in more than 175 countries and is continuing to shift its business to the higher value segments of enterprise computing. The company continually assesses its resource needs with the objective of balancing its workforce globally to improve the company’s global reach and competitiveness.

 

The complementary workforce is an approximation of equivalent full-time employees hired under temporary, part-time and limited-term employment arrangements to meet specific business needs in a flexible and cost-effective manner.

 

GLOBAL FINANCING

 

Global Financing is a reportable segment that is measured as a stand-alone entity.

 

In 2013, the Global Financing business remained focused on its core competencies — providing IT financing to the company’s clients and business partners. For the year, Global Financing delivered external revenue of $2,022 million and total revenue of $4,304 million, and expanded gross and pre-tax margins. Total pre-tax income of $2,171 million increased 6.8 percent compared to 2012 and return on equity was 40.6 percent.

 

In addition to the overall health of the economy and its impact on corporate IT budgets, key drivers of Global Financing’s results are interest rates and originations. Interest rates directly impact Global Financing’s business by increasing or decreasing both financing revenue and the associated borrowing costs. Originations, which determine the asset base of Global Financing’s annuity-like business, are impacted by IBM’s non-Global Financing sales and services volumes and Global Financing’s participation rates. Participation rates are the propensity of IBM’s clients to finance their transactions through Global Financing in lieu of paying IBM up-front cash or financing through a third party.

 

Results of Operations

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

External revenue

 

$

2,022

 

$

2,013

 

$

2,102

 

Internal revenue

 

2,282

 

2,060

 

2,092

 

Total revenue

 

4,304

 

4,073

 

4,195

 

Cost

 

1,417

 

1,400

 

1,467

 

Gross profit

 

$

2,888

 

$

2,673

 

$

2,728

 

Gross profit margin

 

67.1

%

65.6

%

65.0

%

Pre-tax income

 

$

2,171

 

$

2,034

 

$

2,011

 

After-tax income*

 

$

1,456

 

$

1,362

 

$

1,338

 

Return on equity*

 

40.6

%

41.0

%

40.7

%

 


* See page 75 for the details of the after-tax income and return on equity calculation.

 

Total revenue in 2013 increased $232 million versus 2012 as a result of:

 

·          An increase in internal revenue of 10.8 percent driven by an increase in used equipment sales revenue (up 20.0 percent to $1,871 million), partially offset by a decrease in financing revenue (down 17.9 percent to $411 million); and

·          An increase in external revenue of 0.4 percent (3 percent adjusted for currency) driven by an increase in financing revenue (up 1.4 percent to $1,493 million), partially offset by a decrease in used equipment sales revenue (down 2.3 percent to $528 million).

 

The decrease in internal financing revenue was primarily due to lower asset yields and a decrease in remarketing lease revenue. The increase in external financing revenue was due to a higher average asset balance, partially offset by lower asset yields and a decrease in remarketing lease revenue. Global Financing gross profit increased 8.0 percent compared to 2012 due to an increase in used equipment sales gross profit, partially offset by a decrease in financing gross profit. The gross profit margin increased 1.5 points due to an increase in the used equipment sales margin, partially offset by a shift in mix toward lower margin used equipment sales.

 

Total revenue in 2012 decreased $122 million versus 2011 as a result of:

 

·         A decline in external revenue of 4.2 percent (1 percent adjusted for currency) driven by a decrease in financing revenue (down 8.7 percent to $1,471 million), partially offset by an increase in used equipment sales revenue (up 10.6 percent to $540 million); and

·         A decline in internal revenue of 1.6 percent driven by a decrease in financing revenue (down 11.3 percent to $500 million), partially offset by an increase in used equipment sales revenue (up 2.0 percent to $1,559 million).

 

The decreases in external and internal financing revenue were due to lower asset yields and a decrease in remarketing lease revenue.

 

Global Financing gross profit in 2012 decreased 2.0 percent compared to 2011 due to a decrease in financing gross profit, partially offset by an increase in used equipment sales gross profit. The gross profit margin increased 0.6 points due to a higher financing margin, partially offset by a shift in mix toward lower margin used equipment sales and a lower used equipment sales margin.

 

Global Financing pre-tax income increased 6.8 percent in 2013 versus 2012, following an increase of 1.1 percent in 2012 versus 2011. The increase in 2013 was driven by the increase in gross profit ($215 million), partially offset by increases in financing receivables provisions ($60 million) and SG&A expenses ($20 million). The increase in 2012 was driven by decreases in SG&A expenses ($61 million) and

 

72


 

financing receivables provisions ($16 million), partially offset by the decrease in gross profit ($55 million). The increase in financing receivable provisions in 2013 was due to higher specific reserve requirements, primarily in China. At December 31, 2013, the overall allowance for credit losses coverage rate was 1.2 percent, flat compared to the prior year.

 

The decrease in return on equity from 2012 to 2013 was driven by a higher average equity balance, and the increase in return on equity from 2011 to 2012 was driven by higher after-tax income.

 

Financial Condition

 

Balance Sheet

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,446

 

$

1,380

 

Net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases

 

9,739

 

10,008

 

Equipment under operating leases

 

 

 

 

 

External clients (a)

 

947

 

1,273

 

Internal clients (b)(c)

 

0

 

25

 

Client loans

 

14,297

 

13,121

 

Total client financing assets

 

24,982

 

24,428

 

Commercial financing receivables

 

8,541

 

7,755

 

Intercompany financing receivables (b)(c)

 

4,216

 

4,328

 

Other receivables

 

352

 

459

 

Other assets

 

601

 

533

 

Total assets

 

$

40,138

 

$

38,882

 

Intercompany payables (b)

 

$

5,766

 

$

6,802

 

Debt (d)

 

27,504

 

24,501

 

Other liabilities

 

3,043

 

4,084

 

Total liabilities

 

36,314

 

35,388

 

Total equity

 

3,825

 

3,494

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

40,138

 

$

38,882

 

 


(a)  Includes intercompany mark-up, priced on an arm’s-length basis, on products purchased from the company’s product divisions, which is eliminated in IBM’s consolidated results.

(b)  Entire amount eliminated for purposes of IBM’s consolidated results and therefore does not appear on page 80.

(c)  These assets, along with all other financing assets in this table, are leveraged at the value in the table using Global Financing debt.

(d)  Global Financing debt is comprised of intercompany loans and external debt. A portion of Global Financing debt is in support of the company’s internal business, or related to intercompany mark-up embedded in the Global Financing assets. See table on page 75.

 

Sources and Uses of Funds

 

The primary use of funds in Global Financing is to originate client and commercial financing assets. Client financing assets for end users consist primarily of IBM systems, software and services, but also include OEM equipment, software and services to meet IBM clients’ total solutions requirements. Client financing assets are primarily sales-type, direct financing and operating leases for systems products, as well as loans for systems, software and services with terms generally from one to seven years. Global Financing’s client loans are primarily for software and services and are unsecured. These loans are subjected to credit analysis to evaluate the associated risk and, when deemed necessary, actions are taken to mitigate risks in the loan agreements which include covenants to protect against credit deterioration during the life of the obligation. Client financing also includes internal activity as described on pages 33 and 34.

 

Commercial financing receivables arise primarily from inventory and accounts receivable financing for dealers and remarketers of IBM and OEM products. Payment terms for inventory financing and accounts receivable financing generally range from 30 to 90 days. These short-term receivables are primarily unsecured and are also subjected to additional credit analysis in order to evaluate the associated risk.

 

In addition to the actions previously described, in certain circumstances, the company may take mitigation actions to transfer credit risk to third parties.

 

At December 31, 2013, substantially all financing assets are IT related assets, and approximately 59 percent of the total external portfolio was with investment-grade clients with no direct exposure to consumers.

 

Originations

 

The following are total financing originations:

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Client financing

 

$

15,792

 

$

16,277

 

$

14,390

 

Commercial financing

 

41,027

 

36,944

 

35,282

 

Total

 

$

56,819

 

$

53,222

 

$

49,673

 

 

In 2013, new financing originations exceeded cash collections for both client and commercial financing. This resulted in a net increase in total financing assets from December 31, 2012. The increase in originations in 2013 versus 2012 was due to improving volumes in commercial financing. The increase in originations in 2012 versus 2011 was due to improving volumes in both client and commercial financing. Internal loan financing with Global Services is executed under a loan facility and is not considered originations.

 

Cash generated by Global Financing in 2013 was deployed to pay intercompany payables and dividends to IBM as well as business partners and OEM suppliers.

 

Global Financing Receivables and Allowances

 

The following table presents external financing receivables excluding residual values, and the allowance for credit losses:

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Gross financing receivables

 

$

32,319

 

$

30,621

 

Specific allowance for credit losses

 

279

 

240

 

Unallocated allowance for credit losses

 

113

 

115

 

Total allowance for credit losses

 

392

 

355

 

Net financing receivables

 

$

31,928

 

$

30,266

 

Allowance for credit losses coverage

 

1.2

%

1.2

%

 

73



 

Roll Forward of Global Financing Receivables Allowance for Credit Losses

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Additions/

 

 

 

December 31,

 

January 1, 2013

 

Used*

 

(Reductions)

 

Other**

 

2013

 

$355

 

$

(44

)

$

85

 

$

(5

)

$

392

 

 


* Represents reserved receivables, net of recoveries, that were disposed of during the period.

** Primarily represents translation adjustments.

 

The percentage of Global Financing receivables reserved was 1.2 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Specific reserves increased 16 percent from $240 million at December 31, 2012, to $279 million at December 31, 2013. Unallocated reserves decreased 2 percent from $115 million at December 31, 2012, to $113 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to lower general reserve requirements.

 

Global Financing’s bad debt expense was an increase of $85 million for 2013, compared to an increase of $26 million for 2012. The year-to-year increase in bad debt expense was due to higher specific reserve requirements, primarily in China, in the current year.

 

Residual Value

 

Residual value is a risk unique to the financing business and management of this risk is dependent upon the ability to accurately project future equipment values at lease inception. Global Financing has insight into product plans and cycles for the IBM products under lease. Based upon this product information, Global Financing continually monitors projections of future equipment values and compares them with the residual values reflected in the portfolio. See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 93 for the company’s accounting policy for residual values.

 

Global Financing optimizes the recovery of residual values by selling assets sourced from end of lease, leasing used equipment to new clients, or extending lease arrangements with current clients. Sales of equipment, which are primarily sourced from equipment returned at the end of a lease, represented 55.8 percent and 51.6 percent of Global Financing’s revenue in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase was due to a shift from operating leases to used equipment sales for internal transactions. The gross profit margins on these sales were 58.3 percent and 53.6 percent in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in the gross profit margin was driven by a shift in mix toward higher margin internal equipment sales and a margin increase in internal equipment sales.

 

The table below presents the recorded amount of unguaranteed residual value for sales-type, direct financing and operating leases at December 31, 2012 and 2013. In addition, the table presents the residual value as a percentage of the related original amount financed and a run out of when the unguaranteed residual value assigned to equipment on leases at December 31, 2013 is expected to be returned to the company. In addition to the unguaranteed residual value, on a limited basis, Global Financing will obtain guarantees of the future value of the equipment to be returned at end of lease. While primarily focused on IBM products, guarantees are also obtained for certain OEM products. These third-party guarantees are included in minimum lease payments as provided for by accounting standards in the determination of lease classifications for the covered equipment and provide protection against risk of loss arising from declines in equipment values for these assets.

 

The residual value guarantee increases the minimum lease payments that are utilized in determining the classification of a lease as a sales-type lease, direct financing lease or operating lease. The aggregate asset values associated with the guarantees of sales-type leases were $479 million and $776 million for the financing transactions originated during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In 2013, the residual value guarantee program resulted in the company recognizing approximately $462 million of revenue that would otherwise have been recognized in future periods as operating lease revenue. If the company had chosen to not participate in a residual value guarantee program in 2013 and prior years, the 2013 impact would be substantially mitigated by the effect of prior year asset values being recognized as operating lease revenue in the current year. The aggregate asset values associated with the guarantees of direct financing leases were $218 million and $199 million for the financing transactions originated during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The associated aggregate guaranteed future values at the scheduled end of lease were $29 million and $53 million for the financing transactions originated during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The cost of guarantees was $3 million and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Unguaranteed Residual Value

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Total

 

Estimated Run Out of 2013 Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 and

 

At December 31:

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

Beyond

 

Sales-type and direct financing leases

 

$

794

 

$

736

 

$

142

 

$

204

 

$

243

 

$

149

 

Operating leases

 

259

 

200

 

93

 

50

 

42

 

15

 

Total unguaranteed residual value

 

$

1,053

 

$

936

 

$

235

 

$

254

 

$

285

 

$

164

 

Related original amount financed

 

$

18,744

 

$

17,642

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage

 

5.6

%

5.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74



 

Debt

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Debt-to-equity ratio

 

7.2x

 

7.0x

 

 

The company funds Global Financing through borrowings using a debt-to-equity ratio target of approximately 7 to 1. The debt used to fund Global Financing assets is composed of intercompany loans and external debt. The terms of the intercompany loans are set by the company to substantially match the term and currency underlying the financing receivable and are based on arm’s-length pricing. Both assets and debt are presented in the Global Financing balance sheet on page 73.

 

Global Financing provides financing predominantly for the company’s external client assets, as well as for assets under contract by other IBM units. As previously stated, the company measures Global Financing as a stand-alone entity, and accordingly, interest expense relating to debt supporting Global Financing’s external client and internal business is included in the “Global Financing Results of Operations” on pages 72 and 73 and in note T, “Segment Information,” on pages 141 to 146.

 

In the company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings on page 78, the external debt-related interest expense supporting Global Financing’s internal financing to the company is reclassified from cost of financing to interest expense.

 

The following table provides additional information on total company debt. In this table, intercompany activity includes internal loans and leases at arm’s-length pricing in support of Global Services’ long-term contracts and other internal activity. The company believes these assets should be appropriately leveraged in line with the overall Global Financing business model.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

Global Financing Segment

 

 

 

$

27,504

 

 

 

$

24,501

 

Debt to support external clients

 

$

24,471

 

 

 

$

21,583

 

 

 

Debt to support internal clients

 

3,033

 

 

 

2,919

 

 

 

Non-Global Financing Segments

 

 

 

12,214

 

 

 

8,767

 

Debt supporting operations

 

15,247

 

 

 

11,686

 

 

 

Intercompany activity

 

(3,033

)

 

 

(2,919

)

 

 

Total company debt

 

 

 

$

39,718

 

 

 

$

33,269

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Global Financing is a segment of the company, and therefore is supported by the company’s overall liquidity position and access to capital markets. Cash generated by Global Financing was deployed to pay dividends to the company in order to maintain an appropriate debt-to-equity ratio.

 

Return on Equity

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Numerator

 

 

 

 

 

Global Financing after-tax income (a)*

 

$

1,456

 

$

1,362

 

Denominator

 

 

 

 

 

Average Global Financing equity (b)**

 

$

3,585

 

$

3,322

 

Global Financing return on equity (a) /(b)

 

40.6

%

41.0

%

 


*                  Calculated based upon an estimated tax rate principally based on Global Financing’s geographic mix of earnings as IBM’s provision for income taxes is determined on a consolidated basis.

**           Average of the ending equity for Global Financing for the last five quarters.

 

Looking Forward

 

Global Financing’s financial position provides flexibility and funding capacity which enables the company to be well positioned in the current environment. Global Financing’s assets and new financing volumes are IBM and OEM products and services financed to the company’s clients and business partners, and substantially all financing assets are IT related assets which provide a stable base of business for future growth. Global Financing’s offerings are competitive and available to clients as a result of the company’s borrowing cost and access to the capital markets. Overall, Global Financing’s originations will be dependent upon the demand for IT products and services as well as client participation rates.

 

IBM continues to access both the short-term commercial paper market and the medium- and long-term debt markets. A protracted period where IBM could not access the capital markets would likely lead to a slowdown in originations.

 

Interest rates and the overall economy (including currency fluctuations) will have an effect on both revenue and gross profit. The company’s interest rate risk management policy, however, combined with the Global Financing pricing strategy should mitigate gross margin erosion due to changes in interest rates.

 

The economy could impact the credit quality of the Global Financing receivables portfolio and therefore the level of provision for credit losses. Global Financing will continue to apply rigorous credit policies in both the origination of new business and the evaluation of the existing portfolio.

 

As discussed on page 74, Global Financing has historically been able to manage residual value risk both through insight into the company’s product cycles, as well as through its remarketing business.

 

Global Financing has policies in place to manage each of the key risks involved in financing. These policies, combined with product and client knowledge, should allow for the prudent management of the business going forward, even during periods of uncertainty with respect to the global economy.

 

75



 

Report of Management

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Management Responsibility for Financial Information

 

Responsibility for the integrity and objectivity of the financial information presented in this Annual Report rests with IBM management. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, applying certain estimates and judgments as required.

 

IBM maintains an effective internal control structure. It consists, in part, of organizational arrangements with clearly defined lines of responsibility and delegation of authority, and comprehensive systems and control procedures. An important element of the control environment is an ongoing internal audit program. Our system also contains self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

 

To assure the effective administration of internal controls, we carefully select and train our employees, develop and disseminate written policies and procedures, provide appropriate communication channels and foster an environment conducive to the effective functioning of controls. We believe that it is essential for the company to conduct its business affairs in accordance with the highest ethical standards, as set forth in the IBM Business Conduct Guidelines. These guidelines, translated into numerous languages, are distributed to employees throughout the world, and reemphasized through internal programs to assure that they are understood and followed.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, is retained to audit IBM’s Consolidated Financial Statements and the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting. Its accompanying report is based on audits conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is composed solely of independent, non-management directors, and is responsible for recommending to the Board the independent registered public accounting firm to be retained for the coming year, subject to stockholder ratification. The Audit Committee meets periodically and privately with the independent registered public accounting firm, with the company’s internal auditors, as well as with IBM management, to review accounting, auditing, internal control structure and financial reporting matters.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of the company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

 

/s/ Virginia M. Rometty

 

Virginia M. Rometty

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

February 25, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martin J. Schroeter

 

Martin J. Schroeter

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,

 

Finance and Enterprise Transformation

 

February 25, 2014

 

 

76



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of International Business Machines Corporation:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements appearing on pages 78 through 146 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of International Business Machines Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework ( 1992 ) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page 76. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

New York, New York

 

February 25, 2014

 

 

77


 

Consolidated Statement of Earnings

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

Notes

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

 

 

$

57,655

 

$

59,453

 

$

60,721

 

Sales

 

 

 

40,049

 

43,014

 

44,063

 

Financing

 

 

 

2,047

 

2,040

 

2,132

 

Total revenue

 

 

 

99,751

 

104,507

 

106,916

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

 

 

37,564

 

39,166

 

40,740

 

Sales

 

 

 

12,572

 

13,956

 

14,973

 

Financing

 

 

 

1,110

 

1,087

 

1,065

 

Total cost

 

 

 

51,246

 

54,209

 

56,778

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

48,505

 

50,298

 

50,138

 

Expense and other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

 

23,502

 

23,553

 

23,594

 

Research, development and engineering

 

O

 

6,226

 

6,302

 

6,258

 

Intellectual property and custom development income

 

 

 

(822

)

(1,074

)

(1,108

)

Other (income) and expense

 

 

 

(327

)

(843

)

(20

)

Interest expense

 

D&J

 

402

 

459

 

411

 

Total expense and other (income)

 

 

 

28,981

 

28,396

 

29,135

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

 

19,524

 

21,902

 

21,003

 

Provision for income taxes

 

N

 

3,041

 

5,298

 

5,148

 

Net income

 

 

 

$

16,483

 

$

16,604

 

$

15,855

 

Earnings per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

P

 

$

14.94

 

$

14.37

 

$

13.06

 

Basic

 

P

 

$

15.06

 

$

14.53

 

$

13.25

 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

 

 

1,103,042,156

 

1,155,449,317

 

1,213,767,985

 

Basic

 

 

 

1,094,486,604

 

1,142,508,521

 

1,196,951,006

 

 

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

The accompanying notes on pages 84 through 146 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

78



 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

Notes

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Net income

 

 

 

$

16,483

 

$

16,604

 

$

15,855

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss), before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

L

 

(1,335

)

(44

)

(693

)

Net changes related to available-for-sale securities

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

 

 

(4

)

8

 

(14

)

Reclassification of (gains)/losses to net income

 

 

 

(8

)

(42

)

(231

)

Subsequent changes in previously impaired securities arising during the period

 

 

 

4

 

20

 

4

 

Total net changes related to available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

(8

)

(14

)

(241

)

Unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

 

 

43

 

32

 

(266

)

Reclassification of (gains)/losses to net income

 

 

 

(166

)

(253

)

511

 

Total unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

 

 

 

(123

)

(220

)

245

 

Retirement-related benefit plans

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service costs/(credits)

 

 

 

16

 

 

(28

)

Net (losses)/gains arising during the period

 

 

 

5,369

 

(7,489

)

(5,463

)

Curtailments and settlements

 

 

 

(3

)

(2

)

11

 

Amortization of prior service (credits)/cost

 

 

 

(114

)

(148

)

(157

)

Amortization of net (gains)/losses

 

 

 

3,499

 

2,457

 

1,847

 

Total retirement-related benefit plans

 

 

 

8,767

 

(5,182

)

(3,790

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss), before tax

 

L

 

7,301

 

(5,460

)

(4,479

)

Income tax (expense)/benefit related to items of other comprehensive income

 

L

 

(3,144

)

1,587

 

1,339

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

L

 

4,157

 

(3,874

)

(3,142

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

$

20,641

 

$

12,731

 

$

12,713

 

 

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

The accompanying notes on pages 84 through 146 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

79



 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

At December 31:

 

Notes

 

2013

 

2012

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

$

10,716

 

$

10,412

 

Marketable securities

 

D

 

350

 

717

 

Notes and accounts receivable—trade (net of allowances of $291 in 2013 and $255 in 2012)

 

 

 

10,465

 

10,667

 

Short-term financing receivables (net of allowances of $308 in 2013 and $288 in 2012)

 

F

 

19,787

 

18,038

 

Other accounts receivable (net of allowances of $36 in 2013 and $17 in 2012)

 

 

 

1,584

 

1,873

 

Inventories

 

E

 

2,310

 

2,287

 

Deferred taxes

 

N

 

1,651

 

1,415

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

4,488

 

4,024

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

51,350

 

49,433

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

G

 

40,475

 

40,501

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

G

 

26,654

 

26,505

 

Property, plant and equipment—net

 

G

 

13,821

 

13,996

 

Long-term financing receivables (net of allowances of $80 in 2013 and $66 in 2012)

 

F

 

12,755

 

12,812

 

Prepaid pension assets

 

S

 

5,551

 

945

 

Deferred taxes

 

N

 

3,051

 

3,973

 

Goodwill

 

I

 

31,184

 

29,247

 

Intangible assets—net

 

I

 

3,871

 

3,787

 

Investments and sundry assets

 

H

 

4,639

 

5,021

 

Total assets

 

 

 

$

126,223

 

$

119,213

 

Liabilities and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes

 

N

 

$

4,633

 

$

4,948

 

Short-term debt

 

D&J

 

6,862

 

9,181

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

7,461

 

7,952

 

Compensation and benefits

 

 

 

3,893

 

4,745

 

Deferred income

 

 

 

12,557

 

11,952

 

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

 

 

 

4,748

 

4,847

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

40,154

 

43,625

 

Long-term debt

 

D&J

 

32,856

 

24,088

 

Retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations

 

S

 

16,242

 

20,418

 

Deferred income

 

 

 

4,108

 

4,491

 

Other liabilities

 

K

 

9,934

 

7,607

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

103,294

 

100,229

 

Contingencies and commitments

 

M

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

IBM stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.20 per share, and additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

51,594

 

50,110

 

Shares authorized: 4,687,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued (2013—2,207,522,548; 2012—2,197,561,159)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

130,042

 

117,641

 

Treasury stock, at cost (shares: 2013—1,153,131,611; 2012—1,080,193,483)

 

 

 

(137,242

)

(123,131

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

(21,602

)

(25,759

)

Total IBM stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

22,792

 

18,860

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

A

 

137

 

124

 

Total equity

 

 

 

22,929

 

18,984

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

$

126,223

 

$

119,213

 

 

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

The accompanying notes on pages 84 through 146 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

80


 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

16,483

 

$

16,604

 

$

15,855

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

3,327

 

3,392

 

3,589

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

1,351

 

1,284

 

1,226

 

Stock-based compensation

 

614

 

688

 

697

 

Deferred taxes

 

(1,610

)

797

 

1,212

 

Net (gain)/loss on asset sales and other

 

(236

)

(729

)

(342

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions/divestitures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables (including financing receivables)

 

(1,407

)

(2,230

)

(1,279

)

Retirement related

 

294

 

(1,008

)

(1,371

)

Inventories

 

(57

)

280

 

(163

)

Other assets/other liabilities

 

(747

)

733

 

(28

)

Accounts payable

 

(529

)

(224

)

451

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

17,485

 

19,586

 

19,846

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for property, plant and equipment

 

(3,623

)

(4,082

)

(4,108

)

Proceeds from disposition of property, plant and equipment

 

372

 

410

 

608

 

Investment in software

 

(517

)

(635

)

(559

)

Purchases of marketable securities and other investments

 

(4,608

)

(4,109

)

(1,594

)

Proceeds from disposition of marketable securities and other investments

 

4,873

 

3,142

 

3,345

 

Non-operating finance receivables—net

 

(1,063

)

(608

)

(291

)

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

(3,056

)

(3,722

)

(1,811

)

Divestiture of businesses, net of cash transferred

 

297

 

599

 

14

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(7,326

)

(9,004

)

(4,396

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from new debt

 

16,353

 

12,242

 

9,996

 

Payments to settle debt

 

(10,013

)

(9,549

)

(8,947

)

Short-term borrowings/(repayments) less than 90 days—net

 

621

 

(441

)

1,321

 

Common stock repurchases

 

(13,859

)

(11,995

)

(15,046

)

Common stock transactions—other

 

1,074

 

1,540

 

2,453

 

Cash dividends paid

 

(4,058

)

(3,773

)

(3,473

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(9,883

)

(11,976

)

(13,696

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

28

 

(116

)

(493

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

304

 

(1,511

)

1,262

 

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

 

10,412

 

11,922

 

10,661

 

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

 

$

10,716

 

$

10,412

 

$

11,922

 

Supplemental data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid—net of refunds received

 

$

4,024

 

$

3,169

 

$

4,168

 

Interest paid on debt

 

$

982

 

$

1,009

 

$

956

 

Capital lease obligations

 

$

14

 

$

10

 

$

39

 

 

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

The accompanying notes on pages 84 through 146 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

81



 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock and

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total IBM

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

Retained

 

Treasury

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

 

Controlling

 

Total

 

 

 

Paid-In Capital

 

Earnings

 

Stock

 

Income/(Loss)

 

Equity

 

Interests

 

Equity

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity, January 1, 2011

 

$

45,418

 

$

92,532

 

$

(96,161

)

$

(18,743

)

$

23,046

 

$

126

 

$

23,172

 

Net income plus other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

15,855

 

 

 

 

 

15,855

 

 

 

15,855

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,142

)

(3,142

)

 

 

(3,142

)

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,713

 

 

 

$

12,713

 

Cash dividends paid—common stock

 

 

 

(3,473

)

 

 

 

 

(3,473

)

 

 

(3,473

)

Common stock issued under employee plans (20,669,785 shares)

 

2,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,394

 

 

 

2,394

 

Purchases (1,717,246 shares) and sales (4,920,198 shares) of treasury stock under employee plans—net

 

 

 

(56

)

231

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

175

 

Other treasury shares purchased, not retired (88,683,716 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,034

)

 

 

(15,034

)

 

 

(15,034

)

Changes in other equity

 

317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

317

 

Changes in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

(29

)

Equity, December 31, 2011

 

$

48,129

 

$

104,857

 

$

(110,963

)

$

(21,885

)

$

20,138

 

$

97

 

$

20,236

 

 

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

The accompanying notes on pages 84 through 146 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock and

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total IBM

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

Retained

 

Treasury

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

 

Controlling

 

Total

 

 

 

Paid-In Capital

 

Earnings

 

Stock

 

Income/(Loss)

 

Equity

 

Interests

 

Equity

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity, January 1, 2012

 

$

48,129

 

$

104,857

 

$

(110,963

)

$

(21,885

)

$

20,138

 

$

97

 

$

20,236

 

Net income plus other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

16,604

 

 

 

 

 

16,604

 

 

 

16,604

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,874

)

(3,874

)

 

 

(3,874

)

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,731

 

 

 

$

12,731

 

Cash dividends paid—common stock

 

 

 

(3,773

)

 

 

 

 

(3,773

)

 

 

(3,773

)

Common stock issued under employee plans (15,091,320 shares)

 

1,532

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,532

 

 

 

1,532

 

Purchases (2,406,007 shares) and sales (2,746,169 shares) of treasury stock under employee plans—net

 

 

 

(48

)

(160

)

 

 

(208

)

 

 

(208

)

Other treasury shares purchased, not retired (61,246,371 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

(12,008

)

 

 

(12,008

)

 

 

(12,008

)

Changes in other equity

 

448

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

448

 

 

 

448

 

Changes in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

27

 

Equity, December 31, 2012

 

$

50,110

 

$

117,641

 

$

(123,131

)

$

(25,759

)

$

18,860

 

$

124

 

$

18,984

 

 

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

The accompanying notes on pages 84 through 146 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

82



 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock and

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total IBM

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

Retained

 

Treasury

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

 

Controlling

 

Total

 

 

 

Paid-In Capital

 

Earnings

 

Stock

 

Income/(Loss)

 

Equity

 

Interests

 

Equity

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity, January 1, 2013

 

$

50,110

 

$

117,641

 

$

(123,131

)

$

(25,759

)

$

18,860

 

$

124

 

$

18,984

 

Net income plus other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

16,483

 

 

 

 

 

16,483

 

 

 

16,483

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,157

 

4,157

 

 

 

4,157

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

20,641

 

 

 

$

20,641

 

Cash dividends paid—common stock

 

 

 

(4,058

)

 

 

 

 

(4,058

)

 

 

(4,058

)

Common stock issued under employee plans (9,961,389 shares)

 

1,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,216

 

 

 

1,216

 

Purchases (1,666,069 shares) and sales (1,849,883 shares) of treasury stock under employee plans—net

 

 

 

(25

)

(117

)

 

 

(142

)

 

 

(142

)

Other treasury shares purchased, not retired (73,121,942 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

(13,993

)

 

 

(13,993

)

 

 

(13,993

)

Changes in other equity

 

268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

268

 

Changes in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

13

 

Equity, December 31, 2013

 

$

51,594

 

$

130,042

 

$

(137,242

)

$

(21,602

)

$

22,792

 

$

137

 

$

22,929

 

 

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

The accompanying notes on pages 84 through 146 are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

83



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

NOTE A.

 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes of the International Business Machines Corporation (IBM or the company) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

 

Within the financial statements and tables presented, certain columns and rows may not add due to the use of rounded numbers for disclosure purposes. Percentages presented are calculated from the underlying whole-dollar amounts. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. This is annotated where applicable.

 

Noncontrolling interest amounts in income of $7 million, $11 million and $6 million, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are included in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings within the other (income) and expense line item.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of IBM and its controlled subsidiaries, which are generally majority owned. Any noncontrolling interest in the equity of a subsidiary is reported in Equity in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Net income and losses attributable to the noncontrolling interest is reported as described above in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The accounts of variable interest entities (VIEs) are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, if required. Investments in business entities in which the company does not have control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, are accounted for using the equity method and the company’s proportionate share of income or loss is recorded in other (income) and expense. The accounting policy for other investments in equity securities is on page 92 within “Marketable Securities.” Equity investments in non-publicly traded entities are primarily accounted for using the cost method. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, expenses and other comprehensive income/(loss) (OCI) that are reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying disclosures. These estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events, historical experience, actions that the company may undertake in the future and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. As a result, actual results may be different from these estimates. See “Critical Accounting Estimates” on pages 67 to 70 for a discussion of the company’s critical accounting estimates.

 

Revenue

 

The company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. The company considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when it has persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Delivery does not occur until products have been shipped or services have been provided to the client, risk of loss has transferred to the client, and either client acceptance has been obtained, client acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the company has objective evidence that the criteria specified in the client acceptance provisions have been satisfied. The sales price is not considered to be fixed or determinable until all contingencies related to the sale have been resolved.

 

The company recognizes revenue on sales to solution providers, resellers and distributors (herein referred to as “resellers”) when the reseller has: economic substance apart from the company, credit risk, title and risk of loss to the inventory; and, the fee to the company is not contingent upon resale or payment by the end user, the company has no further obligations related to bringing about resale or delivery and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

The company reduces revenue for estimated client returns, stock rotation, price protection, rebates and other similar allowances. (See Schedule II, “Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves” included in the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K). Revenue is recognized only if these estimates can be reasonably and reliably determined. The company bases its estimates on historical results taking into consideration the type of client, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement. Payments made under cooperative marketing programs are recognized as an expense only if the company receives from the client an identifiable benefit sufficiently separable from the product sale whose fair value can be reasonably and reliably estimated. If the company does not receive an identifiable benefit sufficiently separable from the product sale whose fair value can be reasonably estimated, such payments are recorded as a reduction of revenue.

 

Revenue from sales of third-party vendor products or services is recorded net of costs when the company is acting as an agent between the client and the vendor, and gross when the company is a principal to the transaction. Several factors are considered to determine whether the company is an agent or principal, most notably whether the company is the primary obligor to the client, or has inventory risk. Consideration is also given to whether the company adds meaningful value to the vendor’s product or service, was involved in the selection of the vendor’s product or service, has latitude in establishing the sales price or has credit risk.

 

The company reports revenue net of any revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue-producing transactions. In addition to the aforementioned general policies, the following are the specific revenue recognition policies for multiple-deliverable arrangements and for each major category of revenue.

 

84


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Multiple-Deliverable Arrangements

 

The company enters into revenue arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables of its products and services based on the needs of its clients. These arrangements may include any combination of services, software, hardware and/or financing. For example, a client may purchase a server that includes operating system software. In addition, the arrangement may include post-contract support for the software and a contract for post-warranty maintenance service for the hardware. These types of arrangements can also include financing provided by the company. These arrangements consist of multiple deliverables, with the hardware and software delivered in one reporting period and the software support and hardware maintenance services delivered across multiple reporting periods. In another example, a client may outsource the running of its datacenter operations to the company on a long-term, multiple-year basis and periodically purchase servers and/or software products from the company to upgrade or expand its facility. The outsourcing services are provided on a continuous basis across multiple reporting periods and the hardware and software products are delivered in one reporting period. To the extent that a deliverable in a multiple-deliverable arrangement is subject to specific accounting guidance that deliverable is accounted for in accordance with such specific guidance. Examples of such arrangements may include leased hardware which is subject to specific leasing guidance or software which is subject to specific software revenue recognition guidance on whether and/or how to separate multiple-deliverable arrangements into separate units of accounting (separability) and how to allocate the arrangement consideration among those separate units of accounting (allocation). For all other deliverables in multiple-deliverable arrangements, the guidance below is applied for separability and allocation. A multiple-deliverable arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if the following criteria are met:

 

· The delivered item(s) has value to the client on a stand-alone basis; and

· If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the company.

 

If these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as one unit of accounting which would result in revenue being recognized ratably over the contract term or being deferred until the earlier of when such criteria are met or when the last undelivered element is delivered. If these criteria are met for each element and there is a relative selling price for all units of accounting in an arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative selling price. The following revenue policies are then applied to each unit of accounting, as applicable.

 

Revenue from the company’s business analytics, Smarter Planet and cloud offerings follow the specific revenue recognition policies for multiple deliverable arrangements and for each major category of revenue depending on the type of offering which can be comprised of services, hardware and/or software.

 

Services

 

The company’s primary services offerings include information technology (IT) datacenter and business process outsourcing, application management services, consulting and systems integration, technology infrastructure and system maintenance, Web hosting and the design and development of complex IT systems to a client’s specifications (design and build). These services are provided on a time-and-material basis, as a fixed-price contract or as a fixed-price per measure of output contract and the contract terms range from less than one year to over 10 years.

 

Revenue from IT datacenter and business process outsourcing contracts is recognized in the period the services are provided using either an objective measure of output or on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Under the output method, the amount of revenue recognized is based on the services delivered in the period.

 

Revenue from application management services, technology infrastructure and system maintenance and Web hosting contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the contracts. Revenue from time-and-material contracts is recognized as labor hours are delivered and direct expenses are incurred. Revenue related to extended warranty and product maintenance contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis over the delivery period.

 

Revenue from fixed-price design and build contracts is recognized under the percentage-of-completion (POC) method. Under the POC method, revenue is recognized based on the labor costs incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated labor costs to fulfill the contract. If circumstances arise that change the original estimates of revenues, costs, or extent of progress toward completion, revisions to the estimates are made. These revisions may result in increases or decreases in estimated revenues or costs, and such revisions are reflected in income in the period in which the circumstances that gave rise to the revision become known by the company.

 

The company performs ongoing profitability analyses of its services contracts accounted for under the POC method in order to determine whether the latest estimates of revenues, costs and profits require updating. If at any time these estimates indicate that the contract will be unprofitable, the entire estimated loss for the remainder of the contract is recorded immediately. For non-POC method services contracts, any losses are recorded as incurred.

 

In some services contracts, the company bills the client prior to recognizing revenue from performing the services. Deferred income of $7,153 million and $7,281 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, is included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. In other services contracts, the company performs the services prior to billing the client. Unbilled accounts receivable of $2,053 million and $1,998 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, is included in notes and accounts receivable-trade in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

Billings usually occur in the month after the company performs the services or in accordance with specific contractual provisions. Unbilled receivables are expected to be billed within four months.

 

85



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Hardware

 

The company’s hardware offerings include the sale or lease of system servers, storage solutions and the sale of semiconductors. The company also offers installation services for its more complex hardware products.

 

Revenue from hardware sales and sales-type leases is recognized when risk of loss has transferred to the client and there are no unfulfilled company obligations that affect the client’s final acceptance of the arrangement. Any cost of standard warranties and remaining obligations that are inconsequential or perfunctory are accrued when the corresponding revenue is recognized. Revenue from rentals and operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the rental or lease.

 

Software

 

Revenue from perpetual (one-time charge) license software is recognized at the inception of the license term if all revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue from term (recurring license charge) license software is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period that the client is entitled to use the license. Revenue from post-contract support, which may include unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period such items are delivered. In multiple-deliverable arrangements that include software that is more than incidental to the products or services as a whole (software multiple-deliverable arrangements), software and software-related elements are accounted for in accordance with software revenue recognition guidance. Software-related elements include software products and services for which a software deliverable is essential to its functionality. Tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product’s essential functionality are not within the scope of software revenue recognition guidance and are accounted for based on other applicable revenue recognition guidance.

 

A software multiple-deliverable arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if all of the following criteria are met:

 

· The functionality of the delivered element(s) is not dependent on the undelivered element(s);

· There is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value of the undelivered element(s). VSOE of fair value is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately by the company on a regular basis and not as part of the multiple-deliverable arrangement; and

· Delivery of the delivered element(s) represents the culmination of the earnings process for that element(s).

 

If any one of these criteria is not met, the arrangement is accounted for as one unit of accounting which would result in revenue being recognized ratably over the contract term or being deferred until the earlier of when such criteria are met or when the last undelivered element is delivered. If these criteria are met for each element and there is VSOE of fair value for all units of accounting in an arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative VSOE of fair value. There may be cases, however, in which there is VSOE of fair value of the undelivered item(s) but no such evidence for the delivered item(s). In these cases, the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered item(s) equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements.

 

The company’s multiple-deliverable arrangements may have a stand-alone software deliverable that is subject to the existing software revenue recognition guidance. The revenue for these multiple-deliverable arrangements is allocated to the software deliverable and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy: VSOE, third-party evidence (TPE) or best estimate of selling price (BESP). In the limited circumstances where the company cannot determine VSOE or TPE of the selling price for all of the deliverables in the arrangement, including the software deliverable, BESP is used for the purpose of performing this allocation.

 

Financing

 

Financing income attributable to sales-type leases, direct financing leases and loans is recognized on the accrual basis using the effective interest method. Operating lease income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

 

Best Estimate of Selling Price

 

In certain limited instances, the company is not able to establish VSOE for all elements in a multiple-deliverable arrangement. When VSOE cannot be established, the company attempts to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately.

 

When the company is unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, the company uses BESP in its allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. Due to the fact that the company sells its products and services on a stand-alone basis, and therefore has established VSOE for its products and services offerings, the company uses BESP to determine the relative selling price for a product or service in a multiple-deliverable arrangement on an infrequent basis. An example of when BESP would be used is when the company sells a new product, for which VSOE and TPE does not yet exist, in a multiple-deliverable arrangement prior to selling the new product on a stand-alone basis.

 

The company determines BESP by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, overall market conditions, including geographic or regional specific factors, competitive positioning, competitor actions, internal costs, profit objectives and pricing practices. The determination of BESP is a formal process that includes review and approval by the company’s management. In addition, the company regularly reviews VSOE and TPE for its products and services, in addition to BESP.

 

Services Costs

 

Recurring operating costs for services contracts, including costs related to bid and proposal activities, are recognized as incurred. For fixed-price design and build contracts, the costs of external hardware and software accounted for under the POC method are

 

86



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

deferred and recognized based on the labor costs incurred to date, as a percentage of the total estimated labor costs to fulfill the contract. Certain eligible, nonrecurring costs incurred in the initial phases of outsourcing contracts are deferred and subsequently amortized. These costs consist of transition and setup costs related to the installation of systems and processes and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit, not to exceed the term of the contract. Additionally, fixed assets associated with outsourcing contracts are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the asset. If an asset is contract specific, then the depreciation period is the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the contract term. Amounts paid to clients in excess of the fair value of acquired assets used in outsourcing arrangements are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction of revenue over the expected period of benefit not to exceed the term of the contract. The company performs periodic reviews to assess the recoverability of deferred contract transition and setup costs. This review is done by comparing the estimated minimum remaining undiscounted cash flows of a contract to the unamortized contract costs. If such minimum undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the unamortized costs, an impairment loss is recognized.

 

Deferred services transition and setup costs were $2,402 million and $2,424 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization of deferred services transition and setup costs was estimated at December 31, 2013 to be $812 million in 2014, $612 million in 2015, $400 million in 2016, $247 million in 2017 and $332 million thereafter.

 

Deferred amounts paid to clients in excess of the fair value of acquired assets used in outsourcing arrangements were $89 million and $51 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization of deferred amounts paid to clients in excess of the fair value of acquired assets is recorded as an offset of revenue and was estimated at December 31, 2013 to be $27 million in 2014, $27 million in 2015, $8 million in 2016, $5 million in 2017 and $22 million thereafter. In situations in which an outsourcing contract is terminated, the terms of the contract may require the client to reimburse the company for the recovery of unbilled accounts receivable, unamortized deferred costs incurred to purchase specific assets utilized in the delivery of services and to pay any additional costs incurred by the company to transition the services.

 

Software Costs

 

Costs that are related to the conceptual formulation and design of licensed software programs are expensed as incurred to research, development and engineering expense; costs that are incurred to produce the finished product after technological feasibility has been established are capitalized as an intangible asset. Capitalized amounts are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging up to three years and are recorded in software cost within cost of sales. The company performs periodic reviews to ensure that unamortized program costs remain recoverable from future revenue. Costs to support or service licensed programs are charged to software cost within cost of sales as incurred.

 

The company capitalizes certain costs that are incurred to purchase or to create and implement internal-use software programs, including software coding, installation, testing and certain data conversions. These capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging up to two years and are recorded in selling, general and administrative expense.

 

Product Warranties

 

The company offers warranties for its hardware products that generally range up to three years, with the majority being either one or three years. Estimated costs for warranty terms standard to the deliverable are recognized when revenue is recorded for the related deliverable. The company estimates its warranty costs standard to the deliverable based on historical warranty claim experience and estimates of future spending, and applies this estimate to the revenue stream for products under warranty. Estimated future costs for warranties applicable to revenue recognized in the current period are charged to cost of sales. The warranty liability is reviewed quarterly to verify that it properly reflects the remaining obligation based on the anticipated expenditures over the balance of the obligation period. Adjustments are made when actual warranty claim experience differs from estimates. Costs from fixed-price support or maintenance contracts, including extended warranty contracts, are recognized as incurred.

 

Revenue from separately priced extended warranty contracts is initially recorded as deferred income and subsequently recognized on a straight-line basis over the delivery period. Changes in deferred income for extended warranty contracts, and in the warranty liability for standard warranties, which are included in other accrued expenses and liabilities and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, are presented in the following tables:

 

Standard Warranty Liability

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

394

 

$

407

 

Current period accruals

 

346

 

394

 

Accrual adjustments to reflect actual experience

 

22

 

(15

)

Charges incurred

 

(387

)

(392

)

Balance at December 31

 

$

376

 

$

394

 

 

Extended Warranty Liability (Deferred Income)

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

606

 

$

636

 

Revenue deferred for new extended warranty contracts

 

305

 

268

 

Amortization of deferred revenue

 

(324

)

(301

)

Other*

 

(8

)

4

 

Balance at December 31

 

$

579

 

$

606

 

Current portion

 

$

284

 

$

289

 

Noncurrent portion

 

295

 

317

 

Balance at December 31

 

$

579

 

$

606

 

 


* Other consists primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

87



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Shipping and Handling

 

Costs related to shipping and handling are recognized as incurred and included in cost in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

Expense and Other Income

 

Selling, General and Administrative

 

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expense is charged to income as incurred. Expenses of promoting and selling products and services are classified as selling expense and include such items as compensation, advertising, sales commissions and travel. General and administrative expense includes such items as compensation, legal costs, office supplies, non-income taxes, insurance and office rental. In addition, general and administrative expense includes other operating items such as an allowance for credit losses, workforce rebalancing accruals for contractually obligated payments to employees terminated in the ongoing course of business, acquisition costs related to business combinations, amortization of certain intangible assets and environmental remediation costs.

 

Advertising and Promotional Expense

 

The company expenses advertising and promotional costs as incurred. Cooperative advertising reimbursements from vendors are recorded net of advertising and promotional expense in the period in which the related advertising and promotional expense is incurred. Advertising and promotional expense, which includes media, agency and promotional expense, was $1,294 million, $1,339 million and $1,373 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and is recorded in SG&A expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

Research, Development and Engineering

 

Research, development and engineering (RD&E) costs are expensed as incurred. Software costs that are incurred to produce the finished product after technological feasibility has been established are capitalized as an intangible asset. See “Software Costs” on page 87.

 

Intellectual Property and Custom Development Income

 

The company licenses and sells the rights to certain of its intellectual property (IP) including internally developed patents, trade secrets and technological know-how. Certain IP transactions to third parties are licensing/royalty-based and others are transaction-based sales and other transfers. Licensing/royalty-based fees involve transfers in which the company earns the income over time, or the amount of income is not fixed or determinable until the licensee sells future related products (i.e., variable royalty, based upon licensee’s revenue). Sales and other transfers typically include transfers of IP whereby the company has fulfilled its obligations and the fee received is fixed or determinable at the transfer date. The company also enters into cross-licensing arrangements of patents, and income from these arrangements is recorded when earned. In addition, the company earns income from certain custom development projects for strategic technology partners and specific clients. The company records the income from these projects when the fee is realized and earned, is not refundable and is not dependent upon the success of the project.

 

Other (Income) and Expense

 

Other (income) and expense includes interest income (other than from Global Financing external business transactions), gains and losses on certain derivative instruments, gains and losses from securities and other investments, gains and losses from certain real estate transactions, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, gains and losses from the sale of businesses and amounts related to accretion of asset retirement obligations.

 

Business Combinations and Intangible Assets Including Goodwill

 

The company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method and accordingly, the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recorded at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets. The primary drivers that generate goodwill are the value of synergies between the acquired entities and the company and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies as an identifiable intangible asset. Goodwill recorded in an acquisition is assigned to applicable reporting units based on expected revenues. Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Amortization of completed technology is recorded in Cost, and amortization of all other intangible assets is recorded in SG&A expense. Acquisition-related costs, including advisory, legal, accounting, valuation and other costs, are expensed in the periods in which the costs are incurred. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the acquisition date.

 

Impairment

 

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment test is based on undiscounted cash flows and, if impaired, the asset is written down to fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually, in the fourth quarter, for impairment and whenever changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may exist. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level which is the operating segment, or a business, which is one level below that operating segment (the “component” level) if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at the segment level. Components are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of certain depreciable assets are as follows: buildings, 30 to 50 years; building equipment, 10 to 20 years; land improvements, 20 years; plant, laboratory and office equipment, 2 to 20 years; and computer equipment, 1.5 to 5 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the related lease term, rarely exceeding 25 years.

 

88



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Capitalized software costs incurred or acquired after technological feasibility has been established are amortized over periods ranging up to 3 years. Capitalized costs for internal-use software are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging up to 2 years. Other intangible assets are amortized over periods between 1 and 7 years.

 

Environmental

 

The cost of internal environmental protection programs that are preventative in nature are expensed as incurred. When a cleanup program becomes likely, and it is probable that the company will incur cleanup costs and those costs can be reasonably estimated, the company accrues remediation costs for known environmental liabilities. The company’s maximum exposure for all environmental liabilities cannot be estimated and no amounts are recorded for environmental liabilities that are not probable or estimable.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

Asset retirement obligations (ARO) are legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets. These liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and the related asset retirement costs are capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related assets by the same amount as the liability. Asset retirement costs are subsequently depreciated over the useful lives of the related assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, the company records period-to-period changes in the ARO liability resulting from the passage of time in interest expense and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original expected cash flows to the related assets.

 

Defined Benefit Pension and Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

The funded status of the company’s defined benefit pension plans and nonpension postretirement benefit plans (retirement-related benefit plans) is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at December 31, the measurement date. For defined benefit pension plans, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation (PBO), which represents the actuarial present value of benefits expected to be paid upon retirement based on employee services already rendered and estimated future compensation levels. For the non-pension postretirement benefit plans, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO), which represents the actuarial present value of postretirement benefits attributed to employee services already rendered. The fair value of plan assets represents the current market value of cumulative company and participant contributions made to an irrevocable trust fund, held for the sole benefit of participants, which are invested by the trust fund. Overfunded plans, with the fair value of plan assets exceeding the benefit obligation, are aggregated and recorded as a prepaid pension asset equal to this excess. Underfunded plans, with the benefit obligation exceeding the fair value of plan assets, are aggregated and recorded as a retirement and nonpension post-retirement benefit obligation equal to this excess.

 

The current portion of the retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations represents the actuarial present value of benefits payable in the next 12 months exceeding the fair value of plan assets, measured on a plan-by-plan basis. This obligation is recorded in compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

Net periodic pension and nonpension postretirement benefit cost/(income) is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings and includes service cost, interest cost, expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service costs/(credits) and (gains)/ losses previously recognized as a component of OCI and amortization of the net transition asset remaining in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) (AOCI). Service cost represents the actuarial present value of participant benefits earned in the current year. Interest cost represents the time value of money cost associated with the passage of time. Certain events, such as changes in the employee base, plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions, result in a change in the benefit obligation and the corresponding change in OCI. The result of these events is amortized as a component of net periodic cost/(income) over the service lives or life expectancy of the participants, depending on the plan, provided such amounts exceed thresholds which are based upon the benefit obligation or the value of plan assets. Net periodic cost/(income) is recorded in Cost, SG&A and RD&E in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings based on the employees’ respective functions.

 

(Gains)/losses and prior service costs/(credits) not recognized as a component of net periodic cost/(income) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings as they arise are recognized as a component of OCI in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Those (gains)/losses and prior service costs/(credits) are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic cost/(income) pursuant to the recognition and amortization provisions of applicable accounting guidance. (Gains)/losses arise as a result of differences between actual experience and assumptions or as a result of changes in actuarial assumptions. Prior service costs/ (credits) represent the cost of benefit changes attributable to prior service granted in plan amendments.

 

The measurement of benefit obligations and net periodic cost/ (income) is based on estimates and assumptions approved by the company’s management. These valuations reflect the terms of the plans and use participant-specific information such as compensation, age and years of service, as well as certain assumptions, including estimates of discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases, interest crediting rates and mortality rates.

 

89



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

The company’s contribution for defined contribution plans is recorded when the employee renders service to the company. The charge is recorded in Cost, SG&A and RD&E in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings based on the employees’ respective functions.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation represents the cost related to stock-based awards granted to employees. The company measures stock-based compensation cost at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes the cost on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the employee requisite service period. The company estimates the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The company also grants its employees Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), including Retention Restricted Stock Units (RRSUs) and Performance Share Units (PSUs). RSUs are stock awards granted to employees that entitle the holder to shares of common stock as the award vests, typically over a one- to five-year period. The fair value of the awards is determined and fixed on the grant date based on the company’s stock price, adjusted for the exclusion of dividend equivalents. All stock-based compensation cost is recorded in Cost, SG&A, and RD&E in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings based on the employees’ respective functions.

 

The company records deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on the company’s income tax returns, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and the statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which it will receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deduction reported on the income tax return are recorded in additional paid-in capital (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).

 

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense is based on reported income before income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between asset and liability amounts that are recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts that are recognized for income tax purposes. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are recognized to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all available evidence for each jurisdiction including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. When the company changes its determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, the valuation allowance is adjusted with a corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

 

The company recognizes tax liabilities when, despite the company’s belief that its tax return positions are supportable, the company believes that certain positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. Benefits from tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. The current portion of tax liabilities is included in taxes and the noncurrent portion of tax liabilities is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. To the extent that new information becomes available which causes the company to change its judgment regarding the adequacy of existing tax liabilities, such changes to tax liabilities will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. Interest and penalties, if any, related to accrued liabilities for potential tax assessments are included in income tax expense.

 

Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts

 

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that have a local functional currency are translated to United States (U.S.) dollars at year-end exchange rates. Translation adjustments are recorded in OCI. Income and expense items are translated at weighted-average rates of exchange prevailing during the year.

 

Inventories, property, plant and equipment—net and other non-monetary assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries and branches that operate in U.S. dollars are translated at the approximate exchange rates prevailing when the company acquired the assets or liabilities. All other assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars are translated at year-end exchange rates with the transaction gain or loss recognized in other (income) and expense. Income and expense items are translated at the weighted-average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. These translation gains and losses are included in net income for the period in which exchange rates change.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Derivatives are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value and are reported in prepaid expenses and other current assets, investments and sundry assets, other accrued expenses and liabilities or other liabilities. Classification of each derivative as current or noncurrent is based upon whether the maturity of the instrument is less than or greater than 12 months. To qualify for hedge accounting, the company requires that the instruments be effective in reducing the risk exposure that they are designated to hedge. For instruments that hedge cash flows, hedge designation criteria also require that it be probable that the underlying transaction will occur. Instruments that meet established accounting criteria are formally designated as hedges. These criteria demonstrate that the derivative is expected to be highly effective at offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the underlying exposure both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The method of assessing hedge effectiveness and measuring hedge ineffectiveness is formally documented at hedge inception. The company assesses hedge effectiveness and measures hedge ineffectiveness at least quarterly throughout the designated hedge period.

 

90



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Where the company applies hedge accounting, the company designates each derivative as a hedge of: (1) the fair value of a recognized financial asset or liability, or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge attributable to interest rate or foreign currency risk); (2) the variability of anticipated cash flows of a forecasted transaction, or the cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized financial asset or liability (cash flow hedge attributable to interest rate or foreign currency risk); or (3) a hedge of a long-term investment (net investment hedge) in a foreign operation. In addition, the company may enter into derivative contracts that economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the company elects not to apply hedge accounting. In these cases, there exists a natural hedging relationship in which changes in the fair value of the derivative, which are recognized currently in net income, act as an economic offset to changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item(s).

 

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as a fair value hedge, along with offsetting changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged exposure, are recorded in earnings each period. For hedges of interest rate risk, the fair value adjustments are recorded as adjustments to interest expense and cost of financing in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. For hedges of currency risk associated with recorded financial assets or liabilities, derivative fair value adjustments are recognized in other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded, net of applicable taxes, in OCI, in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. When net income is affected by the variability of the underlying cash flow, the applicable offsetting amount of the gain or loss from the derivative that is deferred in AOCI is released to net income and reported in interest expense, Cost, SG&A expense or other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings based on the nature of the underlying cash flow hedged. Effectiveness for net investment hedging derivatives is measured on a spot-to-spot basis. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of net investment hedging derivatives and other non-derivative financial instruments designated as net investment hedges are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments in OCI. Changes in the fair value of the portion of a net investment hedging derivative excluded from the effectiveness assessment are recorded in interest expense. If the underlying hedged item in a fair value hedge ceases to exist, all changes in the fair value of the derivative are included in net income each period until the instrument matures. When the derivative transaction ceases to exist, a hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in its fair value except as required under other relevant accounting standards. Derivatives that are not designated as hedges, as well as changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not effectively offset changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item throughout the designated hedge period (collectively, “ineffectiveness”), are recorded in net income for each period and are reported in other (income) and expense. When a cash flow hedging relationship is discontinued, the net gain or loss in AOCI must generally remain in AOCI until the item that was hedged affects earnings. However, when it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period or within an additional two-month period thereafter, the net gain or loss in AOCI must be reclassified into earnings immediately. The company reports cash flows arising from derivative financial instruments designated as fair value or cash flow hedges consistent with the classification of cash flows from the underlying hedged items that these derivatives are hedging. Accordingly, the cash flows associated with derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges are classified in cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Cash flows from derivatives designated as net investment hedges and derivatives that do not qualify as hedges are reported in cash flows from investing activities. For currency swaps designated as hedges of foreign currency denominated debt (included in the company’s debt risk management program as addressed in note D, “Financial Instruments,” on pages 102 through 106), cash flows directly associated with the settlement of the principal element of these swaps are reported in payments to settle debt in cash flows from financing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

Financial Instruments

 

In determining the fair value of its financial instruments, the company uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each balance sheet date. See note D, “Financial Instruments,” on pages 100 to 102 for further information. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

Accounting guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Under this guidance, the company is required to classify certain assets and liabilities based on the following fair value hierarchy:

 

· Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that can be accessed at the measurement date;

· Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

· Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

 

The guidance requires the use of observable market data if such data is available without undue cost and effort.

 

When available, the company uses unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets to measure the fair value and classifies such items within Level 1. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that use current market-based or independently sourced market parameters such as interest rates and currency rates. Items valued using internally generated models are classified according to the lowest level input or value driver that is significant to the valuation.

 

91



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The determination of fair value considers various factors including interest rate yield curves and time value underlying the financial instruments. For derivatives and debt securities, the company uses a discounted cash flow analysis using discount rates commensurate with the duration of the instrument.

 

In determining the fair value of financial instruments, the company considers certain market valuation adjustments to the “base valuations” calculated using the methodologies described below for several parameters that market participants would consider in determining fair value:

 

· Counterparty credit risk adjustments are applied to financial instruments, taking into account the actual credit risk of a counterparty as observed in the credit default swap market to determine the true fair value of such an instrument.

· Credit risk adjustments are applied to reflect the company’s own credit risk when valuing all liabilities measured at fair value. The methodology is consistent with that applied in developing counterparty credit risk adjustments, but incorporates the company’s own credit risk as observed in the credit default swap market.

 

As an example, the fair value of derivatives is derived utilizing a discounted cash flow model that uses observable market inputs such as known notional value amounts, yield curves, spot and forward exchange rates as well as discount rates. These inputs relate to liquid, heavily traded currencies with active markets which are available for the full term of the derivative.

 

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets include equity method investments that are recognized at fair value at the measurement date to the extent that they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Certain assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis can be subject to nonrecurring fair value measurements. These assets include available-for-sale equity investments that are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. In the event of an other-than-temporary impairment of a financial instrument, fair value is measured using a model described above.

 

Accounting guidance permits the measurement of eligible financial assets, financial liabilities and firm commitments at fair value, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that are otherwise not permitted to be accounted for at fair value under other accounting standards. This election is irrevocable. The company does not apply the fair value option to any eligible assets or liabilities.

 

Cash Equivalents

 

All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.

 

Marketable Securities

 

Debt securities included in current assets represent securities that are expected to be realized in cash within one year of the balance sheet date. Long-term debt securities that are not expected to be realized in cash within one year and alliance equity securities are included in investments and sundry assets. Debt and marketable equity securities are considered available for sale and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, in OCI. The realized gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are included in other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Realized gains and losses are calculated based on the specific identification method.

 

In determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred, the company considers the duration that, and extent to which, the fair value of the investment is below its cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security; and the company’s intent and ability to retain the security in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value. Other-than-temporary declines in fair value from amortized cost for available-for-sale equity and debt securities that the company intends to sell or would more likely than not be required to sell before the expected recovery of the amortized cost basis are charged to other (income) and expense in the period in which the loss occurs. For debt securities that the company has no intent to sell and believes that it more likely than not will not be required to sell prior to recovery, only the credit loss component of the impairment is recognized in other (income) and expense, while the remaining loss is recognized in OCI. The credit loss component recognized in other (income) and expense is identified as the amount of the principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the debt security as projected using the company’s cash flow projections.

 

Inventories

 

Raw materials, work in process and finished goods are stated at the lower of average cost or market. Cash flows related to the sale of inventories are reflected in net cash provided by operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

Receivables are recorded concurrent with billing and shipment of a product and/or delivery of a service to customers. A reasonable estimate of probable net losses on the value of customer receivables is recognized by establishing an allowance for credit losses.

 

Notes and Accounts Receivable—Trade

 

An allowance for uncollectible trade receivables is estimated based on a combination of write-off history, aging analysis and any specific, known troubled accounts.

 

92


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Financing Receivables

 

Financing receivables include sales-type leases, direct financing leases and loans. Leases are accounted for in accordance with lease accounting standards. Loan receivables are financial assets recorded at amortized cost which approximates fair value. The company determines its allowances for credit losses on financing receivables based on two portfolio segments: lease receivables and loan receivables. The company further segments the portfolio into two classes: major markets and growth markets.

 

When calculating the allowances, the company considers its ability to mitigate a potential loss by repossessing leased equipment and by considering the current fair market value of any other collateral. The value of the equipment is the net realizable value. The allowance for credit losses for capital leases, installment sales and customer loans includes an assessment of the entire balance of the capital lease or loan, including amounts not yet due. The methodologies that the company uses to calculate its receivables reserves, which are applied consistently to its different portfolios, are as follows:

 

Individually Evaluated—The company reviews all financing receivables considered at risk on a quarterly basis. The review primarily consists of an analysis based upon current information available about the client, such as financial statements, news reports, published credit ratings, current market-implied credit analysis, as well as the current economic environment, collateral net of repossession cost and prior collection history. For loans that are collateral dependent, impairment is measured using the fair value of the collateral when foreclosure is probable. Using this information, the company determines the expected cash flow for the receivable and calculates an estimate of the potential loss and the probability of loss. For those accounts in which the loss is probable, the company records a specific reserve.

 

Collectively Evaluated—The company records an unallocated reserve that is calculated by applying a reserve rate to its different portfolios, excluding accounts that have been specifically reserved. This reserve rate is based upon credit rating, probability of default, term, characteristics (lease/loan) and loss history. Factors that could result in actual receivable losses that are materially different from the estimated reserve include sharp changes in the economy, or a significant change in the economic health of a particular client that represents a concentration in the company’s receivables portfolio.

 

Other Credit-Related Policies

 

Non-Accrual—Certain receivables for which the company has recorded a specific reserve may also be placed on non-accrual status. Non-accrual assets are those receivables (impaired loans or nonperforming leases) with specific reserves and other accounts for which it is likely that the company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to original terms of the lease or loan agreement. Income recognition is discontinued on these receivables. Cash collections are first applied as a reduction to principal outstanding. Any cash received in excess of principal payments outstanding is recognized as interest income. Receivables may be removed from non-accrual status, if appropriate, based upon changes in client circumstances.

 

Write Off—Receivable losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of the receivable is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

Past Due—The company views receivables as past due when payment has not been received after 90 days, measured from the original billing date.

 

Impaired Loans—As stated above, the company evaluates all financing receivables considered at-risk, including loans, for impairment on a quarterly basis. The company considers any loan with an individually evaluated reserve as an impaired loan. Depending on the level of impairment, loans will also be placed on non-accrual status as appropriate. Client loans are primarily for software and services and are unsecured. These loans are subjected to credit analysis to evaluate the associated risk and, when deemed necessary, actions are taken to mitigate risks in the loan agreements which include covenants to protect against credit deterioration during the life of the obligation.

 

Estimated Residual Values of Lease Assets

 

The recorded residual values of lease assets are estimated at the inception of the lease to be the expected fair value of the assets at the end of the lease term. The company periodically reassesses the realizable value of its lease residual values. Any anticipated increases in specific future residual values are not recognized before realization through remarketing efforts. Anticipated decreases in specific future residual values that are considered to be other-than-temporary are recognized immediately upon identification and are recorded as an adjustment to the residual value estimate. For sales-type and direct-financing leases, this reduction lowers the recorded net investment and is recognized as a loss charged to financing income in the period in which the estimate is changed, as well as an adjustment to unearned income to reduce future-period financing income.

 

Common Stock

 

Common stock refers to the $.20 par value per share capital stock as designated in the company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Treasury stock is accounted for using the cost method. When treasury stock is reissued, the value is computed and recorded using a weighted-average basis.

 

Earnings Per Share of Common Stock

 

Earnings per share (EPS) is computed using the two-class method. The two-class method determines EPS for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends and dividend equivalents and their respective participation rights in undistributed earnings. Basic EPS of common stock is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS of common stock is computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options, stock awards and convertible notes.

 

93



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

NOTE B.

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

 

New Standards to be Implemented

 

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance regarding the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. Under certain circumstances, unrecognized tax benefits should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The guidance was a change in financial statement presentation only and has no material impact in the consolidated financial results. The guidance was effective January 1, 2014, and the company will adopt it on a prospective basis.

 

In March 2013, the FASB issued guidance on when foreign currency translation adjustments should be released to net income. When a parent entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. The guidance was effective January 1, 2014 on a prospective basis. It is not expected to have a material impact in the consolidated financial results.

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of the guidance is fixed at the reporting date. Examples include debt arrangements, other contractual obligations and settled litigation matters. The guidance requires an entity to measure such obligations as the sum of the amount that the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors plus additional amounts the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The guidance was effective January 1, 2014 and is not expected to have a material impact in the consolidated financial results.

 

Standards Implemented

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance allowing the use of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the United States government and the LIBOR. In addition, the guidance removes the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The guidance became effective on a prospective basis for qualifying new or re-designated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 1 7, 2013. The company has not utilized the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate on any financial instrument transactions through December 31, 2013.

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued additional guidance regarding reclassifications out of AOCI. The guidance requires entities to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of AOCI on the respective line items in net income unless the amounts are not reclassified in their entirety to net income. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, entities are required to cross-reference other disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts. For the company, the new guidance was effective on a prospective basis for all interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The company adopted the guidance in its December 31, 2012 financial statements. There was no impact in the consolidated financial results as the guidance related only to additional disclosures.

 

In July 2012, the FASB issued amended guidance that simplifies how entities test indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. After an assessment of certain qualitative factors, if it is determined to be more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, entities must perform the quantitative impairment test. Otherwise, the quantitative test is optional. The amended guidance was effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The company adopted this guidance for its 2012 impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets performed in the fourth quarter. There was no impact in the consolidated financial results.

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance and disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. These changes were effective January 1, 2012 on a prospective basis. These amendments did not have a material impact in the consolidated financial results.

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued additional disclosure requirements for entities which participate in multi-employer pension plans. The purpose of the new disclosures was to provide financial statement users with information about an employer’s level of participation in these plans and the financial health of significant plans. The new disclosures were effective beginning with the full year 2011 financial statements. The company does not participate in any material multi-employer plans. There was no impact in the consolidated financial results as the changes relate only to additional disclosures.

 

94



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance that simplified how entities test goodwill for impairment. After an assessment of certain qualitative factors, if it is determined to be more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, entities must perform the quantitative analysis of the goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the quantitative test(s) is optional. The guidance was effective January 1, 2012 with early adoption permitted. The company adopted this guidance for the 2011 goodwill impairment test. There was no impact in the consolidated financial results.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued amended disclosure requirements for the presentation of OCI and AOCI. OCI is comprised of costs, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income, and AOCI comprises the aggregated balances of OCI in equity. The amended guidance eliminated the option to present period changes in OCI as part of the Statement of Changes in Equity. Under the amended guidance, all period changes in OCI are to be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive financial statements. Only summary totals are to be included in the AOCI section of the Statement of Changes in Equity. These changes were effective January 1, 2012 with early adoption permitted. The company adopted the two statement approach effective with its full year 2011 financial statements. There was no impact in the consolidated financial results as the amendments related only to changes in financial statement presentation.

 

In April 2011, the FASB issued new and clarifying guidance and to help creditors in determining whether a creditor has granted a concession, and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties for purposes of determining whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The new guidance became effective July 1, 2011 applied retrospectively to January 1, 2011. Prospective application was required for any new impairments identified as a result of this guidance. These changes did not have a material impact in the consolidated financial results.

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance to clarify the acquisition date that should be used for reporting pro-forma financial information for business combinations. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro-forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the comparable prior reporting period should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been completed as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The amendments in this guidance were effective on a prospective basis for business combinations for which the acquisition date was on or after January 1, 2011. There was no impact in the consolidated financial results as the amendments related only to additional disclosures.

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued amendments to the guidance on goodwill impairment testing. The amendments modified step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In making that determination, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that impairment may exist. The amendments were effective January 1, 2011 and did not have an impact in the consolidated financial results.

 

NOTE C.

ACQUISITIONS/DIVESTITURES

 

Acquisitions

 

Purchase price consideration for all acquisitions, as reflected in the tables in this note, is paid primarily in cash. All acquisitions are reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows net of acquired cash and cash equivalents.

 

2013

 

In 2013, the company completed 10 acquisitions at an aggregate cost of $3,219 million.

 

SoftLayer Technologies, Inc. (SoftLayer)—On July 3, 2013, the company completed the acquisition of 100 percent of the privately held company, SoftLayer, a cloud computing infrastructure provider based in Dallas, Texas for cash consideration of $1,977 million. Soft-Layer joins the company’s new cloud services division, which combines SoftLayer with IBM SmartCloud into a global platform. The new division provides a broad range of choices to the company’s clients, ISVs and channel and technology partners. Goodwill of $1,285 million has been assigned to the Global Technology Services ($1,246 million) and Software ($39 million) segments. It is expected that none of the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. The overall weighted-average useful life of the identified intangible assets acquired is 7.0 years.

 

Other Acquisitions—The Software segment completed acquisitions of eight privately held companies: in the first quarter, StoredIQ Inc. (StoredIQ) and Star Analytics, Inc. (Star Analytics); in the second quarter, UrbanCode Inc. (UrbanCode); and in the third quarter, Trust-eer, Ltd. (Trusteer) and Daeja Image Systems, Ltd. (Daeja); and in the fourth quarter, Xtify, Inc. (Xtify), The Now Factory and Fiberlink Communications (Fiberlink). Systems and Technology (STG) completed one acquisition: in the third quarter, CSL International (CSL), a privately held company. All acquisitions were for 100 percent of the acquired companies.

 

95



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The following table reflects the purchase price related to these acquisitions and the resulting purchase price allocations as of December 31, 2013. 2013 Acquisitions

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Life (in Years)

 

SoftLayer

 

Acquisitions

 

Current assets

 

 

 

$

80

 

$

97

 

Fixed assets/noncurrent assets

 

 

 

300

 

41

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

N/A

 

1,285

 

961

 

Completed technology

 

5—7

 

290

 

181

 

Client relationships

 

6—7

 

245

 

97

 

In-process R&D

 

N/A

 

2

 

 

Patents/trademarks

 

2—7

 

75

 

32

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

 

2,277

 

1,408

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

(56

)

(61

)

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

 

(244

)

(105

)

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

 

(300

)

(166

)

Total purchase price

 

 

 

$

1,977

 

$

1,242

 

 

N/A—Not applicable

 

In addition to SoftLayer, each acquisition further complemented and enhanced the company’s portfolio of product and services offerings. The acquisition of StoredIQ advances the company’s efforts to help clients derive value from big data. The combination of the company’s and Star Analytics’ software will advance the company’s business analytics initiatives. UrbanCode automates the delivery of software, helping businesses quickly release and update mobile, social, big data and cloud applications. CSL deepens the consolidation cloud capabilities by offering simplified management of the virtualization environment. Trusteer extends the company’s data security capabilities further into the cloud, mobile and endpoint security space. Daeja delivers software that helps employees across all industries, especially data intensive ones such as banking, insurance and healthcare, get faster access to critical business information, and complements the company’s big data capabilities. Xtify is a leading provider of cloud-based mobile messaging tools that help organizations improve mobile sales, drive in-store traffic and engage customers with personalized offers. The Now Factory is a provider of analytics software that helps communications service providers (CSPs) deliver better customer experiences and drive new revenue opportunities. Fiberlink is a mobile management and security company, that supports the company’s expanding vision for enterprise mobility management, which encompasses secure transactions between businesses, partners, and customers.

 

For the “Other Acquisitions,” the overall weighted-average life of the identified amortizable intangible assets acquired is 6.6 years. These identified intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Goodwill of $961 million has been assigned to the Software ($948 million) and Systems and Technology ($13 million) segments. It is expected that approximately 2 percent of the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.

 

On January 17, 2014, the company completed the acquisition of Aspera, Inc. (Aspera), a privately held company based in Emeryville, CA. Aspera’s technology helps companies securely speed the movement of massive data files around the world. At the date of issuance of the financial statements, the initial purchase accounting was not complete for this acquisition.

 

On February 24, 2014, the company announced that it had signed a definitive agreement to acquire Boston, MA-based Cloudant, Inc., (Cloudant) a privately held database-as-a-service (DBaaS) provider that enables developers to easily and quickly create next generation mobile and web apps. Cloudant will extend the company’s big data and analytics, cloud, and mobile offerings by further helping clients take advantage of these key growth initiatives. The acquisition is expected to close in the first quarter of 2014.

 

2012

 

In 2012, the company completed 11 acquisitions at an aggregate cost of $3,964 million.

 

Kenexa Corporation (Kenexa)—On December 3, 2012, the company completed the acquisition of 100 percent of Kenexa, a publicly held company, for cash consideration of $1,351 million. Kenexa, a leading provider of recruiting and talent management solutions, brings a unique combination of cloud-based technology and consulting services that integrates both people and processes, providing solutions to engage a smarter, more effective workforce across their most critical businesses functions. Goodwill of $1,014 million was assigned to the Software ($771 million) and Global Technology Services (GTS) ($243 million) segments. As of the acquisition date, it was expected that approximately 10 percent of the goodwill would be deductible for tax purposes. The overall weighted-average useful life of the identified intangible assets acquired was 6.5 years.

 

96



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Other Acquisitions—The Software segment also completed eight other acquisitions: in the first quarter, Green Hat Software Limited (Green Hat), Emptoris Inc. (Emptoris) and Worklight, Inc. (Worklight), all privately held companies, and DemandTec, Inc. (DemandTec), a publicly held company; in the second quarter, Varicent Software Inc. (Varicent), Vivisimo Inc. (Vivisimo) and Tealeaf Technology Inc. (Tealeaf), all privately held companies; and in the third quarter, Butterfly Software, Ltd. (Butterfly), a privately held company. STG completed two acquisitions: in the first quarter, Platform Computing Corporation (Platform Computing), a privately held company; and in the third quarter, Texas Memory Systems (TMS), a privately held company. All acquisitions were for 100 percent of the acquired companies.

 

The table below reflects the purchase price related to these acquisitions and the resulting purchase price allocations as of December 31, 2012.

 

2012 Acquisitions

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Life (in Years)

 

Kenexa

 

Acquisitions

 

Current assets

 

 

 

$

133

 

$

278

 

Fixed assets/noncurrent assets

 

 

 

98

 

217

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

N/A

 

1,014

 

1,880

 

Completed technology

 

3—7

 

169

 

403

 

Client relationships

 

4—7

 

179

 

194

 

In-process R&D

 

N/A

 

 

11

 

Patents/trademarks

 

1—7

 

39

 

37

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

 

1,632

 

3,020

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

(93

)

(143

)

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

 

(188

)

(264

)

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

 

(281

)

(407

)

Total purchase price

 

 

 

$

1,351

 

$

2,613

 

 

N/A—Not applicable

 

Each acquisition further complemented and enhanced the company’s portfolio of product and services offerings. Green Hat helps customers improve the quality of software applications by enabling developers to use cloud computing technologies to conduct testing of a software application prior to its delivery. Emptoris expands the company’s cloud-based analytics offerings that provide supply chain intelligence leading to better inventory management and cost efficiencies. Worklight delivers mobile application management capabilities to clients across a wide range of industries. The acquisition enhanced the company’s comprehensive mobile portfolio, which is designed to help global corporations leverage the proliferation of all mobile devices—from laptops and smartphones to tablets. DemandTec delivers cloud-based analytics software to help organizations improve their price, promotion and product mix within the broad context of enterprise commerce. Varicent’s software automates and analyzes data across sales, finance, human resources and IT departments to uncover trends and optimize sales performance and operations. Vivisimo software automates the discovery of big data, regardless of its format or where it resides, providing decision makers with a view of key business information necessary to drive new initiatives. Tealeaf provides a full suite of customer experience management software, which analyzes interactions on websites and mobile devices. Butterfly offers storage planning software and storage migration tools, helping companies save storage space, operational time, IT budget and power consumption. Platform Computing’s focused technical and distributed computing management software helps clients create, integrate and manage shared computing environments that are used in compute-and-data intensive applications such as simulations, computer modeling and analytics. TMS designs and sells high-performance solid state storage solutions.

 

For the “Other Acquisitions,” the overall weighted-average life of the identified amortizable intangible assets acquired is 6.6 years. These identified intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Goodwill of $1,880 million was assigned to the Software ($1,412 million), Global Business Services (GBS) ($5 million), GTS ($21 million) and STG ($443 million) segments. As of the acquisition dates, it was expected that approximately 15 percent of the goodwill would be deductible for tax purposes.

 

97



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

2011

 

In 2011, the company completed five acquisitions of privately held companies at an aggregate cost of $1,849 million.

 

These acquisitions were completed as follows: in the second quarter, TRIRIGA, Inc. (TRIRIGA); and in the fourth quarter, i2, Algorithmics, Inc. (Algorithmics), Q1 Labs and Curam Software Ltd. (Curam Software). TRIRIGA was integrated into the Software and GBS segments upon acquisition. All acquisitions were integrated into the Software segment upon acquisition. All acquisitions reflected 100 percent ownership of the acquired companies.

 

TRIRIGA is a provider of facility and real estate management software solutions, which help clients make strategic decisions regarding space usage, evaluate alternative real estate initiatives, generate higher returns from capital projects and assess environmental impact investments. The acquisition added advanced real estate intelligence to the company’s smarter buildings initiative. i2 expanded the company’s Big Data analytics software for Smarter Cities by helping both public and private entities in government, law enforcement, retail, insurance and other industries access and analyze information they need to address crime, fraud and security threats. Algorithmics provides software and services for improved business insights at financial and insurance institutions to assess risk and address regulatory challenges. Q1 Labs is a provider of security intelligence software and accelerates efforts to help clients more intelligently secure their enterprises by applying analytics to correlate information from key security domains and creating security dashboards for their organizations. Curam Software is a provider of software and services which help governments improve the efficiency, effectiveness and accessibility of social programs for Smarter Cities.

 

The overall weighted-average life of the indentified intangible assets acquired was 6.9 years. These identified intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Goodwill of $1,291 million was assigned to the Software ($1,277 million) and GBS ($14 million) segments. As of the acquisition dates, it was expected that approximately 25 percent of the goodwill would be deductible for tax purposes.

 

The table below reflects the purchase price related to these acquisitions and the resulting purchase price allocations as of December 31, 2011.

 

2011 Acquisitions

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Amortization

 

Total

 

 

 

Life (in Years)

 

Acquisitions

 

Current assets

 

 

 

$

251

 

Fixed assets/noncurrent assets

 

 

 

88

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

N/A

 

1,291

 

Completed technology

 

7

 

320

 

Client relationships

 

7

 

222

 

Patents/trademarks

 

1—7

 

17

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

 

2,190

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

(191

)

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

 

(150

)

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

 

(341

)

Total purchase price

 

 

 

$

1,849

 

 

N/A—Not applicable

 

Divestitures

 

2014

 

On January 23, 2014, IBM and Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo) announced a definitive agreement in which Lenovo will acquire the company’s x86 server portfolio for $2.3 billion, consisting of approximately $2 billion in cash, with the balance in Lenovo stock. The stock will represent less than 5 percent equity ownership in Lenovo. The company will sell to Lenovo its System x, BladeCenter and Flex System blade servers and switches, x86-based Flex integrated systems, NeXtScale and iDataPlex servers and associated software, blade networking and maintenance operations.

 

IBM and Lenovo plan to enter into a strategic relationship which will include a global OEM and reseller agreement for sales of IBM’s industry-leading entry and midrange Storwize disk storage systems, tape storage systems, General Parallel File System software, SmartCloud Entry offering, and elements of IBM’s system software, including Systems Director and Platform Computing solutions. Following the closing of the transaction, Lenovo will assume related customer service and maintenance operations. IBM will continue to provide maintenance delivery on Leno-vo’s behalf for an extended period of time.

 

The transaction will be completed as soon as is practical, subject to the satisfaction of regulatory requirements, customary closing conditions and any other required approvals. The transaction is expected to be completed in phases, with the initial closing in the second half of 2014. Subsequent local closings will occur subject to similar conditions, agreements and the information and consultation process in applicable countries.

 

The company expects to recognize a pre-tax gain on the sale. This gain will be recognized consistent with the closing schedule for the transaction. The exact amount of the gain and the breakdown by closing date is not yet determinable. The variables that can impact the final gain include the valuation of the final balance sheet transferred, the valuation of other related agreements and transaction-related expenses. See “Looking Forward” on page 64 for additional information.

 

98



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The company’s worldwide x86 business is reported in the Systems and Technology segment, and the associated maintenance operations are part of the Global Technology Services segment. In 2013, this combined business delivered approximately $4.6 billion of revenue, and was essentially breakeven on a pre-tax income basis.

 

2013

 

On September 10, 2013, IBM and SYNNEX announced a definitive agreement in which SYNNEX will acquire the company’s worldwide customer care business process outsourcing services business for $505 million, consisting of approximately $430 million in cash, net of balance sheet adjustments, and $75 million in SYNNEX stock, which represents less than 5 percent equity ownership in SYNNEX. As part of the transaction, SYNNEX will enter into a multi-year agreement with the company, and Concentrix, SYNNEX’s outsourcing business, will become an IBM strategic business partner for global customer care business process outsourcing services.

 

The transaction will be completed in phases—the initial closing was completed on January 31, 2014, with subsequent closings expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2014, subject to customary closing conditions, local agreements and the information and consultation process in applicable countries. The company expects to recognize a total pre-tax gain on the sale of between $150 - $175 million. This gain will be recognized consistent with the closing schedule for the transaction. The company’s worldwide customer care business process outsourcing services and industry process services are included in the Global Technology Services segment. In 2013, the divested business delivered $1.3 billion of revenue, approximately 1 percent of the company’s total revenue, approximately $0.1 billion of pre-tax income, and had approximately $50 million in tangible assets.

 

In the first quarter of 2013, the company completed the divestiture of its Showcase Reporting product set to Help/Systems. Showcase Reporting, which was acquired by the company through the SPSS acquisition in 2009, is an enterprise-class business intelligence platform that enables customers to build and manage analytical reporting environments.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the company completed two divestitures, the Applicazioni Contabili Gestionali (ACG) business and the Cognos Application Development Tools (ADT) business.

 

The ACG business was purchased by TeamSystem. The ACG product is an Italian Enterprise Resource Planning solution for small- and medium-sized companies. The Cognos ADT business was purchased by UNICOM Systems, Inc. The Cognos ADT product suite represents a legacy family of products that provide application development environments that would enable programmers to develop COBOL applications at a higher productivity level.

 

Financial terms of each transaction were not disclosed and did not have a material impact in the consolidated financial results.

 

2012

 

On April 17, 2012, the company announced that it had signed a definitive agreement with Toshiba TEC for the sale of its Retail Store Solutions business to Toshiba TEC. As part of the transaction, Toshiba TEC and the company also signed a multi-year business partner agreement to integrate retail store solutions for Smarter Commerce. The transaction price was $850 million, and the company received approximately $800 million in cash, net of closing date working capital adjustments.

 

Through December 31, 2012, the company completed the first three phases of the sale. For the completed phases, the company received net proceeds of $546 million, recorded a note receivable of $251 million and recognized a net pre-tax gain of $446 million. The gain was net of the fair value of certain contractual terms, certain transaction costs and the assets and liabilities sold. The gain was recorded in other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings and the net proceeds are reflected within divestitures of businesses, net of cash transferred within cash flows from investing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. In addition, in the third quarter, the company acquired a 19.9 percent ownership interest for $161 million in Toshiba Global Commerce Solutions Holding Corporation, the new holding company that Toshiba TEC established for the business. The company will retain this ownership for a period of three years at which time Toshiba TEC will purchase the company’s equity interest for the initial acquisition value. This investment was recorded in investments and sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and the payment was reflected within purchases of marketable securities and other investments within cash flows from investing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

The company closed additional phases of the divestiture in 2013. Overall, the company has recognized a pre-tax gain on the sale of $463 million through December 31, 2013.

 

2011

 

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the company completed the divestiture of the iCluster business to Rocket Software. iCluster, which was acquired in the Data Mirror acquisition in 2007, was part of the Software business. This transaction was not material to the consolidated financial results.

 

During the second quarter of 2011, the company completed two divestitures related to subsidiaries of IBM Japan. The impact of these transactions was not material to the consolidated financial results.

 

99



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

NOTE D.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The following tables present the company’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits and certificates of deposit

 

$

 

$

4,754

 

$

 

$

4,754

 

Commercial paper

 

 

1,507

 

 

1,507

 

Money market funds

 

1,728

 

 

 

1,728

 

Other securities

 

 

8

 

 

8

 

Total

 

1,728

 

6,269

 

 

7,997

(6)

Debt securities—current (2)

 

 

350

 

 

350

(6)

Debt securities—noncurrent (3)

 

1

 

7

 

 

9

 

Available-for-sale equity investments (3)

 

18

 

 

 

18

 

Derivative assets (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

 

308

 

 

308

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

375

 

 

375

 

Equity contracts

 

 

36

 

 

36

 

Total

 

 

719

 

 

719

(7)

Total assets

 

$

1,747

 

$

7,345

 

$

 

$

9,092

(7)

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

 

$

13

 

$

 

$

13

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

484

 

 

484

 

Equity contracts

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 

$

501

 

$

 

$

501

(7)

 


(1)          Included within cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(2)          Commercial paper reported as marketable securities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(3)          Included within investments and sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(4)          The gross balances of derivative assets contained within prepaid expenses and other current assets, and investments in sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2013 were $318 million and $401 million, respectively.

(5)          The gross balances of derivative liabilities contained within other accrued expenses and liabilities, and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2013 were $375 million and $126 million, respectively.

(6)          Available-for-sale securities with carrying values that approximate fair value.

(7)          If derivative exposures covered by a qualifying master netting agreement had been netted in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the total derivative asset and liability positions would have been reduced by $251 million each.

 

100


 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits and certificates of deposit

 

$

 

$

3,694

 

$

 

$

3,694

 

Commercial paper

 

 

2,098

 

 

2,098

 

Money market funds

 

1,923

 

 

 

1,923

 

Other securities

 

 

30

 

 

30

 

Total

 

1,923

 

5,823

 

 

7,746

(6)

Debt securities—current (2)

 

 

717

 

 

717

(6)

Debt securities—noncurrent (3)

 

2

 

8

 

 

10

 

Available-for-sale equity investments (3)

 

34

 

 

 

34

 

Derivative assets (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

 

604

 

 

604

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

305

 

 

305

 

Equity contracts

 

 

9

 

 

9

 

Total

 

 

918

 

 

918

(7)

Total assets

 

$

1,959

 

$

7,466

 

$

 

$

9,424

(7)

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

 

$

496

 

$

 

$

496

 

Equity contracts

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 

$

503

 

$

 

$

503

(7)

 


(1)

Included within cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(2)

Commercial paper and certificates of deposit reported as marketable securities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(3)

Included within investments and sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(4)

The gross balances of derivative assets contained within prepaid expenses and other current assets, and investments in sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2012 were $333 million and $585 million, respectively.

(5)

The gross balances of derivative liabilities contained within other accrued expenses and liabilities, and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2012 were $426 million and $78 million, respectively.

(6)

Available-for-sale securities with carrying values that approximate fair value.

(7)

If derivative exposures covered by a qualifying master netting agreement had been netted in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the total derivative asset and liability positions would have been reduced by $262 million each.

 

There were no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value

 

Short-Term Receivables and Payables

 

Notes and other accounts receivable and other investments are financial assets with carrying values that approximate fair value. Accounts payable, other accrued expenses and short-term debt (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) are financial liabilities with carrying values that approximate fair value. If measured at fair value in the financial statements, these financial instruments would be classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Loans and Long-Term Receivables

 

Fair values are based on discounted future cash flows using current interest rates offered for similar loans to clients with similar credit ratings for the same remaining maturities. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the difference between the carrying amount and estimated fair value for loans and long-term receivables was immaterial. If measured at fair value in the financial statements, these financial instruments would be classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Long-Term Debt

 

Fair value of publicly traded long-term debt is based on quoted market prices for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market. For other long-term debt for which a quoted market price is not available, an expected present value technique that uses rates currently available to the company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities is used to estimate fair value. The carrying amount of long-term debt is $32,856 million and $24,088 million and the estimated fair value is $34,555 million and $27,119 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. If measured at fair value in the financial statements, long-term debt (including the current portion) would be classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Debt and Marketable Equity Securities

 

The company’s cash equivalents and current debt securities are considered available-for-sale and recorded at fair value, which is not materially different from carrying value, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The tables on the following page summarize the company’s noncurrent debt and marketable equity securities which are also considered available-for-sale and recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

101



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Debt securities—noncurrent (1)

 

$

7

 

$

1

 

$

 

$

9

 

Available-for-sale equity investments (1)

 

$

20

 

$

2

 

$

4

 

$

18

 

 


(1) Included within investments and sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

($ in millions) 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Debt securities—noncurrent (1)

 

$

8

 

$

2

 

$

 

$

10

 

Available-for-sale equity investments (1)

 

$

31

 

$

4

 

$

1

 

$

34

 

 


(1) Included within investments and sundry assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

Based on an evaluation of available evidence as of December 31, 2013, the company believes that unrealized losses on debt and available-for-sale equity securities are temporary and do not represent an other-than-temporary impairment.

 

Sales of debt and available-for-sale equity investments during the period were as follows:

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Proceeds

 

$

41

 

$

112

 

$

405

 

Gross realized gains (before taxes)

 

13

 

45

 

232

 

Gross realized losses (before taxes)

 

5

 

1

 

0

 

 

The after-tax net unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale debt and equity securities that have been included in other comprehensive income/(loss) and the after-tax net (gains)/losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) to net income were as follows:

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

$

0

 

$

17

 

Net unrealized (gains)/losses reclassified to net income*

 

(5

)

(25

)

 


* Includes writedowns of $2.0 million in 2012.

 

The contractual maturities of substantially all available-for-sale debt securities are less than one year at December 31, 2013.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The company operates in multiple functional currencies and is a significant lender and borrower in the global markets. In the normal course of business, the company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations, and to a lesser extent equity and commodity price changes and client credit risk. The company limits these risks by following established risk management policies and procedures, including the use of derivatives, and, where cost effective, financing with debt in the currencies in which assets are denominated. For interest rate exposures, derivatives are used to better align rate movements between the interest rates associated with the company’s lease and other financial assets and the interest rates associated with its financing debt. Derivatives are also used to manage the related cost of debt. For foreign currency exposures, derivatives are used to better manage the cash flow volatility arising from foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

 

As a result of the use of derivative instruments, the company is exposed to the risk that counterparties to derivative contracts will fail to meet their contractual obligations. To mitigate the counterparty credit risk, the company has a policy of only entering into contracts with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their overall credit profile. The company’s established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk on principal transactions include reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure and continually assessing the creditworthiness of counterparties. The right of set-off that exists under certain of these arrangements enables the legal entities of the company subject to the arrangement to net amounts due to and from the counterparty reducing the maximum loss from credit risk in the event of counterparty default.

 

102



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The company is also a party to collateral security arrangements with most of its major derivative counterparties. These arrangements require the company to hold or post collateral (cash or U.S. Treasury securities) when the derivative fair values exceed contractually established thresholds. Posting thresholds can be fixed or can vary based on credit default swap pricing or credit ratings received from the major credit agencies. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments under these collateralized arrangements that were in a liability position at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $216 million and $94 million, respectively, for which no collateral was posted at either date. Full collateralization of these agreements would be required in the event that the company’s credit rating falls below investment grade or if its credit default swap spread exceeds 250 basis points, as applicable, pursuant to the terms of the collateral security arrangements. The aggregate fair value of derivative instruments in net asset positions as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $719 million and $918 million, respectively. This amount represents the maximum exposure to loss at the reporting date as a result of the counterparties failing to perform as contracted. This exposure was reduced by $251 million and $262 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of liabilities included in master netting arrangements with those counterparties. Additionally, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, this exposure was reduced by $29 million and $69 million of cash collateral, respectively, received by the company. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the net exposure related to derivative assets recorded in the Statement of Financial Position was $439 million and $587 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the net amount related to derivative liabilities recorded in the Statement of Financial Position was $250 million and $242 million, respectively.

 

In the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the company does not offset derivative assets against liabilities in master netting arrangements nor does it offset receivables or payables recognized upon payment or receipt of cash collateral against the fair values of the related derivative instruments. No amount was recognized in other receivables at December 31, 2013 and 2012 for the right to reclaim cash collateral. The amount recognized in accounts payable for the obligation to return cash collateral totaled $29 million and $69 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The company restricts the use of cash collateral received to rehypothecation, and therefore reports it in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. No amount was rehypothecated at December 31, 2013 and 2012. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 the company held $0 million and $31 million in non-cash collateral in U.S. Treasury securities. Per accounting guidance, non-cash collateral is not recorded on the Statement of Financial Position.

 

The company may employ derivative instruments to hedge the volatility in stockholders’ equity resulting from changes in currency exchange rates of significant foreign subsidiaries of the company with respect to the U.S. dollar. These instruments, designated as net investment hedges, expose the company to liquidity risk as the derivatives have an immediate cash flow impact upon maturity which is not offset by a cash flow from the translation of the underlying hedged equity. The company monitors this cash loss potential on an ongoing basis, and may discontinue some of these hedging relationships by de-designating or terminating the derivative instrument in order to manage the liquidity risk. Although not designated as accounting hedges, the company may utilize derivatives to offset the changes in the fair value of the de-designated instruments from the date of de-designation until maturity.

 

In its hedging programs, the company uses forward contracts, futures contracts, interest-rate swaps and cross-currency swaps, depending upon the underlying exposure. The company is not a party to leveraged derivative instruments.

 

A brief description of the major hedging programs, categorized by underlying risk, follows.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Fixed and Variable Rate Borrowings

 

The company issues debt in the global capital markets, principally to fund its financing lease and loan portfolio. Access to cost-effective financing can result in interest rate mismatches with the underlying assets. To manage these mismatches and to reduce overall interest cost, the company uses interest rate swaps to convert specific fixed-rate debt issuances into variable-rate debt (i.e., fair value hedges) and to convert specific variable-rate debt issuances into fixed-rate debt (i.e., cash flow hedges). At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total notional amount of the company’s interest rate swaps was $3.1 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively. The weighted-average remaining maturity of these instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately 10.6 years and 5.1 years, respectively.

 

Forecasted Debt Issuance

 

The company is exposed to interest rate volatility on future debt issuances. To manage this risk, the company may use forward-starting interest rate swaps to lock in the rate on the interest payments related to the forecasted debt issuance. These swaps are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The company did not have any derivative instruments relating to this program outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, net gains of approximately $1 million (before taxes), respectively, were recorded in AOCI in connection with cash flow hedges of the company’s borrowings. Within these amounts, less than $1 million of gains, respectively, are expected to be reclassified to net income within the next 12 months, providing an offsetting economic impact against the underlying transactions.

 

103



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Long-Term Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries
(Net Investment)

 

A large portion of the company’s foreign currency denominated debt portfolio is designated as a hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries to reduce the volatility in stockholders’ equity caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates in the functional currency of major foreign subsidiaries with respect to the U.S. dollar. The company also uses cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts for this risk management purpose. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total notional amount of derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges was $3.0 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively. The weighted-average remaining maturity of these instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately 0.4 years for both periods.

 

Anticipated Royalties and Cost Transactions

 

The company’s operations generate significant nonfunctional currency, third-party vendor payments and intercompany payments for royalties and goods and services among the company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries and with the parent company. In anticipation of these foreign currency cash flows and in view of the volatility of the currency markets, the company selectively employs foreign exchange forward contracts to manage its currency risk. These forward contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The maximum length of time over which the company is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows is four years. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total notional amount of forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted royalty and cost transactions was $10.2 billion and $10.7 billion, respectively, with a weighted-average remaining maturity of 0.7 years at both year-end dates.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, in connection with cash flow hedges of anticipated royalties and cost transactions, the company recorded net losses of $252 million and $138 million (before taxes), respectively, in AOCI. Within these amounts $166 million and $79 million of losses, respectively, are expected to be reclassified to net income within the next 12 months, providing an offsetting economic impact against the underlying anticipated transactions.

 

Foreign Currency Denominated Borrowings

 

The company is exposed to exchange rate volatility on foreign currency denominated debt. To manage this risk, the company employs cross-currency swaps to convert fixed-rate foreign currency denominated debt to fixed-rate debt denominated in the functional currency of the borrowing entity. These swaps are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The maximum length of time over which the company hedges its exposure to the variability in future cash flows is approximately seven years. At December 31, 2013 the total notional amount of cross currency swaps designated as cash flow hedges of foreign currency denominated debt was $1.2 billion. At December 31, 2012, no instruments relating to this program were outstanding.

 

At December 31, 2013, in connection with cash flow hedges of foreign currency denominated borrowings, the company recorded net losses of $9 million (before taxes) in AOCI. Within this amount, $3 million of losses is expected to be reclassified to net income within the next 12 months, providing an offsetting economic impact against the underlying exposure.

 

Subsidiary Cash and Foreign Currency Asset/Liability Management

 

The company uses its Global Treasury Centers to manage the cash of its subsidiaries. These centers principally use currency swaps to convert cash flows in a cost-effective manner. In addition, the company uses foreign exchange forward contracts to economically hedge, on a net basis, the foreign currency exposure of a portion of the company’s nonfunctional currency assets and liabilities. The terms of these forward and swap contracts are generally less than one year. The changes in the fair values of these contracts and of the underlying hedged exposures are generally offsetting and are recorded in other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total notional amount of derivative instruments in economic hedges of foreign currency exposure was $14.7 billion and $12.9 billion, respectively.

 

Equity Risk Management

 

The company is exposed to market price changes in certain broad market indices and in the company’s own stock primarily related to certain obligations to employees. Changes in the overall value of these employee compensation obligations are recorded in SG&A expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Although not designated as accounting hedges, the company utilizes derivatives, including equity swaps and futures, to economically hedge the exposures related to its employee compensation obligations. The derivatives are linked to the total return on certain broad market indices or the total return on the company’s common stock. They are recorded at fair value with gains or losses also reported in SG&A expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total notional amount of derivative instruments in economic hedges of these compensation obligations was $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.

 

Other Risks

 

The company may hold warrants to purchase shares of common stock in connection with various investments that are deemed derivatives because they contain net share or net cash settlement provisions. The company records the changes in the fair value of these warrants in other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The company did not have any warrants qualifying as derivatives outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

The company is exposed to a potential loss if a client fails to pay amounts due under contractual terms. The company utilizes credit default swaps to economically hedge its credit exposures. These derivatives have terms of one year or less. The swaps are recorded at fair value with gains and losses reported in other (income) and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The company did not have any derivative instruments relating to this program outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

104


 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The following tables provide a quantitative summary of the derivative and non-derivative instrument-related risk management activity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 as well as for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Fair Value of Derivative Assets

 

Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31:

 

Classification

 

2013

 

2012

 

Classification

 

2013

 

2012

 

Designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Prepaid expenses and other
current assets

 

$

 

$

47

 

Other accrued
expenses
and liabilities

 

$

0

 

$

 

 

 

Investments and
sundry assets

 

308

 

557

 

Other liabilities

 

13

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Prepaid expenses and other
current assets

 

187

 

135

 

Other accrued
expenses
and liabilities

 

331

 

267

 

 

 

Investments and
sundry assets

 

26

 

5

 

Other
liabilities

 

112

 

78

 

 

 

Fair value of
derivative assets

 

$

522

 

$

744

 

Fair value of
derivative liabilities

 

$

456

 

$

345

 

Not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Prepaid expenses
and other
current assets

 

$

94

 

$

142

 

Other accrued
expenses
and liabilities

 

$

40

 

$

152

 

 

 

Investments and
sundry assets

 

67

 

23

 

Other
liabilities

 

1

 

 

Equity contracts

 

Prepaid expenses
 and other
current assets

 

36

 

9

 

Other accrued
expenses
and liabilities

 

4

 

7

 

 

 

Fair value of
derivative assets

 

$

197

 

$

174

 

Fair value of
derivative liabilities

 

$

45

 

$

159

 

Total debt designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt

 

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

$

190

 

$

578

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

$

6,111

 

$

3,035

 

Total

 

 

 

$

719

 

$

918

 

 

 

$

6,802

 

$

4,116

 

 

N/A—Not applicable

 

105



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The Effect of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Earnings

 

 

 

Consolidated
Statement of
Earnings

 

Recognized on Derivatives(1)

 

Attributable to Risk Being Hedged(2)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

Line Item

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Derivative instruments in fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Cost of financing

 

$

(109

)

$

65

 

$

271

 

$

202

 

$

59

 

$

(117

)

 

 

Interest expense

 

(74

)

55

 

205

 

138

 

50

 

(89

)

Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Other (income)
and expense

 

(328

)

(311

)

352

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Equity contracts

 

SG&A expense

 

164

 

110

 

42

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Warrants

 

Other (income)
and expense

 

 

 

10

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Total

 

 

 

$

(347

)

$

(81

)

$

880

 

$

340

 

$

108

 

$

(206

)

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Earnings and Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of

 

Effective Portion

 

Ineffectiveness and Amounts 

 

 

 

Effective Portion Recognized in OCI

 

Earnings

 

 Reclassified from AOCI

 

Excluded from Effectiveness Testing(3)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Line Item

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2 011

 

Derivative instruments in cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Interest expense

 

$

 

$

(6

)

$

(8

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

43

 

32

 

(266

)

Other (income)
and expense

 

162

 

237

 

(247

)

 

(0

)

3

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

(34

)

7

 

(182

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A expense

 

39

 

16

 

(74

)

 

 

 

Instruments in net investment hedges(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

173

 

(26

)

45

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

0

 

3

 

11

 

(9

)

Total

 

$

216

 

$

6

 

$

(221

)

 

 

$

167

 

$

253

 

$

(511

)

$

3

 

$

14

 

$

(12

)

 


(1)

The amount includes changes in clean fair values of the derivative instruments in fair value hedging relationships and the periodic accrual for coupon payments required under these derivative contracts.

(2)

The amount includes basis adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item recorded during the period and amortization of basis adjustments recorded on de-designated hedging relationships during the period. .

(3)

The amount of gain/(loss) recognized in income represents ineffectiveness on hedge relationships.

(4)

Instruments in net investment hedges include derivative and non-derivative instruments.

 

 

N/A—Not applicable

 

For the 12 months ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there were no significant gains or losses recognized in earnings representing hedge ineffectiveness or excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness (for fair value hedges), or associated with an underlying exposure that did not or was not expected to occur (for cash flow hedges); nor are there any anticipated in the normal course of business.

 

Refer to note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on pages 90 and 91 for additional information on the company’s use of derivative financial instruments.

 

106



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

NOTE E.

INVENTORIES

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Finished goods

 

$

444

 

$

475

 

Work in process and raw materials

 

1,866

 

1,812

 

Total

 

$

2,310

 

$

2,287

 

 

NOTE F.

FINANCING RECEIVABLES

 

The following table presents financing receivables, net of allowances for credit losses, including residual values.

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases

 

$

4,004

 

$

3,862

 

Commercial financing receivables

 

8,541

 

7,750

 

Client loan receivables

 

5,854

 

5,395

 

Installment payment receivables

 

1,389

 

1,031

 

Total

 

$

19,787

 

$

18,038

 

Noncurrent

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases

 

$

5,700

 

$

6,107

 

Commercial financing receivables

 

 

5

 

Client loan receivables

 

6,360

 

5,966

 

Installment payment receivables

 

695

 

733

 

Total

 

$

12,755

 

$

12,812

 

 

Net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases relates principally to the company’s systems products and are for terms ranging generally from two to six years. Net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases includes unguaranteed residual values of $737 million and $794 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is reflected net of unearned income of $672 million and $728 million, and net of the allowance for credit losses of $123 million and $114 million at those dates, respectively. Scheduled maturities of minimum lease payments outstanding at December 31, 2013, expressed as a percentage of the total, are approximately: 2014, 44 percent; 2015, 30 percent; 2016, 17 percent; 2017, 6 percent; and 2018 and beyond, 3 percent.

 

Commercial financing receivables, net of allowance for credit losses of $23 million and $46 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, relate primarily to inventory and accounts receivable financing for dealers and remarketers of IBM and OEM products. Payment terms for inventory and accounts receivable financing generally range from 30 to 90 days.

 

Client loan receivables, net of allowance for credit losses of $201 million and $155 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are loans that are provided primarily to clients to finance the purchase of software and services. Separate contractual relationships on these financing arrangements are for terms ranging generally from one to seven years.

 

Installment payment receivables, net of allowance for credit losses of $41 million and $39 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are loans that are provided primarily to clients to finance hardware, software and services ranging generally from one to three years.

 

Client loan receivables and installment payment receivables financing contracts are priced independently at competitive market rates. The company has a history of enforcing the terms of these separate financing agreements.

 

The company utilizes certain of its financing receivables as collateral for nonrecourse borrowings. Financing receivables pledged as collateral for borrowings were $769 million and $650 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These borrowings are included in note J, “Borrowings,” on pages 112 to 114.

 

The company did not have any financing receivables held for sale as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Financing Receivables by Portfolio Segment

 

The following tables present financing receivables on a gross basis, excluding the allowance for credit losses and residual value, by portfolio segment and by class, excluding current commercial financing receivables and other miscellaneous current financing receivables at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The company determines its allowance for credit losses based on two portfolio segments: lease receivables and loan receivables, and further segments the portfolio into two classes: major markets and growth markets.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Major

 

Growth

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

Markets

 

Markets

 

Total

 

Financing receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease receivables

 

$

6,796

 

$

2,200

 

$

8,996

 

Loan receivables

 

10,529

 

4,012

 

14,542

 

Ending balance

 

$

17,325

 

$

6,212

 

$

23,537

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

17,206

 

$

6,013

 

$

23,219

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

119

 

$

199

 

$

318

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance at January 1, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease receivables

 

$

59

 

$

55

 

$

114

 

Loan receivables

 

121

 

84

 

204

 

Total

 

$

180

 

$

138

 

$

318

 

Write-offs

 

(23

)

(10

)

(33

)

Provision

 

(21

)

105

 

84

 

Other

 

1

 

(6

)

(5

)

Ending balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

137

 

$

228

 

$

365

 

Lease receivables

 

$

42

 

$

80

 

$

123

 

Loan receivables

 

$

95

 

$

147

 

$

242

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

45

 

$

48

 

$

93

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

93

 

$

179

 

$

272

 

 

107



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Major

 

Growth

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

Markets

 

Markets

 

Total

 

Financing receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease receivables

 

$

7,036

 

$

2,138

 

$

9,174

 

Loan receivables

 

9,666

 

3,670

 

13,336

 

Ending balance

 

$

16,701

 

$

5,808

 

$

22,510

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

16,570

 

$

5,684

 

$

22,254

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

131

 

$

125

 

$

256

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance at January 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease receivables

 

$

79

 

$

40

 

$

118

 

Loan receivables

 

125

 

64

 

189

 

Total

 

$

203

 

$

104

 

$

307

 

Write-offs

 

(14

)

(1

)

(15

)

Provision

 

(9

)

38

 

28

 

Other

 

0

 

(2

)

(2

)

Ending balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

180

 

$

138

 

$

318

 

Lease receivables

 

$

59

 

$

55

 

$

114

 

Loan receivables

 

$

121

 

$

84

 

$

204

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

69

 

$

29

 

$

98

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

111

 

$

109

 

$

220

 

 

When determining the allowances, financing receivables are evaluated either on an individual or a collective basis. For individually evaluated receivables, the company determines the expected cash flow for the receivable and calculates an estimate of the potential loss and the probability of loss. For those accounts in which the loss is probable, the company records a specific reserve. In addition, the company records an unallocated reserve that is calculated by applying a reserve rate to its different portfolios, excluding accounts that have been specifically reserved. This reserve rate is based upon credit rating, probability of default, term, characteristics (lease/loan) and loss history.

 

Financing Receivables on Non-Accrual Status

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in financing receivables which were on non-accrual status at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Major markets

 

$

25

 

$

27

 

Growth markets

 

34

 

21

 

Total lease receivables

 

$

59

 

$

47

 

Major markets

 

$

40

 

$

67

 

Growth markets

 

92

 

25

 

Total loan receivables

 

$

132

 

$

92

 

Total receivables

 

$

191

 

$

139

 

 

Impaired Loans

 

The company considers any loan with an individually evaluated reserve as an impaired loan. Depending on the level of impairment, loans will also be placed on a non-accrual status. The following tables present impaired client loan receivables at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

Recorded 
Investment

 

Related 
Allowance

 

Major markets

 

$

79

 

$

67

 

Growth markets

 

122

 

116

 

Total

 

$

201

 

$

183

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

Major markets

 

$

88

 

$

77

 

Growth markets

 

72

 

65

 

Total

 

$

160

 

$

143

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

on Cash

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

Basis

 

Major markets

 

$

76

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Growth markets

 

97

 

0

 

0

 

Total

 

$

173

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

on Cash

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

Basis

 

Major markets

 

$

90

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Growth markets

 

65

 

0

 

0

 

Total

 

$

156

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

The company’s credit quality indicators are based on rating agency data, publicly available information and information provided by customers, and are reviewed periodically based on the relative level of risk. The resulting indicators are a numerical rating system that maps to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services credit ratings as shown on the following page. Standard & Poor’s does not provide credit ratings to the company on its customers.

 

The tables present the gross recorded investment for each class of receivables, by credit quality indicator, at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Receivables with a credit quality indicator ranging from AAA to BBB- are considered investment grade. All others are considered non-investment grade. The credit quality indicators do not reflect mitigation actions that the company may take to transfer credit risk to third parties.

 

108



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Lease Receivables

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Major

 

Growth

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

Markets

 

Markets

 

Credit rating

 

 

 

 

 

AAA – AA-

 

$

743

 

$

68

 

A+ – A-

 

1,513

 

168

 

BBB+ – BBB-

 

2,111

 

957

 

BB+ – BB

 

1,393

 

350

 

BB- – B+

 

595

 

368

 

B – B-

 

365

 

214

 

CCC+ – D

 

76

 

74

 

Total

 

$

6,796

 

$

2,200

 

 

Loan Receivables

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Major

 

Growth

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

Markets

 

Markets

 

Credit rating

 

 

 

 

 

AAA – AA-

 

$

1,151

 

$

125

 

A+ – A-

 

2,344

 

307

 

BBB+ – BBB-

 

3,271

 

1,745

 

BB+ – BB

 

2,158

 

638

 

BB- – B+

 

922

 

672

 

B – B-

 

565

 

391

 

CCC+ – D

 

118

 

134

 

Total

 

$

10,529

 

$

4,012

 

 

At December 31, 2013, the industries which made up Global Financing’s receivables portfolio consisted of: Financial (39 percent), Government (14 percent), Manufacturing (14 percent), Services (8 percent), Retail (8 percent), Healthcare (6 percent), Communications (6 percent) and Other (4 percent).

 

Lease Receivables

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Major

 

Growth

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

Markets

 

Markets

 

Credit rating

 

 

 

 

 

AAA – AA-

 

$

646

 

$

86

 

A+ – A-

 

1,664

 

223

 

BBB+ – BBB-

 

2,285

 

776

 

BB+ – BB

 

1,367

 

450

 

BB- – B+

 

552

 

418

 

B – B-

 

399

 

127

 

CCC+ – D

 

124

 

58

 

Total

 

$

7,036

 

$

2,138

 

 

Loan Receivables

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Major

 

Growth

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

Markets

 

Markets

 

Credit rating

 

 

 

 

 

AAA – AA-

 

$

887

 

$

148

 

A+ – A-

 

2,286

 

382

 

BBB+ – BBB-

 

3,139

 

1,333

 

BB+ – BB

 

1,878

 

773

 

BB- – B+

 

758

 

718

 

B – B-

 

548

 

218

 

CCC+ – D

 

170

 

99

 

Total

 

$

9,666

 

$

3,670

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the industries which made up Global Financing’s receivables portfolio consisted of: Financial (38 percent), Government (16 percent), Manufacturing (14 percent), Retail (9 percent), Services (7 percent), Healthcare (6 percent), Communications (6 percent) and Other (4 percent).

 

109


 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Past Due Financing Receivables

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Total

 

Investment

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

Financing

 

> 90 Days

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

> 90 Days*

 

Current

 

Receivables

 

and Accruing

 

Major markets

 

$

6

 

$

6,789

 

$

6,796

 

$

5

 

Growth markets

 

19

 

2,181

 

2,200

 

11

 

Total lease receivables

 

$

25

 

$

8,970

 

$

8,996

 

$

16

 

Major markets

 

$

9

 

$

10,520

 

$

10,529

 

$

6

 

Growth markets

 

34

 

3,979

 

4,012

 

18

 

Total loan receivables

 

$

43

 

$

14,499

 

$

14,542

 

$

25

 

Total

 

$

68

 

$

23,469

 

$

23,537

 

$

41

 

 


* Does not include accounts that are fully reserved.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Total

 

Investment

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

Financing

 

> 90 Days

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

> 90 Days*

 

Current

 

Receivables

 

and Accruing

 

Major markets

 

$

8

 

$

7,028

 

$

7,036

 

$

5

 

Growth markets

 

11

 

2,127

 

2,138

 

8

 

Total lease receivables

 

$

20

 

$

9,154

 

$

9,174

 

$

13

 

Major markets

 

$

27

 

$

9,639

 

$

9,666

 

$

8

 

Growth markets

 

36

 

3,634

 

3,670

 

31

 

Total loan receivables

 

$

63

 

$

13,273

 

$

13,336

 

$

39

 

Total

 

$

82

 

$

22,428

 

$

22,510

 

$

52

 

 


* Does not include accounts that are fully reserved.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The company assessed all restructurings that occurred on or after January 1, 2012 and determined that there were no troubled debt restructurings for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

NOTE G.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Land and land improvements

 

$

706

 

$

747

 

Buildings and building improvements

 

9,680

 

9,610

 

Plant, laboratory and office equipment

 

28,169

 

27,731

 

Plant and other property—gross

 

38,555

 

38,088

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

25,576

 

25,234

 

Plant and other property—net

 

12,979

 

12,854

 

Rental machines

 

1,920

 

2,414

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

1,078

 

1,271

 

Rental machines—net

 

842

 

1,142

 

Total—net

 

$

13,821

 

$

13,996

 

 

NOTE H.

INVESTMENTS AND SUNDRY ASSETS

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Deferred transition and setup costs and other deferred arrangements*

 

$

1,652

 

$

1,630

 

Derivatives—noncurrent**

 

401

 

585

 

Alliance investments

 

 

 

 

 

Equity method

 

110

 

120

 

Non-equity method

 

200

 

226

 

Prepaid software

 

352

 

306

 

Long-term deposits

 

316

 

318

 

Other receivables

 

174

 

204

 

Employee benefit-related

 

392

 

439

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

305

 

459

 

Other assets

 

738

 

735

 

Total

 

$

4,639

 

$

5,021

 

 


*

Deferred transition and setup costs and other deferred arrangements are related to Global Services client arrangements. See note A,“Significant Accounting Policies,” on pages 86 and 87 for additional information.

 

 

**

See note D, “Financial Instruments,” on pages 102 through 106 for the fair value of all derivatives reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

110



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

NOTE I.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS INCLUDING GOODWILL

 

Intangible Assets

 

The following table details the company’s intangible asset balances by major asset class.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Intangible asset class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized software

 

$

1,494

 

$

(699

)

$

794

 

Client relationships

 

2,148

 

(977

)

1,171

 

Completed technology

 

2,910

 

(1,224

)

1,687

 

In-process R&D

 

13

 

 

13

 

Patents/trademarks

 

358

 

(154

)

204

 

Other*

 

7

 

(5

)

2

 

Total

 

$

6,930

 

$

(3,059

)

$

3,871

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Intangible asset class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized software

 

$

1,527

 

$

(665

)

$

861

 

Client relationships

 

2,103

 

(961

)

1,142

 

Completed technology

 

2,709

 

(1,112

)

1,597

 

In-process R&D

 

28

 

 

28

 

Patents/trademarks

 

281

 

(127

)

154

 

Other*

 

31

 

(27

)

3

 

Total

 

$

6,679

 

$

(2,892

)

$

3,787

 

 


* Other intangibles are primarily acquired proprietary and nonproprietary business processes, methodologies and systems.

 

The net carrying amount of intangible assets increased $84 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to intangible asset additions resulting from acquisitions, offset by amortization. There was no impairment of intangible assets recorded in 2013 and 2012.

 

Total amortization was $1,351 million and $1,284 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The aggregate amortization expense for acquired intangible assets (excluding capitalized software) was $767 million and $709 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, in 2013 the company retired $1,177 million of fully amortized intangible assets, impacting both the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization by this amount.

 

The amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years relating to intangible assets currently recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is estimated to be the following at December 31, 2013:

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Capitalized

 

Acquired

 

 

 

 

 

Software

 

Intangibles

 

Total

 

2014

 

$

484

 

$

784

 

$

1,267

 

2015

 

247

 

637

 

884

 

2016

 

64

 

595

 

660

 

2017

 

 

477

 

477

 

2018

 

 

322

 

322

 

 

111



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Goodwill

 

The changes in the goodwill balances by reportable segment, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, are as follows:

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

Purchase

 

 

 

Translation

 

Balance

 

 

 

January 1,

 

Goodwill

 

Price

 

 

 

and Other

 

December 31,

 

Segment

 

2013

 

Additions

 

Adjustments

 

Divestitures

 

Adjustments

 

2013

 

Global Business Services

 

$

4,357

 

$

 

$

(0

)

$

(3

)

$

(21

)

$

4,334

 

Global Technology Services

 

2,916

 

1,246

 

17

 

 

(50

)

4,129

 

Software

 

20,405

 

987

 

11

 

(4

)

(279

)

21,121

 

Systems and Technology

 

1,568

 

13

 

33

 

 

(14

)

1,601

 

Total

 

$

29,247

 

$

2,246

 

$

61

 

$

(7

)

$

(363

)

$

31,184

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Curency

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

Purchase

 

 

 

Translation

 

Balance

 

 

 

January 1,

 

Goodwill

 

Price

 

 

 

and Other

 

December 31,

 

Segment

 

2012

 

Additions

 

Adjustments

 

Divestitures

 

Adjustments

 

2012

 

Global Business Services

 

$

4,313

 

$

5

 

$

(0

)

$

(2

)

$

42

 

$

4,357

 

Global Technology Services

 

2,646

 

264

 

 

(0

)

6

 

2,916

 

Software

 

18,121

 

2,182

 

(30

)

(6

)

137

 

20,405

 

Systems and Technology

 

1,133

 

443

 

(0

)

(14

)

6

 

1,568

 

Total

 

$

26,213

 

$

2,894

 

$

(30

)

$

(22

)

$

192

 

$

29,247

 

 

Purchase price adjustments recorded in 2013 and 2012 were related to acquisitions that were completed on or prior to December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011, respectively, and were still subject to the measurement period that ends at the earlier of 12 months from the acquisition date or when information becomes available. There were no goodwill impairment losses recorded in 2013 or 2012 and the company has no accumulated goodwill impairment losses.

 

NOTE J.

BORROWINGS

 

Short-Term Debt

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

Commercial paper

 

$

2,458

 

$

1,800

 

Short-term loans

 

551

 

1,789

 

Long-term debt—current maturities

 

3,854

 

5,593

 

Total

 

$

6,862

 

$

9,181

 

 

The weighted-average interest rate for commercial paper at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 0.1 percent. The weighted-average interest rates for short-term loans was 5.1 percent and 1.8 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

112



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Long-Term Debt

 

Pre-Swap Borrowing

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

Maturities

 

2013

 

2012

 

U.S. dollar notes and debentures (average interest rate at December 31, 2013):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.70%

 

2014 – 2015

 

$

6,456

**

$

7,131

 

3.05%

 

2016 – 2017

 

8,465

 

5,807

 

3.99%

 

2018 – 2021

 

6,206

 

7,457

 

1.88%

 

2022

 

1,000

 

1,000

 

3.38%

 

2023

 

1,500

 

 

7.00%

 

2025

 

600

 

600

 

6.22%

 

2027

 

469

 

469

 

6.50%

 

2028

 

313

 

313

 

5.88%

 

2032

 

600

 

600

 

8.00%

 

2038

 

83

 

83

 

5.60%

 

2039

 

745

 

745

 

4.00%

 

2042

 

1,107

 

1,107

 

7.00%

 

2045

 

27

 

27

 

7.13%

 

2096

 

316

 

316

 

 

 

 

 

27,887

 

25,656

 

Other currencies (average interest rate at December 31, 2013, in parentheses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euros (2.8%)

 

2014 – 2025

 

5,894

 

2,338

 

Pound sterling (2.75%)

 

2017 – 2020

 

1,254

 

12

 

Japanese yen (0.6%)

 

2014 – 2017

 

1,057

 

878

 

Swiss francs (3.8%)

 

2015 – 2020

 

181

 

178

 

Canadian (2.2%)

 

2017

 

471

 

502

 

Other (8.81%)

 

2015 – 2017

 

291

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

37,036

 

29,660

 

Less: net unamortized discount

 

 

 

872

 

865

 

Add: fair value adjustment*

 

 

 

546

 

886

 

 

 

 

 

36,710

 

29,680

 

Less: current maturities

 

 

 

3,854

 

5,593

 

Total

 

 

 

$

32,856

 

$

24,088

 

 


*

The portion of the company’s fixed-rate debt obligations that is hedged is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as an amount equal to the sum of the debt’s carrying value plus a fair value adjustment representing changes in the fair value of the hedged debt obligations attributable to movements in benchmark interest rates.

 

 

**

Includes $17 million of debt securities issued by IBM International Group Capital, LLC, which is an indirect, 100 percent owned finance subsidiary of the company and will mature in 2014. Debt securities issued by IBM International Group Capital LLC are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the company.

 

The company’s indenture governing its debt securities and its various credit facilities each contain significant covenants which obligate the company to promptly pay principal and interest, limit the aggregate amount of secured indebtedness and sale and lease-back transactions to 10 percent of the company’s consolidated net tangible assets, and restrict the company’s ability to merge or consolidate unless certain conditions are met. The credit facilities also include a covenant on the company’s consolidated net interest expense ratio, which cannot be less than 2.20 to 1.0, as well as a cross default provision with respect to other defaulted indebtedness of at least $500 million.

 

The company is in compliance with all of its significant debt covenants and provides periodic certifications to its lenders. The failure to comply with its debt covenants could constitute an event of default with respect to the debt to which such provisions apply. If certain events of default were to occur, the principal and interest on the debt to which such event of default applied would become immediately due and payable.

 

113



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Post-Swap Borrowing (Long-Term Debt, Including Current Portion)

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

Amount

 

Average Rate

 

Amount

 

Average Rate

 

Fixed-rate debt

 

$

30,123

 

3.07

%

$

24,049

 

3.43

%

Floating-rate debt*

 

6,587

 

0.87

%

5,631

 

1.91

%

Total

 

$

36,710

 

 

 

$

29,680

 

 

 

 


* Includes $3,106 million in 2013 and $4,252 million in 2012 of notional interest rate swaps that effectively convert the fixed-rate long-term debt into floating-rate debt. (See note D, “Financial Instruments,” on pages 102 through 106.)

 

Pre-swap annual contractual maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2013, are as follows:

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Total

 

2014

 

$

3,854

 

2015

 

4,566

 

2016

 

4,114

 

2017

 

5,386

 

2018

 

2,662

 

2019 and beyond

 

16,453

 

Total

 

$

37,036

 

 

Interest on Debt

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Cost of financing

 

$

587

 

$

545

 

$

553

 

Interest expense

 

405

 

470

 

402

 

Net investment derivative activity

 

(3

)

(11

)

9

 

Interest capitalized

 

22

 

18

 

9

 

Total interest paid and accrued

 

$

1,011

 

$

1,022

 

$

973

 

 

Refer to the related discussion on page 143 in note T, “Segment Information,” for total interest expense of the Global Financing segment. See note D, “Financial Instruments,” on pages 102 through 106 for a discussion of the use of currency and interest rate swaps in the company’s debt risk management program.

 

Lines of Credit

 

In 2013, the company extended the term of its five-year, $10 billion Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) by one year to November 10, 2018. The total expense recorded by the company related to this global credit facility was $5.4 million in 2013, $5.3 million in 2012 and $5.0 million in 2011. The Credit Agreement permits the company and its Subsidiary Borrowers to borrow up to $10 billion on a revolving basis. Borrowings of the Subsidiary Borrowers will be unconditionally backed by the company. The company may also, upon the agreement of either existing lenders, or of the additional banks not currently party to the Credit Agreement, increase the commitments under the Credit Agreement up to an additional $2.0 billion. Subject to certain terms of the Credit Agreement, the company and Subsidiary Borrowers may borrow, prepay and rebor-row amounts under the Credit Agreement at any time during the Credit Agreement. Interest rates on borrowings under the Credit Agreement will be based on prevailing market interest rates, as further described in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, covenants, events of default, and indemnification provisions. The company believes that circumstances that might give rise to breach of these covenants or an event of default, as specified in the Credit Agreement, are remote. As of December 31, 2013, there were no borrowings by the company, or its subsidiaries, under the Credit Agreement.

 

The company also has other committed lines of credit in some of the geographies which are not significant in the aggregate. Interest rates and other terms of borrowing under these lines of credit vary from country to country, depending on local market conditions.

 

NOTE K.

OTHER LIABILITIES

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012*

 

Income tax reserves

 

$

3,189

 

$

2,527

 

Excess 401(k) Plus Plan

 

1,673

 

1,501

 

Disability benefits

 

699

 

890

 

Derivative liabilities

 

126

 

78

 

Special restructuring actions

 

440

 

430

 

Workforce reductions

 

500

 

473

 

Deferred taxes

 

1,741

 

448

 

Other taxes payable

 

186

 

24

 

Environmental accruals

 

231

 

216

 

Warranty accruals

 

171

 

167

 

Asset retirement obligations

 

129

 

127

 

Acquisition-related accruals

 

205

 

35

 

Other

 

644

 

691

 

Total

 

$

9,934

 

$

7,607

 

 


* Reclassified to conform with 2013 presentation.

 

114



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

In response to changing business needs, the company periodically takes workforce reduction actions to improve productivity, cost competitiveness and to rebalance skills. The noncurrent contractually obligated future payments associated with these activities are reflected in the workforce reductions caption in the previous table.

 

In addition, the company executed certain special restructuring-related actions prior to 2006. The table below provides a roll forward of the current and noncurrent liabilities associated with these special actions. The current liabilities presented in the table are included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

Liability

 

 

 

 

 

Liability

 

 

 

as of

 

 

 

 

 

as of

 

 

 

January 1,

 

 

 

Other

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

Payments

 

Adjustments*

 

2013

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Workforce

 

$

28

 

$

(29

)

$

29

 

$

27

 

Space

 

2

 

(1

)

(1

)

0

 

Total current

 

$

30

 

$

(30

)

$

28

 

$

27

 

Noncurrent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Workforce

 

$

430

 

$

 

$

10

 

$

440

 

Total noncurrent

 

$

430

 

$

 

$

10

 

$

440

 

 


*The other adjustments column in the table above principally includes the reclassification of noncurrent to current, remeasurement of actuarial assumptions, foreign currency translation adjustments and interest accretion.

 

The workforce accruals primarily relate to terminated employees who are no longer working for the company who were granted annual payments to supplement their incomes in certain countries. Depending on the individual country’s legal requirements, these required payments will continue until the former employee begins receiving pension benefits or passes away. The space accruals are for ongoing obligations to pay rent for vacant space that could not be sublet or space that was sublet at rates lower than the committed lease arrangement. These obligations for vacant space were settled through 2013.

 

The company employs extensive internal environmental protection programs that primarily are preventive in nature. The company also participates in environmental assessments and cleanups at a number of locations, including operating facilities, previously owned facilities and Superfund sites. The company’s maximum exposure for all environmental liabilities cannot be estimated and no amounts have been recorded for non-ARO environmental liabilities that are not probable or estimable. The total amounts accrued for non-ARO environmental liabilities, including amounts classified as current in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, that do not reflect actual or anticipated insurance recoveries, were $245 million and $229 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Estimated environmental costs are not expected to materially affect the consolidated financial position or consolidated results of the company’s operations in future periods. However, estimates of future costs are subject to change due to protracted cleanup periods and changing environmental remediation regulations.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the company was unable to estimate the range of settlement dates and the related probabilities for certain asbestos remediation AROs. These conditional AROs are primarily related to the encapsulated structural fireproofing that is not subject to abatement unless the buildings are demolished and non-encapsulated asbestos that the company would remediate only if it performed major renovations of certain existing buildings. Because these conditional obligations have indeterminate settlement dates, the company could not develop a reasonable estimate of their fair values. The company will continue to assess its ability to estimate fair values at each future reporting date. The related liability will be recognized once sufficient additional information becomes available. The total amounts accrued for ARO liabilities, including amounts classified as current in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position were $160 million and $171 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

115



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

NOTE L.

EQUITY ACTIVITY

 

The authorized capital stock of IBM consists of 4,687,500,000 shares of common stock with a $.20 per share par value, of which 1,054,390,937 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 150,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a $.01 per share par value, none of which were outstanding at December 31, 2013.

 

Stock Repurchases

 

The Board of Directors authorizes the company to repurchase IBM common stock. The company repurchased 73,121,942 common shares at a cost of $13,993 million, 61,246,371 common shares at a cost of $12,008 million and 88,683,716 common shares at a cost of $15,034 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These amounts reflect transactions executed through December 31 of each year. Actual cash disbursements for repurchased shares may differ due to varying settlement dates for these transactions. At December 31, 2013, $14,659 million of Board common stock repurchase authorization was still available. The company plans to purchase shares on the open market or in private transactions from time to time, depending on market conditions.

 

Other Stock Transactions

 

The company issued the following shares of common stock as part of its stock-based compensation plans and employees stock purchase plan: 9,961,389 shares in 2013, 15,091,320 shares in 2012, and 20,669,785 shares in 2011. The company issued 1,849,883 treasury shares in 2013, 2,746,169 treasury shares in 2012 and 4,920,198 treasury shares in 2011, as a result of RSU releases and exercises of stock options by employees of certain acquired businesses and by non-U.S. employees. Also, as part of the company’s stock-based compensation plans, 1,666,069 common shares at a cost of $336 million, 2,406,007 common shares at a cost of $468 million, and 1,717,246 common shares at a cost of $289 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were remitted by employees to the company in order to satisfy minimum statutory tax withholding requirements. These amounts are included in the treasury stock balance in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.

 

Reclassifications and Taxes Related to Items of Other Comprehensive Income

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax (Expense)/

 

Net of Tax

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Amount

 

Benefit

 

Amount

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

(1,335

)

$

(66

)

$

(1,401

)

Net changes related to available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

$

(4

)

$

2

 

$

(3

)

Reclassification of (gains)/losses to other (income) and expense

 

(8

)

2

 

(5

)

Subsequent changes in previously impaired securities arising during the period

 

4

 

(1

)

3

 

Total net changes related to available-for-sale securities

 

$

(8

)

$

3

 

$

(5

)

Unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

$

43

 

$

(15

)

$

28

 

Reclassification of (gains)/losses to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

34

 

(14

)

21

 

SG&A expense

 

(39

)

14

 

(25

)

Other (income) and expense

 

(162

)

62

 

(99

)

Interest expense

 

0

 

(0

)

0

 

Total unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

 

$

(123

)

$

47

 

$

(76

)

Retirement-related benefit plans(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service costs/(credits)

 

$

16

 

$

(0

)

$

16

 

Net (losses)/gains arising during the period

 

5,369

 

(1,974

)

3,395

 

Curtailments and settlements

 

(3

)

1

 

(2

)

Amortization of prior service (credits)/cost

 

(114

)

40

 

(75

)

Amortization of net (gains)/losses

 

3,499

 

(1,195

)

2,304

 

Total retirement-related benefit plans

 

$

8,767

 

$

(3,128

)

$

5,639

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

7,301

 

$

(3,144

)

$

4,157

 

 


(1) These AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. (See note S, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 127 to 141 for additional information.)

 

116


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax (Expense)/

 

Net of Tax

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Amount

 

Benefit

 

Amount

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

(44

)

$

10

 

$

(34

)

Net changes related to available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

$

8

 

$

(4

)

$

4

 

Reclassification of (gains)/losses to other (income) and expense

 

(42

)

17

 

(25

)

Subsequent changes in previously impaired securities arising during the period

 

20

 

(8

)

12

 

Total net changes related to available-for-sale securities

 

$

(14

)

$

5

 

$

(9

)

Unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

$

32

 

$

(27

)

$

5

 

Reclassification of (gains)/losses to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

(7

)

(6

)

(13

)

SG&A expense

 

(16

)

4

 

(12

)

Other (income) and expense

 

(237

)

91

 

(146

)

Interest expense

 

6

 

(3

)

3

 

Total unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

 

$

(220

)

$

59

 

$

(161

)

Retirement-related benefit plans(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (losses)/gains arising during the period

 

$

(7,489

)

$

2,327

 

$

(5,162

)

Curtailments and settlements

 

(2

)

0

 

(2

)

Amortization of prior service (credits)/cost

 

(148

)

59

 

(89

)

Amortization of net (gains)/losses

 

2,457

 

(874

)

1,583

 

Total retirement-related benefit plans

 

$

(5,182

)

$

1,513

 

$

(3,669

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

(5,460

)

$

1,587

 

$

(3,874

)

 


(1) These AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. (See note S, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 127 to 141 for additional information.)

 

117



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax (Expense)/

 

Net of Tax

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Amount

 

Benefit

 

Amount

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

(693

)

$

(18

)

$

(711

)

Net changes related to available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

$

(14

)

$

5

 

$

(9

)

Reclassification of (gains)/losses to other (income) and expense

 

(231

)

88

 

(143

)

Subsequent changes in previously impaired securities arising during the period

 

4

 

(1

)

3

 

Total net changes related to available-for-sale securities

 

$

(241

)

$

91

 

$

(150

)

Unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

$

(266

)

$

105

 

$

(162

)

Reclassification of (gains)/losses to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

182

 

(61

)

121

 

SG&A expense

 

75

 

(23

)

52

 

Other (income) and expense

 

247

 

(3

)

244

 

Interest expense

 

8

 

(95

)

(88

)

Total unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

 

$

245

 

$

(77

)

$

167

 

Retirement-related benefit plans(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service costs/(credits)

 

$

(28

)

$

7

 

$

(22

)

Net (losses)/gains arising during the period

 

(5,463

)

1,897

 

(3,566

)

Curtailments and settlements

 

11

 

(3

)

7

 

Amortization of prior service (credits)/cost

 

(157

)

62

 

(94

)

Amortization of net (gains)/losses

 

1,847

 

(619

)

1,227

 

Total retirement-related benefit plans

 

$

(3,790

)

$

1,343

 

$

(2,448

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

(4,479

)

$

1,339

 

$

(3,142

)

 


(1) These AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. (See note S, “Retirement-Related Benefits,” on pages 127 to 141 for additional information.)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) (net of tax)

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Change

 

Net Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

Net Unrealized

 

Foreign

 

Retirement-

 

Gains/(Losses)

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Gains/(Losses)

 

Currency

 

Related

 

on Available-

 

Other

 

 

 

on Cash Flow

 

Translation

 

Benefit

 

For-Sale

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Hedges

 

Adjustments*

 

Plans

 

Securities

 

Income/(Loss)

 

December 31, 2010

 

$

(96

)

$

2,478

 

$

(21,289

)

$

164

 

$

(18,743

)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

(162

)

(711

)

(3,581

)

(7

)

(4,461

)

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

329

 

0

 

1,133

 

(143

)

1,319

 

Total change for the period

 

167

 

(711

)

(2,448

)

(150

)

(3,142

)

December 31, 2011

 

71

 

1,767

 

(23,737

)

13

 

(21,885

)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

5

 

(34

)

(5,164

)

16

 

(5,177

)

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(167

)

0

 

1,495

 

(25

)

1,303

 

Total change for the period

 

(161

)

(34

)

(3,669

)

(9

)

(3,874

)

December 31, 2012

 

(90

)

1,733

 

(27,406

)

4

 

(25,759

)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

28

 

(1,401

)

3,409

 

0

 

2,036

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(103

)

0

 

2,229

 

(5

)

2,121

 

Total change for the period

 

(76

)

(1,401

)

5,639

 

(5

)

4,157

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

(165

)

$

332

 

$

(21,767

)

$

(1

)

$

(21,602

)

 


* Foreign currency translation adjustments are presented gross except for any associated hedges which are presented net of tax.

 

118



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

NOTE M.

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

 

Contingencies

 

As a company with a substantial employee population and with clients in more than 175 countries, IBM is involved, either as plaintiff or defendant, in a variety of ongoing claims, demands, suits, investigations, tax matters and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business. The company is a leader in the information technology industry and, as such, has been and will continue to be subject to claims challenging its IP rights and associated products and offerings, including claims of copyright and patent infringement and violations of trade secrets and other IP rights. In addition, the company enforces its own IP against infringement, through license negotiations, lawsuits or otherwise. Also, as is typical for companies of IBM’s scope and scale, the company is party to actions and proceedings in various jurisdictions involving a wide range of labor and employment issues (including matters related to contested employment decisions, country-specific labor and employment laws, and the company’s pension, retirement and other benefit plans), as well as actions with respect to contracts, product liability, securities, foreign operations, competition law and environmental matters. These actions may be commenced by a number of different parties, including competitors, clients, current or former employees, government and regulatory agencies, stockholders and representatives of the locations in which the company does business. Some of the actions to which the company is party may involve particularly complex technical issues, and some actions may raise novel questions under the laws of the various jurisdictions in which these matters arise.

 

The company records a provision with respect to a claim, suit, investigation or proceeding when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Any recorded liabilities, including any changes to such liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In accordance with the relevant accounting guidance, the company provides disclosures of matters for which the likelihood of material loss is at least reasonably possible. In addition, the company also discloses matters based on its consideration of other matters and qualitative factors, including the experience of other companies in the industry, and investor, customer and employee relations considerations.

 

With respect to certain of the claims, suits, investigations and proceedings discussed herein, the company believes at this time that the likelihood of any material loss is remote, given, for example, the procedural status, court rulings, and/or the strength of the company’s defenses in those matters. With respect to the remaining claims, suits, investigations and proceedings discussed in this note, the company is unable to provide estimates of reasonably possible losses or range of losses, including losses in excess of amounts accrued, if any, for the following reasons. Claims, suits, investigations and proceedings are inherently uncertain, and it is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of these matters. It is the company’s experience that damage amounts claimed in litigation against it are unreliable and unrelated to possible outcomes, and as such are not meaningful indicators of the company’s potential liability. Further, the company is unable to provide such an estimate due to a number of other factors with respect to these claims, suits, investigations and proceedings, including considerations of the procedural status of the matter in question, the presence of complex or novel legal theories, and/or the ongoing discovery and development of information important to the matters. The company reviews claims, suits, investigations and proceedings at least quarterly, and decisions are made with respect to recording or adjusting provisions and disclosing reasonably possible losses or range of losses (individually or in the aggregate), to reflect the impact and status of settlement discussions, discovery, procedural and substantive rulings, reviews by counsel and other information pertinent to a particular matter.

 

Whether any losses, damages or remedies finally determined in any claim, suit, investigation or proceeding could reasonably have a material effect on the company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will depend on a number of variables, including: the timing and amount of such losses or damages; the structure and type of any such remedies; the significance of the impact any such losses, damages or remedies may have in the Consolidated Financial Statements; and the unique facts and circumstances of the particular matter that may give rise to additional factors. While the company will continue to defend itself vigorously, it is possible that the company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these matters.

 

The following is a summary of the more significant legal matters involving the company.

 

The company is a defendant in an action filed on March 6, 2003 in state court in Salt Lake City, Utah by the SCO Group (SCO v. IBM). The company removed the case to Federal Court in Utah. Plaintiff is an alleged successor in interest to some of AT&T’s UNIX IP rights, and alleges copyright infringement, unfair competition, interference with contract and breach of contract with regard to the company’s distribution of AIX and Dynix and contribution of code to Linux. The company has asserted counterclaims, including breach of contract, violation of the Lanham Act, unfair competition, intentional torts, unfair and deceptive trade practices, breach of the General Public License that governs open source distributions, promissory estoppel and copyright infringement. Motions for summary judgment were heard in March 2007, and the court has not yet issued its decision. On September 14, 2007, plaintiff filed for bankruptcy protection, and all proceedings in this case were stayed. On August 25, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware approved the appointment of a Trustee of SCO. The court in another suit, the SCO Group, Inc. v. Novell, Inc., held a trial in March 2010. The jury found that Novell is the owner of UNIX and UnixWare copyrights; the judge subsequently ruled that SCO is obligated to recognize Novell’s waiver of SCO’s claims against IBM and Sequent for breach of UNIX license agreements. On August 30, 2011, the Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the district court’s ruling and denied SCO’s appeal of this matter. In June 2013, the Federal Court in Utah granted SCO’s motion to reopen the SCO v. IBM case. On July 10, 2013, the Court entered an order dismissing seven of SCO’s ten claims, specifically its breach of contract and copyright claims, and one tortious interference claim.

 

On May 13, 2010, IBM and the State of Indiana (acting on behalf of the Indiana Family and Social Services Administration) sued one another in a dispute over a 2006 contract regarding the modernization of social

 

119



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

service program processing in Indiana. The State terminated the contract, claiming that IBM was in breach, and the State is seeking damages. IBM believes the State’s claims against it are without merit and is seeking payment of termination amounts specified in the contract.  After six weeks of trial, on July 18, 2012, the Indiana Superior Court in Marion County rejected the State’s claims in their entirety and awarded IBM $52 million plus interest and costs. On February 13, 2014, the Indiana Court of Appeals reversed portions of the trial judge’s findings, found IBM in material breach, and ordered the case remanded to the trial judge to determine the State’s damages, if any.  The Indiana Court of Appeals also affirmed approximately $50 million of the trial court’s award of damages to IBM. This matter remains pending in the Indiana courts.

 

IBM United Kingdom Limited (IBM UK) initiated legal proceedings in May 2010 before the High Court in London against the IBM UK Pensions Trust (the UK Trust) and two representative beneficiaries of the UK Trust membership. IBM UK is seeking a declaration that it acted lawfully both in notifying the Trustee of the UK Trust that it was closing its UK defined benefit plans to future accruals for most participants and in implementing the company’s new retirement policy. The trial in the High Court concluded in April 2013 and the company is awaiting a ruling from the Court. In addition, IBM UK is a defendant in approximately 290 individual actions brought since early 2010 by participants of the defined benefits plans who left IBM UK. These actions, which allege constructive dismissal and age discrimination, are pending before the Employment Tribunal in Southampton UK and are currently stayed pending resolution of the above-referenced High Court proceedings.

 

In a separate but related proceeding, in March 2011, the Trustee of the IBM UK Trust was granted leave to initiate a claim before the High Court in London against IBM UK and one member of the UK Trust membership, seeking an order modifying certain documents and terms relating to retirement provisions in IBM UK’s largest defined benefit plan (the C Plan) dating back to 1983. The trial of these proceedings began in May 2012 and finished in early June. On October 12, 2012, the High Court in London issued its ruling, holding that the 1983 Trust Deeds and Rules should be modified to allow certain categories of current IBM UK employees who are members of the C Plan to retire from the age of 60 (rather than from the age of 63) without actuarial reduction of their defined benefit pension. In a supplementary ruling on December 13, 2012, the Court declined to similarly modify the Trust Deeds and Rules for former employees who were C Plan members and who left the company prior to retirement. On February 7, 2013, the Court issued an order agreed to by all parties, under which there will be no appeals of the October 2012 and December 2012 judgments. As a result of the October 2012 ruling, IBM recorded an additional pre-tax retirement-related obligation of $162 million in the third quarter of 2012.

 

In March 2011, the company announced that it had agreed to settle a civil enforcement action with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) relating to activities by employees of IBM Korea, LG IBM, IBM (China) Investment Company Limited and IBM Global Services (China) Co., Ltd., during the period from 1998 through 2009, allegedly in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. As part of that settlement, IBM consented to the entry of a judgment relating to the books and records and internal control provisions of the securities laws, and also agreed to pay a total of $10 million, categorized by the SEC as follows: (i) $5.3 million, representing profits gained as a result of the conduct alleged in the SEC’s complaint, (ii) prejudgment interest on that amount of $2.7 million, and (iii) a civil penalty of $2 million. On July 25, 2013, the court approved that 2011 settlement and required that for a two-year period IBM make reports to the SEC and the court on certain matters, including those relating to compliance with the FCPA. In early 2012, IBM notified the SEC of an investigation by the Polish Central Anti-Corruption Bureau involving allegations of illegal activity by a former IBM Poland employee in connection with sales to the Polish government. IBM is cooperating with the SEC and Polish authorities in this matter. In April 2013, IBM learned that the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) is also investigating allegations related to the Poland matter, as well as allegations relating to transactions in Argentina, Bangladesh and Ukraine. The DOJ is also seeking information regarding the company’s global FCPA compliance program and its public sector business. The company is cooperating with the DOJ in this matter.

 

In May 2013, IBM learned that the SEC is conducting an investigation into how IBM reports cloud revenue. IBM is cooperating with the SEC in this matter.

 

In December 2013, a putative class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York related to the company’s third-quarter 2013 financial results disclosure. The company, its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and a former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the company are named as defendants. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated Section 20(a) and Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rule 10b-5 thereunder.

 

The company is a defendant in numerous actions filed after January 1, 2008 in the Supreme Court for the State of New York, county of Broome, on behalf of hundreds of plaintiffs. The complaints allege numerous and different causes of action, including for negligence and recklessness, private nuisance and trespass. Plaintiffs in these cases seek medical monitoring and claim damages in unspecified amounts for a variety of personal injuries and property damages allegedly arising out of the presence of ground-water contamination and vapor intrusion of groundwater contaminants into certain structures in which plaintiffs reside or resided, or conducted business, allegedly resulting from the release of chemicals into the environment by the company at its former manufacturing and development facility in Endicott. These complaints also seek punitive damages in an unspecified amount.

 

The company is party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by U.S. federal or state environmental agencies under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), known as “Superfund,” or laws similar to CERCLA. Such statutes require potentially responsible parties to participate in remediation activities regardless of fault or ownership of sites. The company is also conducting environmental investigations, assessments or remediations at or in the vicinity of several current or former operating sites globally pursuant to permits, administrative orders or agreements with country, state or local environmental agencies, and is involved in lawsuits and claims concerning certain current or former operating sites.

 

The company is also subject to ongoing tax examinations and governmental assessments in various jurisdictions. Along with many

 

120



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

other U.S. companies doing business in Brazil, the company is involved in various challenges with Brazilian authorities regarding non-income tax assessments and non-income tax litigation matters. These matters include claims for taxes on the importation of computer software. In November 2008, the company won a significant case in the Superior Chamber of the federal administrative tax court in Brazil, and in late July 2009, the company received written confirmation regarding this decision. The total potential amount related to the remaining matters for all applicable years is approximately $700 million. The company believes it will prevail on these matters and that this amount is not a meaningful indicator of liability.

 

Commitments

 

The company’s extended lines of credit to third-party entities include unused amounts of $5,028 million and $4,719 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A portion of these amounts was available to the company’s business partners to support their working capital needs. In addition, the company has committed to provide future financing to its clients in connection with client purchase agreements for approximately $1,769 million and $1,513 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The company has applied the guidance requiring a guarantor to disclose certain types of guarantees, even if the likelihood of requiring the guarantor’s performance is remote. The following is a description of arrangements in which the company is the guarantor.

 

The company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in the context of contracts entered into by the company, under which the company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants related to such matters as title to assets sold, certain IP rights, specified environmental matters, third-party performance of nonfinancial contractual obligations and certain income taxes. In each of these circumstances, payment by the company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, the procedures of which typically allow the company to challenge the other party’s claims. While typically indemnification provisions do not include a contractual maximum on the company’s payment, the company’s obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of time and/or nature of claim, and in some instances, the company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the company.

 

It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature of the company’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the company under these agreements have not had a material effect on the company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

In addition, the company guarantees certain loans and financial commitments. The maximum potential future payment under these financial guarantees was $44 million and $65 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of the guarantees recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is not material.

 

NOTE N.

TAXES

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. operations

 

$

6,857

 

$

9,668

 

$

9,716

 

Non-U.S. operations

 

12,667

 

12,234

 

11,287

 

Total income before income taxes

 

$

19,524

 

$

21,902

 

$

21,003

 

 

The provision for income taxes by geographic operations is as follows:

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

U.S. operations

 

$

993

 

$

2,582

 

$

2,141

 

Non-U.S. operations

 

2,048

 

2,716

 

3,007

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

3,041

 

$

5,298

 

$

5,148

 

 

The components of the provision for income taxes by taxing jurisdiction are as follows:

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

U.S. federal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

1,406

 

$

1,361

 

$

268

 

Deferred

 

(652

)

403

 

909

 

 

 

754

 

1,764

 

1,177

 

U.S. state and local

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

178

 

134

 

429

 

Deferred

 

(321

)

289

 

81

 

 

 

(143

)

423

 

510

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

3,067

 

3,006

 

3,239

 

Deferred

 

(637

)

105

 

222

 

 

 

2,430

 

3,111

 

3,461

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

3,041

 

5,298

 

5,148

 

Provision for social security, real estate, personal property and other taxes

 

4,198

 

4,331

 

4,289

 

Total taxes included in net income

 

$

7,239

 

$

9,629

 

$

9,437

 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to the company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013*

 

2012*

 

2011*

 

Statutory rate

 

35

%

35

%

35

%

Foreign tax differential

 

(14

)

(11

)

(10

)

State and local

 

(0

)

1

 

2

 

Domestic incentives

 

(3

)

(1

)

(1

)

Other

 

(2

)

(0

)

(1

)

Effective rate

 

16

%

24

%

25

%

 


* Percentages rounded for disclosure purposes.

 

121



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The significant components reflected within the tax rate reconciliation above labeled “Foreign tax differential” include the effects of foreign subsidiaries’ earnings taxed at rates other than the U.S. statutory rate, foreign export incentives, the U.S. tax impacts of non-U.S. earnings repatriation and any net impacts of intercompany transactions. These items also reflect audit settlements or changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits associated with each of these items.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) concluded its examination of the company’s income tax returns for 2008 through 2010 and issued a final Revenue Agent Report (RAR). The company agreed with all of the adjustments. The company has redetermined its unrecognized tax benefits, including similar items in open tax years, based on the agreed adjustments in the RAR and associated information and analysis.

 

The 2013 effective tax rate benefitted by 11.5 points from the completion of the IRS examination discussed above including associated reserve redeterminations. In addition, the effective tax rate also benefitted from the company’s geographic mix of pre-tax income and incentives, the impact of foreign tax credits, benefits realized during the year related to the American Taxpayer Relief Act, a favorable tax agreement which required a reassessment of certain valuation allowances on deferred taxes and certain non-U.S. audit settlements.

 

These benefits were partially offset by 2013 tax charges related to certain intercompany payments made by foreign subsidiaries and the tax costs associated with the intercompany licensing of certain IP.

 

The effect of tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on the company’s effective tax rate.

 

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities that are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position were as follows:

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012*

 

Retirement benefits

 

$

3,704

 

$

5,870

 

Share-based and other compensation

 

1,262

 

1,666

 

Domestic tax loss/credit carryforwards

 

982

 

954

 

Deferred income

 

964

 

1,018

 

Foreign tax loss/credit carryforwards

 

651

 

681

 

Bad debt, inventory and warranty reserves

 

592

 

586

 

Depreciation

 

382

 

456

 

Other

 

1,774

 

1,659

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

10,311

 

12,890

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

734

 

1,187

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

9,577

 

$

11,703

 

 


* Reclassified to conform with 2013 presentation.

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012*

 

Depreciation

 

$

1,346

 

$

1,378

 

Retirement benefits

 

1,219

 

257

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

1,173

 

957

 

Leases

 

1,119

 

2,216

 

Software development costs

 

558

 

542

 

Deferred transition costs

 

424

 

440

 

Other

 

841

 

993

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

$

6,680

 

$

6,783

 

 


* Reclassified to conform with 2013 presentation.

 

For income tax return purposes, the company has foreign and domestic loss carryforwards, the tax effect of which is $626 million, as well as domestic and foreign credit carryforwards of $1,007 million. Substantially all of these carryforwards are available for at least two years or are available for 10 years or more.

 

The valuation allowance at December 31, 2013 principally applies to certain foreign, state and local loss carryforwards that, in the opinion of management, are more likely than not to expire unutilized. However, to the extent that tax benefits related to these carry-forwards are realized in the future, the reduction in the valuation allowance will reduce income tax expense.

 

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 decreased by $1,214 million in 2013 to $4,458 million. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

5,672

 

$

5,575

 

$

5,293

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

829

 

401

 

672

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

417

 

215

 

379

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years (including impacts due to a lapse in statute)

 

(2,201

)

(425

)

(538

)

Settlements

 

(259

)

(94

)

(231

)

Balance at December 31

 

$

4,458

 

$

5,672

 

$

5,575

 

 

The additions to unrecognized tax benefits related to the current and prior years are primarily attributable to non-U.S. issues, certain tax incentives and credits, acquisition-related matters and state issues. The settlements and reductions to unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions of prior years are primarily attributable to the completion of the IRS examination for 2008-2010, non-U.S. audits and impacts due to lapses in statutes of limitation.

 

In April 2010, the company appealed the determination of a non-U.S. taxing authority with respect to certain foreign tax losses. The tax benefit of these losses totals $1,141 million as of December 31, 2013. The 2013 decrease was driven by currency

 

122



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

and has been included in the 2013 reductions for tax positions of prior years. In April 2011, the company received notification that the appeal was denied. In June 2011, the company filed a lawsuit challenging this decision. The company filed its latest brief in December 2013. No final determination has been reached on this matter.

 

The liability at December 31, 2013 of $4,458 million can be reduced by $556 million of offsetting tax benefits associated with the correlative effects of potential transfer pricing adjustments, state income taxes and timing adjustments. The net amount of $3,902 million, if recognized, would favorably affect the company’s effective tax rate. The net amounts at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $5,099 million and $5,090 million, respectively.

 

Interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities are included in income tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the company recognized a $93 million benefit in interest expense and penalties; in 2012, the company recognized $134 million in interest expense and penalties, and in 2011, the company recognized $129 million in interest expense and penalties. The company has $417 million for the payment of interest and penalties accrued at December 31, 2013, and had $533 million accrued at December 31, 2012.

 

Within the next 12 months, the company believes it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits associated with certain positions may be reduced. The company expects that certain foreign and state issues may be concluded in the next 12 months. The company estimates that the unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 could be reduced by approximately $101 million.

 

The company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state and foreign jurisdictions. With respect to major U.S. state and foreign taxing jurisdictions, the company is generally no longer subject to tax examinations for years prior to 2008. The company is no longer subject to income tax examination of its U.S. federal tax return for years prior to 2011. The open years contain matters that could be subject to differing interpretations of applicable tax laws and regulations related to the amount and/or timing of income, deductions and tax credits. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, the company believes that adequate amounts of tax and interest have been provided for any adjustments that are expected to result for these years.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the company received a draft tax assessment notice for approximately $866 million from the Indian Tax Authorities for 2009. The company believes it will prevail on these matters and that this amount is not a meaningful indicator of liability. At December 31, 2013, the company has recorded $433 million as prepaid income taxes in India. A significant portion of this balance represents cash tax deposits paid over time to protect the company’s right to appeal various income tax assessments made by the Indian Tax Authorities.

 

The company has not provided deferred taxes on $52.3 billion of undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries at December 31, 2013, as it is the company’s policy to indefinitely reinvest these earnings in non-U.S. operations. However, the company periodically repatriates a portion of these earnings to the extent that it does not incur an additional U.S. tax liability. Quantification of the deferred tax liability, if any, associated with indefinitely reinvested earnings is not practicable.

 

NOTE O.

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING

 

RD&E expense was $6,226 million in 2013, $6,302 million in 2012 and $6,258 million in 2011.

 

The company incurred expense of $5,959 million, $6,034 million and $5,990 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for scientific research and the application of scientific advances to the development of new and improved products and their uses, as well as services and their application. Within these amounts, software-related expense was $3,077 million, $3,078 million and $3,097 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Expense for product-related engineering was $267 million, $268 million and $267 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

NOTE P.

EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

 

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock.

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Weighted-average number of shares on which earnings per share calculations are based

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

1,094,486,604

 

1,142,508,521

 

1,196,951,006

 

Add—incremental shares under stock-based compensation plans

 

6,751,240

 

10,868,426

 

14,241,131

 

Add—incremental shares associated with contingently issuable shares

 

1,804,313

 

2,072,370

 

2,575,848

 

Assuming dilution

 

1,103,042,156

 

1,155,449,317

 

1,213,767,985

 

Net income on which basic earnings per share is calculated

 

$

16,483

 

$

16,604

 

$

15,855

 

Less—net income applicable to contingently issuable shares

 

(1

)

(1

)

0

 

Net income on which diluted earnings per share is calculated

 

$

16,483

 

$

16,603

 

$

15,855

 

Earnings/(loss) per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

14.94

 

$

14.37

 

$

13.06

 

Basic

 

$

15.06

 

$

14.53

 

$

13.25

 

 

123



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Weighted-average stock options to purchase 8,797 common shares in 2013 were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the options was greater than the average market price of the common shares for the full year, and therefore, the effect would have been antidilutive. There were no stock options outstanding in 2012 and 2011 that were considered antidilutive and not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation.

 

NOTE Q.

RENTAL EXPENSE AND LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

Rental expense, including amounts charged to inventories and fixed assets, and excluding amounts previously reserved, was $1,759 million in 2013, $1,767 million in 2012 and $1,836 million in 2011. Rental expense in agreements with rent holidays and scheduled rent increases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Contingent rentals are included in the determination of rental expense as accruable. The table below depicts gross minimum rental commitments under noncancelable leases, amounts related to vacant space associated with infrastructure reductions, sublease income commitments and capital lease commitments. These amounts reflect activities primarily related to office space, as well as manufacturing facilities.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

Beyond 2018

 

Operating lease commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross minimum rental commitments (including vacant space below)

 

$

1,492

 

$

1,286

 

$

1,016

 

$

799

 

$

620

 

$

778

 

Vacant space

 

$

24

 

$

16

 

$

6

 

$

4

 

$

1

 

$

0

 

Sublease income commitments

 

$

22

 

$

16

 

$

14

 

$

9

 

$

4

 

$

7

 

Capital lease commitments

 

$

16

 

$

12

 

$

13

 

$

3

 

$

9

 

$

5

 

 

NOTE R.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized over the employee requisite service period. See note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on page 90 for additional information.

 

The following table presents total stock-based compensation cost included in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Cost

 

$

122

 

$

132

 

$

120

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

435

 

498

 

514

 

Research, development and engineering

 

57

 

59

 

62

 

Other (income) and expense

 

 

(1

)

 

Pre-tax stock-based compensation cost

 

614

 

688

 

697

 

Income tax benefits

 

(213

)

(240

)

(246

)

Total stock-based compensation cost

 

$

402

 

$

448

 

$

450

 

 

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested awards at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $995 million and $1,101 million, respectively. The amount at December 31, 2013 is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately three years.

 

There was no significant capitalized stock-based compensation cost at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

Incentive Awards

 

Stock-based incentive awards are provided to employees under the terms of the company’s long-term performance plans (the “Plans”). The Plans are administered by the Executive Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”). Awards available under the Plans principally include stock options, restricted stock units, performance share units or any combination thereof.

 

The amount of shares originally authorized to be issued under the company’s existing Plans was 274.1 million at December 31, 2013. In addition, certain incentive awards granted under previous plans, if and when those awards were canceled, could be reissued under the company’s existing Plans. As such, 66.2 million additional awards were considered authorized to be issued under the company’s existing Plans as of December 31, 2013. There were 118.6 million unused shares available to be granted under the Plans as of December 31, 2013.

 

Under the company’s long-standing practices and policies, all awards are approved prior to or on the date of grant. The awards approval process specifies the individual receiving the grant, the number of options or the value of the award, the exercise price or formula for determining the exercise price and the date of grant. All awards for senior management are approved by the Committee. All awards for employees other than senior management are approved by senior management pursuant to a series of delegations that were approved by the Committee, and the grants made pursuant to these delegations are reviewed periodically with the Committee. Awards that are given as part of annual total compensation for senior management and other employees are made on specific cycle dates scheduled in advance. With respect to awards given in connection with promotions or new hires, the company’s policy requires approval of such awards prior to the grant date, which is typically the date of the promotion or the date of hire.

 

124


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Stock Options

 

Stock options are awards which allow the employee to purchase shares of the company’s stock at a fixed price. Stock options are granted at an exercise price equal to the company’s average high and low stock price on the date of grant. These awards, which generally vest 25 percent per year, are fully vested four years from the date of grant and have a contractual term of 10 years.

 

The company estimates the fair value of stock options at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Key inputs and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the grant price of the award, the expected option term, volatility of the company’s stock, the risk-free rate and the company’s dividend yield. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by the company.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the company did not grant stock options.

 

The following table summarizes option activity under the Plans during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Number of

 

Weighted-

 

Number of

 

Weighted-

 

Number of

 

 

 

Average

 

Shares

 

Average

 

Shares

 

Average

 

Shares

 

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Under Option

 

Exercise Price

 

Under Option

 

Exercise Price

 

Under Option

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

94

 

11,389,721

 

$

90

 

20,662,322

 

$

94

 

39,197,728

 

Options exercised

 

90

 

(5,585,127

)

86

 

(9,080,170

)

98

 

(18,144,309

)

Options canceled/expired

 

86

 

(181,643

)

75

 

(192,431

)

107

 

(391,097

)

Balance at December 31

 

$

97

 

5,622,951

 

$

94

 

11,389,721

 

$

90

 

20,662,322

 

Exercisable at December 31

 

$

97

 

5,622,951

 

$

94

 

11,389,721

 

$

90

 

20,662,322

 

 

The shares under option at December 31, 2013 were in the following exercise price ranges:

 

 

 

Options Outstanding and Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Number of

 

Aggregate

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Average

 

Shares

 

Intrinsic

 

Contractual Life

 

Exercise Price Range

 

Exercise Price

 

Under Option

 

Value

 

(in Years)

 

$85 and under

 

$

82

 

468,427

 

$

49,244,658

 

2.1

 

$86–$105

 

98

 

4,908,689

 

440,012,196

 

1.1

 

$106 and over

 

106

 

245,835

 

20,055,475

 

0.2

 

 

 

$

97

 

5,622,951

 

$

509,312,330

 

1.1

 

 

In connection with various acquisition transactions, there was an additional 0.6 million stock-based awards, consisting of stock options and restricted stock units, outstanding at December 31, 2013, as a result of the company’s assumption of stock-based awards previously granted by the acquired entities. The weighted-average exercise price of these awards was $67 per share.

 

Exercises of Employee Stock Options

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $614 million, $1,005 million and $1,269 million, respectively. The total cash received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $505 million, $785 million and $1,786 million, respectively. In connection with these exercises, the tax benefits realized by the company for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $199 million, $341 million and $412 million, respectively.

 

The company settles employee stock option exercises primarily with newly issued common shares and, occasionally, with treasury shares. Total treasury shares held at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were approximately 1,153 million and 1,080 million shares, respectively.

 

Stock Awards

 

In lieu of stock options, the company currently grants its employees stock awards. These awards are made in the form of Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), including Retention Restricted Stock Units (RRSUs), or Performance Share Units (PSUs).

 

125



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The tables below summarize RSU and PSU activity under the Plans during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

RSUs

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Number

 

Average

 

Number

 

Average

 

Number

 

 

 

Grant Price

 

of Units

 

Grant Price

 

of Units

 

Grant Price

 

of Units

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

148

 

9,841,461

 

$

129

 

12,218,601

 

$

110

 

11,196,446

 

RSUs granted

 

189

 

2,541,081

 

184

 

2,635,772

 

154

 

5,196,802

 

RSUs released

 

131

 

(2,952,363

)

117

 

(4,338,787

)

106

 

(3,508,700

)

RSUs canceled/forfeited

 

154

 

(794,862

)

139

 

(674,125

)

122

 

(665,947

)

Balance at December 31

 

$

166

 

8,635,317

 

$

148

 

9,841,461

 

$

129

 

12,218,601

 

 

PSUs

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Number

 

Average

 

Number

 

Average

 

Number

 

 

 

Grant Price

 

of Units

 

Grant Price

 

of Units

 

Grant Price

 

of Units

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

151

 

3,172,201

 

$

122

 

3,686,991

 

$

111

 

3,649,288

 

PSUs granted at target

 

195

 

869,875

 

185

 

1,004,003

 

154

 

1,055,687

 

Additional shares earned above target*

 

118

 

152,069

 

102

 

550,399

 

118

 

230,524

 

PSUs released

 

118

 

(1,321,784

)

102

 

(1,998,746

)

118

 

(1,189,765

)

PSUs canceled/forfeited

 

170

 

(48,067

)

131

 

(70,446

)

118

 

(58,743

)

Balance at December 31**

 

$

178

 

2,824,294

 

$

151

 

3,172,201

 

$

122

 

3,686,991

 

 


*                  Represents additional shares issued to employees after vesting of PSUs because final performance metrics exceeded specified targets.

**           Represents the number of shares expected to be issued based on achievement of grant date performance targets. The actual number of shares issued depends on the company’s performance against specified targets over the vesting period.

 

RSUs are stock awards granted to employees that entitle the holder to shares of common stock as the award vests, typically over a one- to five-year period. For RSUs, dividend equivalents are not paid. The fair value of such RSUs is determined and fixed on the grant date based on the company’s stock price adjusted for the exclusion of dividend equivalents.

 

The remaining weighted-average contractual term of RSUs at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is the same as the period over which the remaining cost of the awards will be recognized, which is approximately three years. The fair value of RSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $481 million, $486 million and $803 million, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested and released during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $386 million, $509 million and $373 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was $871 million, $938 million and $1,021 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs. The company received no cash from employees as a result of employee vesting and release of RSUs for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. In the second quarter of 2011, the company granted equity awards valued at approximately $1 thousand each to about 400,000 non-executive employees. These awards were made under the Plans and vest in December 2015.

 

PSUs are stock awards where the number of shares ultimately received by the employee depends on the company’s performance against specified targets and typically vest over a three-year period. For PSUs, dividend equivalents are not paid. The fair value of each PSU is determined on the grant date, based on the company’s stock price, adjusted for the exclusion of dividend equivalents, and assumes that performance targets will be achieved. Over the performance period, the number of shares of stock that will be issued is adjusted upward or downward based upon the probability of achievement of performance targets. The ultimate number of shares issued and the related compensation cost recognized as expense will be based on a comparison of the final performance metrics to the specified targets. The fair value of PSUs granted at target during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $170 million, $186 million and $165 million, respectively. Total fair value of PSUs vested and released during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $156 million, $203 million and $141 million, respectively.

 

In connection with vesting and release of RSUs and PSUs, the tax benefits realized by the company for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $312 million, $454 million and $283 million, respectively.

 

126



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

IBM Employees Stock Purchase Plan

 

The company maintains a non-compensatory Employees Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The ESPP enables eligible participants to purchase full or fractional shares of IBM common stock at a 5 percent discount off the average market price on the day of purchase through payroll deductions of up to 10 percent of eligible compensation. Eligible compensation includes any compensation received by the employee during the year. The ESPP provides for offering periods during which shares may be purchased and continues as long as shares remain available under the ESPP, unless terminated earlier at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Individual ESPP participants are restricted from purchasing more than $25,000 of common stock in one calendar year or 1,000 shares in an offering period.

 

Employees purchased 1.5 million, 1.6 million and 1.9 million shares under the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Cash dividends declared and paid by the company on its common stock also include cash dividends on the company stock purchased through the ESPP. Dividends are paid on full and fractional shares and can be reinvested in the ESPP. The company stock purchased through the ESPP is considered outstanding and is included in the weighted-average outstanding shares for purposes of computing basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

Approximately 2.3 million, 3.8 million and 5.4 million shares were available for purchase under the ESPP at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

NOTE S.

RETIREMENT-RELATED BENEFITS

 

Description of Plans

 

IBM sponsors defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans that cover substantially all regular employees, a supplemental retention plan that covers certain U.S. executives and nonpension postretirement benefit plans primarily consisting of retiree medical and dental benefits for eligible retirees and dependents.

 

U.S. Plans

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

IBM Personal Pension Plan

 

IBM provides U.S. regular, full-time and part-time employees hired prior to January 1, 2005 with noncontributory defined benefit pension benefits via the IBM Personal Pension Plan. Prior to 2008, the IBM Personal Pension Plan consisted of a tax qualified (qualified) plan and a non-tax qualified (nonqualified) plan. Effective January 1, 2008, the nonqualified plan was renamed the Excess Personal Pension Plan (Excess PPP) and the qualified plan is now referred to as the Qualified PPP. The combined plan is now referred to as the PPP. The Qualified PPP is funded by company contributions to an irrevocable trust fund, which is held for the sole benefit of participants and beneficiaries. The Excess PPP, which is unfunded, provides benefits in excess of IRS limitations for qualified plans.

 

Benefits provided to the PPP participants are calculated using benefit formulas that vary based on the participant. The first method uses a five-year, final pay formula that determines benefits based on salary, years of service, mortality and other participant-specific factors. The second method is a cash balance formula that calculates benefits using a percentage of employees’ annual salary, as well as an interest crediting rate.

 

Benefit accruals under the IBM Personal Pension Plan ceased December 31, 2007 for all participants.

 

U.S. Supplemental Executive Retention Plan

 

The company also sponsors a nonqualified U.S. Supplemental Executive Retention Plan (Retention Plan). The Retention Plan, which is unfunded, provides benefits to eligible U.S. executives based on average earnings, years of service and age at termination of employment.

 

Benefit accruals under the Retention Plan ceased December 31, 2007 for all participants.

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

IBM 401(k) Plus Plan

 

U.S. regular, full-time and part-time employees are eligible to participate in the IBM 401(k) Plus Plan, which is a qualified defined contribution plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Effective January 1, 2008, under the IBM 401(k) Plus Plan, eligible employees receive a dollar-for-dollar match of their contributions up to 6 percent of eligible compensation for those hired prior to January 1, 2005, and, generally up to 5 percent of eligible compensation for those hired on or after January 1, 2005. In addition, eligible employees receive automatic contributions from the company equal to 1, 2 or 4 percent of eligible compensation based on their eligibility to participate in the PPP as of December 31, 2007. Employees generally receive automatic contributions and matching contributions after the completion of one year of service. Further, through June 30, 2009, IBM contributed transition credits to eligible participants’ 401(k) Plus Plan accounts. The amount of the transition credits was based on a participant’s age and service as of June 30, 1999.

 

The company’s matching contributions vest immediately and participants are always fully vested in their own contributions. All contributions, including the company match, are made in cash and invested in accordance with participants’ investment elections. There are no minimum amounts that must be invested in company stock, and there are no restrictions on transferring amounts out of company stock to another investment choice, other than excessive trading rules applicable to such investments. Effective January 1, 2013, matching and automatic contributions are made once annually at the end of the year. In order to receive such contributions each year, a participant must be employed on December 15 of the plan year. However, if a participant separates from service prior to December 15, and has completed certain service and/or age requirements, then the participant will be eligible to receive such matching and automatic contributions following separation from service.

 

127



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

IBM Excess 401(k) Plus Plan

 

Effective January 1, 2008, the company replaced the IBM Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, an unfunded, nonqualified, defined contribution plan, with the IBM Excess 401(k) Plus Plan (Excess 401(k)), an unfunded, nonqualified defined contribution plan. Employees who are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plus Plan and whose eligible compensation is expected to exceed the IRS compensation limit for qualified plans are eligible to participate in the Excess 401(k). The purpose of the Excess 401(k) is to provide benefits that would be provided under the qualified IBM 401(k) Plus Plan if the compensation limits did not apply.

 

Amounts deferred into the Excess 401(k) are record-keeping (notional) accounts and are not held in trust for the participants. Participants in the Excess 401(k) may invest their notional accounts in investments which mirror the primary investment options available under the 401(k) Plus Plan. Participants in the Excess 401(k) are also eligible to receive company match and automatic contributions on eligible compensation deferred into the Excess 401(k) and on compensation earned in excess of the Internal Revenue Code pay limit once they have completed one year of service. Through June 30, 2009, eligible participants also received transition credits. Amounts deferred into the Excess 401(k), including company contributions are recorded as liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Effective January 1, 2013, matching and automatic contributions are recorded once annually at the end of the year. In order to receive such contributions each year, a participant must be employed on December 15 of the plan year. However, if a participant separates from service prior to December 15, and has completed certain service and/or age requirements, then the participant will be eligible to receive such matching and automatic contributions following separation from service.

 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plan

 

U.S. Nonpension Postretirement Plan

 

The company sponsors a defined benefit nonpension postretirement benefit plan that provides medical and dental benefits to eligible U.S. retirees and eligible dependents, as well as life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees. Effective July 1, 1999, the company established a Future Health Account (FHA) for employees who were more than five years from retirement eligibility. Employees who were within five years of retirement eligibility are covered under the company’s prior retiree health benefits arrangements. Under either the FHA or the prior retiree health benefit arrangements, there is a maximum cost to the company for retiree health benefits. Effective January 1, 2014, the company amended the plan to establish a Health Reimbursement Arrangement (HRA) for each Medicare-eligible plan retiree, surviving spouse and long-term disability plan participant who is eligible for company subsidized coverage and who enrolls in an individual plan under the Medicare Exchange. The company also amended its life insurance plan. Employees retiring on or after January 1, 2015, will no longer be eligible for life insurance. Existing retirees and employees retiring during 2014 continue to be eligible for retiree life insurance.

 

Since January 1, 2004, new hires, as of that date or later, are not eligible for company subsidized nonpension postretirement benefits.

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

Certain subsidiaries and branches outside the United States sponsor defined benefit and/or defined contribution plans that cover substantially all regular employees. The company deposits funds under various fiduciary-type arrangements, purchases annuities under group contracts or provides reserves for these plans. Benefits under the defined benefit plans are typically based either on years of service and the employee’s compensation (generally during a fixed number of years immediately before retirement) or on annual credits. The range of assumptions that are used for the non-U.S. defined benefit plans reflect the different economic environments within the various countries.

 

In addition, certain of the company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor nonpension postretirement benefit plans that provide medical and dental benefits to eligible non-U.S. retirees and eligible dependents, as well as life insurance for certain eligible non-U.S. retirees. However, most non-U.S. retirees are covered by local government-sponsored and -administered programs.

 

128



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Plan Financial Information

 

Summary of Financial Information

 

The following table presents a summary of the total retirement-related benefits net periodic (income)/cost recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

Total

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Defined benefit pension plans

 

$

(223

)

$

(526

)

$

(774

)

$

1,396

 

$

1,040

 

$

734

 

$

1,173

 

$

515

 

$

(40

)

Retention Plan

 

21

 

18

 

15

 

 

 

 

21

 

18

 

15

 

Total defined benefit pension plans (income)/cost

 

$

(202

)

$

(507

)

$

(759

)

$

1,396

 

$

1,040

 

$

734

 

$

1,195

 

$

533

 

$

(25

)

IBM 401(k) Plus Plan and non-U.S. plans

 

$

785

 

$

857

 

$

875

 

$

575

 

$

621

 

$

608

 

$

1,361

 

$

1,478

 

$

1,483

 

Excess 401(k)

 

24

 

29

 

30

 

 

 

 

24

 

29

 

30

 

Total defined contribution plans cost

 

$

809

 

$

885

 

$

905

 

$

575

 

$

621

 

$

608

 

$

1,384

 

$

1,506

 

$

1,513

 

Nonpension postretirement benefit plans cost

 

$

218

 

$

268

 

$

269

 

$

79

 

$

82

 

$

76

 

$

298

 

$

350

 

$

345

 

Total retirement-related benefits net periodic cost

 

$

826

 

$

646

 

$

415

 

$

2,051

 

$

1,743

 

$

1,418

 

$

2,876

 

$

2,389

 

$

1,832

 

 

The following table presents a summary of the total PBO for defined benefit pension plans, APBO for nonpension postretirement benefit plans, fair value of plan assets and the associated funded status recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Benefit Obligations

 

Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

Funded Status*

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

U.S. Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overfunded plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Qualified PPP

 

$

49,315

 

$

 

$

53,954

 

$

 

$

4,639

 

$

 

Underfunded plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Qualified PPP

 

$

 

$

54,907

 

$

 

$

53,630

 

$

 

$

(1,277

)

Excess PPP

 

1,425

 

1,576

 

 

 

(1,425

)

(1,576

)

Retention Plan

 

294

 

327

 

 

 

(294

)

(327

)

Nonpension postretirement benefit plan

 

4,633

 

5,282

 

177

 

433

 

(4,456

)

(4,849

)

Total underfunded U.S. plans

 

$

6,352

 

$

62,092

 

$

177

 

$

54,063

 

$

(6,175

)

$

(8,029

)

Non-U.S. Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overfunded plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Qualified defined benefit pension plans

 

$

9,336

 

$

6,944

 

$

10,240

 

$

7,889

 

$

904

 

$

945

 

Nonpension postretirement benefit plans

 

10

 

12

 

11

 

12

 

1

 

0

 

Total overfunded non-U.S. plans

 

$

9,346

 

$

6,956

 

$

10,251

 

$

7,901

 

$

905

 

$

945

 

Underfunded plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Qualified defined benefit pension plans

 

$

32,697

 

$

35,956

 

$

29,223

 

$

30,169

 

$

(3,474

)

$

(5,788

)

Nonqualified defined benefit pension plans

 

6,587

 

6,418

 

 

 

(6,587

)

(6,418

)

Nonpension postretirement benefit plans

 

822

 

1,007

 

81

 

107

 

(741

)

(900

)

Total underfunded non-U.S. plans

 

$

40,106

 

$

43,381

 

$

29,304

 

$

30,276

 

$

(10,802

)

$

(13,106

)

Total overfunded plans

 

$

58,661

 

$

6,956

 

$

64,205

 

$

7,901

 

$

5,544

 

$

945

 

Total underfunded plans

 

$

46,458

 

$

105,473

 

$

29,481

 

$

84,338

 

$

(16,977

)

$

(21,134

)

 


* Funded status is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as follows: Asset amounts as prepaid pension assets; (Liability) amounts as compensation and benefits (current liability) and retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations (noncurrent liability).

 

At December 31, 2013, the company’s qualified defined benefit pension plans worldwide were 102 percent funded compared to the benefit obligations, with the U.S. Qualified PPP 109 percent funded. Overall, including nonqualifed plans, the company’s defined benefit pension plans were 94 percent funded.

 

129



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Defined Benefit Pension and Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plan Financial Information

 

The following tables through page 132 represent financial information for the company’s retirement-related benefit plans, excluding defined contribution plans. The defined benefit pension plans under U.S. Plans consists of the Qualified PPP, the Excess PPP and the Retention Plan. The defined benefit pension plans and the nonpension postretirement benefit plans under Non-U.S. Plans consists of all plans sponsored by the company’s subsidiaries. The nonpension postretirement benefit plan under U.S. Plan consists of only the U.S. Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plan.

 

The tables below present the components of net periodic (income)/ cost of the retirement-related benefit plans recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings, excluding defined contribution plans.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Service cost

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

501

 

$

443

 

$

505

 

Interest cost

 

1,980

 

2,196

 

2,456

 

1,524

 

1,779

 

1,843

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(3,981

)

(4,043

)

(4,043

)

(2,195

)

(2,303

)

(2,521

)

Amortization of transition assets

 

 

 

 

0

 

(0

)

(0

)

Amortization of prior service costs/(credits)

 

10

 

10

 

10

 

(119

)

(154

)

(162

)

Recognized actuarial losses

 

1,790

 

1,331

 

818

 

1,600

 

1,027

 

957

 

Curtailments and settlements

 

 

 

 

0

 

0

 

1

 

Multi-employer plans/other costs*

 

 

 

 

85

 

247

 

111

 

Total net periodic (income)/cost

 

$

(202

)

$

(507

)

$

(759

)

$

1,396

 

$

1,040

 

$

734

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

 

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Service cost

 

$

35

 

$

36

 

$

33

 

$

10

 

$

14

 

$

11

 

Interest cost

 

164

 

200

 

236

 

60

 

64

 

67

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(1

)

 

 

(9

)

(9

)

(10

)

Amortization of transition assets

 

 

 

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Amortization of prior service costs/(credits)

 

 

 

 

(5

)

(4

)

(4

)

Recognized actuarial losses

 

21

 

32

 

 

23

 

17

 

13

 

Curtailments and settlements

 

 

 

 

0

 

0

 

 

Total net periodic cost

 

$

218

 

$

268

 

$

269

 

$

79

 

$

82

 

$

76

 

 


* The 2012 Non-U.S. plans amount includes $162 million related to the IBM UK pension litigation. See page 132 for additional information.

 

130


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The following table presents the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets of the company’s retirement-related benefit plans, excluding defined contribution plans.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at January 1

 

$

56,810

 

$

54,085

 

$

49,319

 

$

42,861

 

$

5,282

 

$

5,273

 

$

1,019

 

$

901

 

Service cost

 

 

 

501

 

443

 

35

 

36

 

10

 

14

 

Interest cost

 

1,980

 

2,196

 

1,524

 

1,779

 

164

 

200

 

60

 

64

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

 

42

 

47

 

191

 

200

 

 

 

Acquisitions/divestitures, net

 

 

 

89

 

26

 

(2

)

2

 

(0

)

 

Actuarial losses/(gains)

 

(4,344

)

3,810

 

(362

)

6,365

 

(481

)

104

 

(89

)

76

 

Benefits paid from trust

 

(3,303

)

(3,184

)

(1,920

)

(1,987

)

(557

)

(551

)

(6

)

(6

)

Direct benefit payments

 

(108

)

(97

)

(464

)

(454

)

(43

)

(35

)

(28

)

(27

)

Foreign exchange impact

 

 

 

(115

)

77

 

 

 

(89

)

(24

)

Medicare/Government subsidies

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

53

 

 

 

Amendments/curtailments/settlements/other

 

 

 

6

 

161

 

15

 

 

(44

)

21

 

Benefit obligation at December 31

 

$

51,034

 

$

56,810

 

$

48,620

 

$

49,319

 

$

4,633

 

$

5,282

 

$

832

 

$

1,019

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

 

$

53,630

 

$

51,218

 

$

38,058

 

$

35,362

 

$

433

 

$

38

 

$

119

 

$

112

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

3,626

 

5,596

 

2,515

 

3,742

 

0

 

0

 

5

 

10

 

Employer contributions

 

 

 

449

 

557

 

110

 

746

 

0

 

1

 

Acquisitions/divestitures, net

 

 

 

35

 

40

 

 

 

0

 

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

 

42

 

47

 

191

 

200

 

 

 

Benefits paid from trust

 

(3,303

)

(3,184

)

(1,920

)

(1,987

)

(557

)

(551

)

(6

)

(6

)

Foreign exchange impact

 

 

 

121

 

305

 

 

 

(14

)

(8

)

Amendments/curtailments/settlements/other

 

 

 

164

*

(8

)

 

 

(12

)

10

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

 

$

53,954

 

$

53,630

 

$

39,464

 

$

38,058

 

$

177

 

$

433

 

$

92

 

$

119

 

Funded status at December 31

 

$

2,920

 

$

(3,180

)

$

(9,157

)

$

(11,261

)

$

(4,456

)

$

(4,849

)

$

(740

)

$

(900

)

Accumulated benefit obligation**

 

$

51,034

 

$

56,810

 

$

47,806

 

$

48,369

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 


Includes the reinstatement of certain plan assets in Brazil due to government rulings in 2011 and 2013 allowing certain previously restricted plan assets to be returned to IBM. The assets will be returned to IBM monthly over a three-year period, starting June 2011 and September 2013 respectively, with approximately $204 million returned during 2013. The remaining surplus in Brazil at December 31, 2013 remains excluded from total plan assets due to continued restrictions imposed by the government on the use of those plan assets.

**

Represents the benefit obligation assuming no future participant compensation increases.

 

N/A—Not applicable

 

The following table presents the net funded status recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

Prepaid pension assets

 

$

4,639

 

$

0

 

$

912

 

$

944

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

1

 

$

0

 

Current liabilities—compensation and benefits

 

(107

)

(102

)

(364

)

(356

)

(256

)

(239

)

(16

)

(20

)

Noncurrent liabilities—retirement and nonpension postretirement benefit obligations

 

(1,612

)

(3,078

)

(9,705

)

(11,849

)

(4,200

)

(4,610

)

(725

)

(880

)

Funded status—net

 

$

2,920

 

$

(3,180

)

$

(9,157

)

$

(11,261

)

$

(4,456

)

$

(4,849

)

$

(740

)

$

(900

)

 

131



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The following table presents the pre-tax net loss and prior service costs/(credits) and transition (assets)/liabilities recognized in OCI and the changes in the pre-tax net loss, prior service costs/(credits) and transition (assets)/liabilities recognized in AOCI for the retirement-related benefit plans.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

Net loss at January 1

 

$

19,488

 

$

18,561

 

$

22,188

 

$

18,309

 

$

806

 

$

734

 

$

269

 

$

211

 

Current period loss/(gain)

 

(3,989

)

2,258

 

(814

)

4,905

 

(480

)

104

 

(85

)

75

 

Curtailments and settlements

 

 

 

3

 

2

 

 

 

0

 

 

Amortization of net loss included in net periodic (income)/cost

 

(1,790

)

(1,331

)

(1,600

)

(1,027

)

(21

)

(32

)

(23

)

(17

)

Net loss at December 31

 

$

13,709

 

$

19,488

 

$

19,777

 

$

22,188

 

$

304

 

$

806

 

$

161

 

$

269

 

Prior service costs/(credits) at January 1

 

$

130

 

$

139

 

$

(614

)

$

(768

)

$

 

$

 

$

(6

)

$

(10

)

Current period prior service costs/(credits)

 

 

 

0

 

 

15

 

 

(31

)

 

Amortization of prior service (costs)/credits included in net periodic (income)/cost

 

(10

)

(10

)

119

 

154

 

 

 

5

 

4

 

Prior service costs/(credits) at December 31

 

$

120

 

$

130

 

$

(496

)

$

(614

)

$

15

 

$

 

$

(32

)

$

(6

)

Transition (assets)/liabilities at January 1

 

$

 

$

 

$

0

 

$

(0

)

$

 

$

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Amortization of transition assets/(liabilities) included in net periodic (income)/cost

 

 

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

(0

)

Transition (assets)/liabilities at December 31

 

$

 

$

 

$

0

 

$

(0

)

$

 

$

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Total loss recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)*

 

$

13,829

 

$

19,618

 

$

19,281

 

$

21,574

 

$

319

 

$

806

 

$

129

 

$

263

 

 


* See note L, “Equity Activity,” on pages 116 through 118 for the total change in AOCI, and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the components of net periodic (income)/cost, including the related tax effects, recognized in OCI for the retirement-related benefit plans.

 

The following table presents the pre-tax estimated net loss, estimated prior service costs/(credits) and estimated transition (assets)/ liabilities of the retirement-related benefit plans that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic (income)/cost in 2014.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Defined Benefit

 

Nonpension Postretirement

 

 

 

Pension Plans

 

Benefit Plans

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

Net loss

 

$

1,076

 

$

1,461

 

$

 

$

11

 

Prior service costs/(credits)

 

10

 

(127

)

(7

)

(6

)

Transition (assets)/liabilities

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the company paid $14 million, $22 million and $16 million, respectively, for mandatory pension insolvency insurance coverage premiums in certain non-U.S. countries (Germany, Canada and the UK).

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the company amended the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan. A plan amendment effective January 1, 2014, which established an HRA for Medicare eligible participants increased the benefit obligation $91 million. A plan amendment which ended life insurance eligibility for employees who retire on or after January 1, 2015 reduced the benefit obligation $76 million.

 

On October 12, 2012, the High Court in London issued a ruling against IBM United Kingdom Limited and IBM United Kingdom Holdings Limited, both wholly-owned subsidiaries of the company, in litigation involving one of IBM UK’s defined benefit plans. As a result of the ruling, the company recorded an additional pre-tax retirement-related obligation of $162 million in 2012 in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. See note M, “Contingencies and Commitments,” on page 120 for additional information.

 

Assumptions Used to Determine Plan Financial Information

 

Underlying both the measurement of benefit obligations and net periodic (income)/cost are actuarial valuations. These valuations use participant-specific information such as salary, age and years of service, as well as certain assumptions, the most significant of which include estimates of discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases, interest crediting rates and mortality rates. The company evaluates these assumptions, at a minimum, annually, and makes changes as necessary.

 

132



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The table below presents the assumptions used to measure the net periodic (income)/cost and the year-end benefit obligations for retirement-related benefit plans.

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to measure net periodic (income)/cost for the year ended December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

3.60

%

4.20

%

5.00

%

3.23

%

4.28

%

4.33

%

Expected long-term returns on plan assets

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

6.21

%

6.26

%

6.41

%

Rate of compensation increase*

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

2.51

%

2.43

%

2.37

%

Weighted-average assumptions used to measure benefit obligations at December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.50

%

3.60

%

4.20

%

3.32

%

3.23

%

4.28

%

Rate of compensation increase*

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

2.52

%

2.51

%

2.43

%

 


* Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to the U.S. defined benefit pension plans as benefit accruals ceased December 31, 2007 for all participants.

 

N/A—Not applicable

 

 

 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

 

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to measure net periodic cost for the year ended December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

3.30

%

3.90

%

4.80

%

6.43

%

7.37

%

7.75

%

Expected long-term returns on plan assets

 

0.35

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

9.01

%

9.01

%

9.07

%

Weighted-average assumptions used to measure benefit obligations at December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.10

%

3.30

%

3.90

%

7.78

%

6.43

%

7.37

%

 

N/A—Not applicable

 

Discount Rate

 

The discount rate assumptions used for retirement-related benefit plans accounting reflect the yields available on high-quality, fixed income debt instruments at the measurement date. For the U.S. and certain non-U.S. countries, a portfolio of high-quality corporate bonds is used to construct a yield curve. The cash flows from the company’s expected benefit obligation payments are then matched to the yield curve to derive the discount rates. In other non-U.S. countries, where the markets for high-quality long-term bonds are not generally as well developed, a portfolio of long-term government bonds is used as a base, to which a credit spread is added to simulate corporate bond yields at these maturities in the jurisdiction of each plan, as the benchmark for developing the respective discount rates.

 

For the U.S. defined benefit pension plans, the changes in the discount rate assumptions impacted the net periodic (income)/cost and the PBO. The changes in the discount rate assumptions resulted in a decrease in 2013 net periodic income of $162 million, a decrease in 2012 net periodic income of $258 million and a decrease in 2011 net periodic income of $171 million. The changes in the discount rate assumptions resulted in a decrease in the PBO of $4,785 million and an increase of $3,414 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

For the nonpension postretirement benefit plans, the changes in the discount rate assumptions had no material impact on net periodic cost for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and resulted in a decrease in the APBO of $298 million and an increase of $252 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Expected Long-Term Returns on Plan Assets

 

Expected returns on plan assets, a component of net periodic (income)/cost, represent the expected long-term returns on plan assets based on the calculated market-related value of plan assets. Expected long-term returns on plan assets take into account long-term expectations for future returns and the investment policies and strategies as described on page 135. These rates of return are developed by the company and are tested for reasonableness against historical returns. The use of expected long-term returns on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns, and therefore result in a pattern of income and cost recognition that more closely matches the pattern of the services provided by the employees. Differences

 

133



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

between actual and expected returns are recognized as a component of net loss or gain in AOCI, which is amortized as a component of net periodic (income)/cost over the service lives or life expectancy of the plan participants, depending on the plan, provided such amounts exceed certain thresholds provided by accounting standards. The market-related value of plan assets recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets systematically over a five-year period in the expected return on plan assets line in net periodic (income)/cost.

 

For the U.S. defined benefit pension plan, the Qualified PPP, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.00 percent remained constant for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and, consequently, had no incremental impact on net periodic (income)/cost.

 

For the nonpension postretirement benefit plans, the company maintains a highly liquid trust fund balance to ensure timely payments are made. As a result, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the expected long-term return on plan assets and the actual return on those assets were not material.

 

Rate of Compensation Increases and Mortality Rate

 

The rate of compensation increases is determined by the company, based upon its long-term plans for such increases. The rate of compensation increase is not applicable to the U.S. defined benefit pension plans as benefit accruals ceased December 31, 2007 for all participants. Mortality rate assumptions are based on life expectancy and death rates for different types of participants. Mortality rates are periodically updated based on actual experience.

 

Interest Crediting Rate

 

Benefits for certain participants in the PPP are calculated using a cash balance formula. An assumption underlying this formula is an interest crediting rate, which impacts both net periodic (income)/ cost and the PBO. This assumption provides a basis for projecting the expected interest rate that participants will earn on the benefits that they are expected to receive in the following year and is based on the average from August to October of the one-year U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield plus one percent.

 

For the PPP, the change in the interest crediting rate to 1.2 percent for the year ended December 31, 2013, from 1.1 percent for the year ended December 31, 2012, resulted in a decrease in 2013 net periodic income of $6 million. The change in the interest crediting rate to 1.1 percent for the year ended December 31, 2012, from 1.3 percent for the year ended December 31, 2011, resulted in an increase in 2012 net periodic income of $10 million. The change in the interest crediting rate to 1.3 percent for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 1.4 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010, resulted in an increase in 2011 net periodic income of $4 million.

 

Healthcare Cost Trend Rate

 

For nonpension postretirement benefit plan accounting, the company reviews external data and its own historical trends for healthcare costs to determine the healthcare cost trend rates. However, the healthcare cost trend rate has an insignificant effect on plan costs and obligations as a result of the terms of the plan which limit the company’s obligation to the participants. The company assumes that the healthcare cost trend rate for 2014 will be 6.5 percent. In addition, the company assumes that the same trend rate will decrease to 5 percent over the next three years. A one percentage point increase or decrease in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate would not have had a material effect on 2013, 2012 and 2011 net periodic cost or the benefit obligations as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Healthcare Legislation

 

The expected effects of the U.S. healthcare reform legislation enacted in March 2010 were incorporated into the remeasurements of the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The impact was insignificant as a result of the terms of the plan which limit the company’s obligation to the participants.

 

134



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Plan Assets

 

Retirement-related benefit plan assets are recognized and measured at fair value as described in note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” on pages 91 and 92. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuations, these fair value measurements may not necessarily reflect the amounts the company could realize in current market transactions.

 

Investment Policies and Strategies

 

The investment objectives of the Qualified PPP portfolio are designed to generate returns that will enable the plan to meet its future obligations. The precise amount for which these obligations will be settled depends on future events, including the retirement dates and life expectancy of the plans’ participants. The obligations are estimated using actuarial assumptions, based on the current economic environment and other pertinent factors described on pages 132 through 134. The Qualified PPP portfolio’s investment strategy balances the requirement to generate returns, using potentially higher yielding assets such as equity securities, with the need to control risk in the portfolio with less volatile assets, such as fixed-income securities. Risks include, among others, inflation, volatility in equity values and changes in interest rates that could cause the plan to become underfunded, thereby increasing its dependence on contributions from the company. To mitigate any potential concentration risk, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, companies and geographies, taking into account interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors that affect investment returns. As a result, the Qualified PPP portfolio’s target allocation is 42 percent equity securities, 47 percent fixed-income securities, 6 percent real estate and 5 percent other investments, which is consistent with the allocation decisions made by the company’s management and is similar to the prior year target allocation. The table on page 136 details the actual equity, fixed income, real estate and other types of investments in the Qualified PPP portfolio.

 

The assets are managed by professional investment firms and investment professionals who are employees of the company. They are bound by investment mandates determined by the company’s management and are measured against specific benchmarks. Among these managers, consideration is given, but not limited to, balancing security concentration, issuer concentration, investment style and reliance on particular active and passive investment strategies.

 

Market liquidity risks are tightly controlled, with $6,809 million of the Qualified PPP portfolio invested in private market assets consisting of private equities and private real estate investments, which are less liquid than publicly traded securities. As of December 31, 2013, the Qualified PPP portfolio had $2,830 million in commitments for future investments in private markets to be made over a number of years. These commitments are expected to be funded from plan assets.

 

Derivatives are used as an effective means to achieve investment objectives and/or as a component of the plan’s risk management strategy. The primary reasons for the use of derivatives are fixed income management, including duration, interest rate management and credit exposure, cash equitization and to manage currency and commodity strategies.

 

Outside the U.S., the investment objectives are similar to those described above, subject to local regulations. The weighted-average target allocation for the non-U.S. plans is 33 percent equity securities, 54 percent fixed-income securities, 2 percent real estate and 11 percent other investments, which is consistent with the allocation decisions made by the company’s management. The table on page 136 details the actual equity, fixed income, real estate and other types of investments for non-U.S. plans. In some countries, a higher percentage allocation to fixed income is required to manage solvency and funding risks. In others, the responsibility for managing the investments typically lies with a board that may include up to 50 percent of members elected by employees and retirees. This can result in slight differences compared with the strategies previously described. Generally, these non-U.S. plans do not invest in illiquid assets and their use of derivatives is consistent with the U.S. plan and mainly for currency hedging, interest rate risk management, credit exposure and alternative investment strategies.

 

The company’s defined benefit pension plans include investments in certain European government securities. At December 31, 2013, the U.S. plan held $828 million and the non-U.S. plans held approximately $11 billion in European sovereign debt investments, primarily in AAA-rated securities. Investments in government debt securities in Italy, Spain and Ireland were de minimis in the U.S. plan and represented less than 1 percent of total non-U.S. plan assets. The plans hold no direct investments in government debt securities of Greece and Portugal.

 

The company’s nonpension postretirement benefit plans are underfunded or unfunded. For some plans, the company maintains a nominal, highly liquid trust fund balance to ensure timely benefit payments.

 

135



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan assets

 

The following table presents the company’s defined benefit pension plans’ asset classes and their associated fair value at December 31, 2013.

 

The U.S. Plan consists of the Qualified PPP and the Non-U.S. Plans consist of all plans sponsored by the company’s subsidiaries.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities(a)

 

$

15,929

 

$

 

$

 

$

15,929

 

$

6,489

 

$

 

$

 

$

6,489

 

Equity commingled/mutual funds(b)(c)

 

216

 

2,593

 

 

2,809

 

132

 

8,325

 

 

8,457

 

Fixed income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and related(d)

 

 

7,093

 

1

 

7,094

 

 

8,682

 

42

 

8,724

 

Corporate bonds(e)

 

 

14,639

 

5

 

14,644

 

 

1,881

 

4

 

1,885

 

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

691

 

19

 

709

 

 

8

 

 

8

 

Fixed income commingled/mutual funds(b)(f)

 

221

 

716

 

274

 

1,211

 

75

 

8,596

 

 

8,670

 

Insurance contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,196

 

 

1,196

 

Cash and short-term investments (g)

 

427

 

1,915

 

 

2,343

 

154

 

451

 

 

605

 

Hedge funds

 

 

1,368

 

860

 

2,228

 

 

740

 

 

740

 

Private equity(h)

 

 

 

3,771

 

3,771

 

 

 

410

 

410

 

Private real estate(h)

 

 

 

3,038

 

3,038

 

 

 

655

 

655

 

Derivatives(i)

 

1

 

6

 

 

7

 

1

 

150

 

 

151

 

Other commingled/mutual funds(b)(j)

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

1,518

 

 

1,554

 

Subtotal

 

16,795

 

29,021

 

7,968

 

53,784

 

6,886

 

31,547

 

1,110

 

39,544

 

Other(k)

 

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

 

(80

)

Fair value of plan assets

 

$

16,795

 

$

29,021

 

$

7,968

 

$

53,954

 

$

6,886

 

$

31,547

 

$

1,110

 

$

39,464

 

 


(a)

Represents U.S. and international securities. The U.S. Plan includes IBM common stock of $83 million, representing 0.2 percent of the U.S. Plan assets. Non-U.S. Plans include IBM common stock of $31 million, representing 0.1 percent of the non-U.S. Plans assets.

(b)

Commingled funds represent pooled institutional investments.

(c)

Invests in predominantly equity securities.

(d)

Includes debt issued by national, state and local governments and agencies.

(e)

The U.S. Plan includes IBM corporate bonds of $9 million, representing 0.02 percent of the U.S. Plan assets. Non-U.S. plans include IBM corporate bonds of $1 million representing 0.001 percent of the non-U.S. Plan assets.

(f)

Invests in predominantly fixed-income securities.

(g)

Includes cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities.

(h)

Includes limited partnerships and venture capital partnerships.

(i)

Primarily includes interest rate derivatives and, to a lesser extent, forwards, exchange traded and other over-the-counter derivatives.

(j)

Invests in both equity and fixed-income securities.

(k)

Represents net unsettled transactions, relating primarily to purchases and sales of plan assets.

 

The U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan assets of $177 million were invested in cash, categorized as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. The Non-U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan assets of $92 million, primarily in Brazil, and, to a lesser extent, in Mexico and South Africa, were invested primarily in government and related fixed-income securities and corporate bonds, categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

136


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The following table presents the company’s defined benefit pension plans’ asset classes and their associated fair value at December 31, 2012. The U.S. Plan consists of the Qualified PPP and the Non-U.S. Plans consist of all plans sponsored by the company’s subsidiaries.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities(a)

 

$

15,161

 

$

1

 

$

 

$

15,163

 

$

6,395

 

$

 

$

 

$

6,395

 

Equity commingled/mutual funds(b)(c)

 

96

 

2,556

 

 

2,652

 

138

 

7,641

 

 

7,779

 

Fixed income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and related(d)

 

 

12,945

 

6

 

12,951

 

 

8,978

 

76

 

9,054

 

Corporate bonds(e)

 

 

8,499

 

11

 

8,510

 

 

1,878

 

5

 

1,883

 

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

922

 

45

 

968

 

 

9

 

 

9

 

Fixed income commingled/mutual funds(b)(f)

 

155

 

804

 

267

 

1,226

 

78

 

8,018

 

 

8,096

 

Insurance contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,019

 

 

1,019

 

Cash and short-term investments(g)

 

244

 

3,198

 

 

3,442

 

134

 

373

 

 

507

 

Hedge funds

 

 

1,402

 

756

 

2,159

 

 

646

 

 

646

 

Private equity(h)

 

 

 

4,085

 

4,085

 

 

 

353

 

353

 

Private real estate(h)

 

 

 

2,861

 

2,861

 

 

 

609

 

609

 

Derivatives(i)

 

(6

)

62

 

 

56

 

0

 

856

 

 

857

 

Other commingled/mutual funds(b)(j)

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

907

 

 

919

 

Subtotal

 

15,650

 

30,390

 

8,032

 

54,072

 

6,757

 

30,325

 

1,042

 

38,124

 

Other(k)

 

 

 

 

(442

)

 

 

 

(66

)

Fair value of plan assets

 

$

15,650

 

$

30,390

 

$

8,032

 

$

53,630

 

$

6,757

 

$

30,325

 

$

1,042

 

$

38,058

 

 


(a) Represents U.S. and international securities. The U.S. Plan includes IBM common stock of $113 million, representing 0.2 percent of the U.S. Plan assets. Non-U.S. Plans include IBM common stock of $40 million, representing 0.1 percent of the non-U.S. Plans assets.

 

(b) Commingled funds represent pooled institutional investments.

 

(c) Invests in predominantly equity securities.

 

(d) Includes debt issued by national, state and local governments and agencies.

 

(e) The U.S. Plan includes IBM corporate bonds of $6 million, representing 0.01 percent of the U.S. Plan assets. Non-U.S. plans include IBM corporate bonds of $2 million representing 0.004 percent of the non-U.S. Plan assets.

 

((f) Invests in predominantly fixed-income securities.

 

(g) Includes cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities.

 

(h) Includes limited partnerships and venture capital partnerships.

 

(i) Primarily includes interest rate derivatives and, to a lesser extent, forwards, exchange traded and other over-the-counter derivatives.

 

(j) Invests in both equity and fixed-income securities.

 

(k) Represents net unsettled transactions, relating primarily to purchases and sales of plan assets.

 

The U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan assets of $433 million were invested in cash, categorized as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. The Non-U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan assets of $119 million, primarily in Brazil, and, to a lesser extent, in Mexico and South Africa, were invested primarily in government and related fixed-income securities and corporate bonds, categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

137



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The following tables present the reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 for the U.S. Plan.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Asset-

 

Fixed Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government

 

Corporate

 

Backed

 

Commingled/

 

Hedge

 

Private

 

Private

 

 

 

 

 

and Related

 

Bonds

 

Securities

 

Mutual Funds

 

Funds

 

Equity

 

Real Estate

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2013

 

$

6

 

$

11

 

$

45

 

$

267

 

$

756

 

$

4,085

 

$

2,861

 

$

8,032

 

Return on assets held at end of year

 

0

 

(0

)

(1

)

7

 

104

 

1,104

 

889

 

2,103

 

Return on assets sold during the year

 

0

 

(0

)

(0

)

 

(0

)

(528

)

(412

)

(939

)

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 

(5

)

3

 

(0

)

 

(0

)

(891

)

(301

)

(1,194

)

Transfers, net

 

0

 

(8

)

(26

)

 

 

 

 

(33

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

1

 

$

5

 

$

19

 

$

274

 

$

860

 

$

3,771

 

$

3,038

 

$

7,968

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Asset-

 

Fixed Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government

 

Corporate

 

Backed

 

Commingled/

 

Hedge

 

Private

 

Private

 

 

 

 

 

and Related

 

Bonds

 

Securities

 

Mutual Funds

 

Funds

 

Equity

 

Real Estate

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2012

 

$

29

 

$

12

 

$

45

 

$

246

 

$

713

 

$

4,098

 

$

2,790

 

$

7,932

 

Return on assets held at end of year

 

0

 

0

 

1

 

21

 

56

 

855

 

202

 

1,135

 

Return on assets sold during the year

 

0

 

2

 

1

 

 

14

 

(334

)

(41

)

(359

)

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 

(1

)

(2

)

(9

)

 

(26

)

(533

)

(90

)

(660

)

Transfers, net

 

(22

)

(1

)

8

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

6

 

$

11

 

$

45

 

$

267

 

$

756

 

$

4,085

 

$

2,861

 

$

8,032

 

 

The following tables present the reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 for the non-U.S. Plans.

 

 ($ in millions)

 

 

 

Government

 

Corporate

 

Private

 

Private

 

 

 

 

 

and Related

 

Bonds

 

Equity

 

Real Estate

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2013

 

$

76

 

$

5

 

$

353

 

$

609

 

$

1,042

 

Return on assets held at end of year

 

(12

)

(0

)

1

 

33

 

22

 

Return on assets sold during the year

 

1

 

(0

)

18

 

(3

)

16

 

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 

(24

)

(1

)

26

 

1

 

1

 

Foreign exchange impact

 

2

 

0

 

12

 

15

 

29

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

42

 

$

4

 

$

410

 

$

655

 

$

1,110

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Government

 

Corporate

 

Private

 

Private

 

 

 

 

 

and Related

 

Bonds

 

Equity

 

Real Estate

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2012

 

$

96

 

$

39

 

$

262

 

$

580

 

$

977

 

Return on assets held at end of year

 

3

 

(1

)

9

 

(5

)

6

 

Return on assets sold during the year

 

3

 

1

 

9

 

0

 

14

 

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 

(26

)

(29

)

62

 

14

 

21

 

Transfers, net

 

(2

)

(5

)

(0

)

(3

)

(10

)

Foreign exchange impact

 

1

 

(0

)

11

 

23

 

34

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

76

 

$

5

 

$

353

 

$

609

 

$

1,042

 

 

138



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Valuation Techniques

 

The following is a description of the valuation techniques used to measure plan assets at fair value. There were no changes in valuation techniques during 2013 and 2012.

 

Equity securities are valued at the closing price reported on the stock exchange on which the individual securities are traded. IBM common stock is valued at the closing price reported on the New York Stock Exchange. Equity commingled/mutual funds are typically valued using the net asset value (NAV) provided by the administrator of the fund and reviewed by the company. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus liabilities and divided by the number of shares or units outstanding. These assets are classified as Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 depending on availability of quoted market prices.

 

The fair value of fixed-income securities is typically estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows and are generally classified as Level 2. If available, they are valued using the closing price reported on the major market on which the individual securities are traded.

 

Cash includes money market accounts that are valued at their cost plus interest on a daily basis, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments represent securities with original maturities of one year or less. These assets are classified as Level 1 or Level 2.

 

Private equity and private real estate partnership valuations require significant judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, the inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such assets. These assets are initially valued at cost and are reviewed periodically utilizing available and relevant market data to determine if the carrying value of these assets should be adjusted. These investments are classified as Level 3. The valuation methodology is applied consistently from period to period.

 

Exchange traded derivatives are valued at the closing price reported on the exchange on which the individual securities are traded, while forward contracts are valued using a mid-close price. Over-the-counter derivatives are typically valued using pricing models. The models require a variety of inputs, including, for example, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility and foreign exchange rates. These assets are classified as Level 1 or Level 2 depending on availability of quoted market prices.

 

Expected Contributions

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

It is the company’s general practice to fund amounts for pensions sufficient to meet the minimum requirements set forth in applicable employee benefits laws and local tax laws. From time to time, the company contributes additional amounts as it deems appropriate.

 

The company contributed $449 million and $557 million in cash to non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans and $57 million and $60 million in cash to non-U.S. multi-employer plans during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The cash contributions to multi-employer plans represent the annual cost included in net periodic (income)/cost recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The company has no liability for participants in multi-employer plans other than its own employees. As a result, the company’s participation in multi-employer plans has no material impact on the company’s financial statements.

 

In 2013, the company is not legally required to make any contributions to the U.S. defined benefit pension plans. However, depending on market conditions, or other factors, the company may elect to make discretionary contributions to the Qualified PPP during the year.

 

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the Act), enacted into law in 2006, is a comprehensive reform package that, among other provisions, increases pension funding requirements for certain U.S. defined benefit plans, provides guidelines for measuring pension plan assets and pension obligations for funding purposes and raises tax deduction limits for contributions to retirement-related benefit plans. The additional funding requirements by the Act apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2007. The Act was updated by the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, which revised the funding requirements in the Act by clarifying that pension plans may smooth the value of pension plans over 24 months. At December 31, 2013, no mandatory contribution was required for 2014.

 

In 2014, the company estimates contributions to its non-U.S. defined benefit and multi-employer plans to be approximately $600 million, which will be mainly contributed to defined benefit pension plans in Japan, the UK and Switzerland. This amount represents the legally mandated minimum contributions. Financial market performance in 2014 could increase the legally mandated minimum contribution in certain countries which require monthly or daily remeasurement of the funded status. The company could also elect to contribute more than the legally mandated amount based on market conditions or other factors.

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

The company contributed $1,361 million and $1,478 million in cash to the defined contribution plans during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In 2014, the company estimates cash contributions to the defined contribution plans to be approximately $1.3 billion.

 

139



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

The company contributed $80 million and $693 million to the non-pension postretirement benefit plans during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These contribution amounts exclude the Medicare-related subsidy discussed on page 141. The 2012 amount includes a $400 million voluntary cash contribution to the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan. This advanced funding was to be utilized to fund post-2012 benefit payments for Medicare-eligible prescription drugs. In 2013, the prefunding was used for this purpose. However, effective January 1, 2014, IBM will not be eligible for the Medicare subsidy. The remainder of the prefunding is being utilized to fund other eligible benefits under the plan.

 

Expected Benefit Payments

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan Expected Payments

 

The following table presents the total expected benefit payments to defined benefit pension plan participants. These payments have been estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the plans’ PBO at December 31, 2013 and include benefits attributable to estimated future compensation increases, where applicable.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Qualified

 

Nonqualified

 

Qualified

 

Nonqualified

 

Expected

 

 

 

U.S. Plan

 

U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

Benefit

 

 

 

Payments

 

Payments

 

Payments

 

Payments

 

Payments

 

2014

 

$

3,393

 

$

109

 

$

2,026

 

$

382

 

$

5,910

 

2015

 

3,430

 

112

 

2,021

 

382

 

5,945

 

2016

 

3,460

 

114

 

2,062

 

385

 

6,022

 

2017

 

3,477

 

116

 

2,086

 

394

 

6,073

 

2018

 

3,441

 

118

 

2,121

 

407

 

6,087

 

2019—2023

 

17,454

 

600

 

11,327

 

2,325

 

31,706

 

 

The 2014 expected benefit payments to defined benefit pension plan participants not covered by the respective plan assets (underfunded plans) represent a component of compensation and benefits, within current liabilities, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefit Plan Expected Payments

 

The following table reflects the total expected benefit payments to nonpension postretirement benefit plan participants. These payments have been estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the plans’ APBO at December 31, 2013.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Qualified

 

Nonqualified

 

Expected

 

 

 

U.S. Plan

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

Non-U.S. Plans

 

Benefit

 

 

 

Payments

 

Payments

 

Payments

 

Payments

 

2014

 

$

427

 

$

8

 

$

32

 

$

467

 

2015

 

422

 

8

 

36

 

466

 

2016

 

416

 

9

 

39

 

464

 

2017

 

409

 

10

 

42

 

461

 

2018

 

393

 

10

 

46

 

449

 

2019—2023

 

1,799

 

63

 

286

 

2,148

 

 

The 2014 expected benefit payments to nonpension postretirement benefit plan participants not covered by the respective plan assets represent a component of compensation and benefits, within current liabilities, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

140



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Medicare Prescription Drug Act

 

In connection with the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, the company qualified to receive a federal subsidy through 2013. Due to benefit plan changes effective January 1, 2014, the company will not qualify for the subsidy as of that date. The company received total subsidies of $30 million and $53 million for prescription drug-related coverage during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which were utilized to reduce the company contributions to the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan. The company is also expected to receive additional subsidies after 2013 to true up the final subsidy amount due to IBM under the Act.

 

The company has included the impact of its portion of the subsidy in the determination of net periodic cost for the U.S. nonpension postretirement benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. The impact of the subsidy resulted in a reduction in 2013, 2012 and 2011 net periodic cost of $45 million, $35 million and $37 million, respectively.

 

Other Plan Information

 

The following table presents information for defined benefit pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations (ABO) in excess of plan assets. For a more detailed presentation of the funded status of the company’s defined benefit pension plans, see the table on page 131.

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Benefit

 

Plan

 

Benefit

 

Plan

 

At December 31:

 

Obligation

 

Assets

 

Obligation

 

Assets

 

Plans with PBO in excess of plan assets

 

$

41,003

 

$

29,223

 

$

99,184

 

$

83,799

 

Plans with ABO in excess of plan assets

 

40,315

 

29,213

 

98,263

 

83,677

 

Plans with assets in excess of PBO

 

58,651

 

64,194

 

6,944

 

7,889

 

 

NOTE T.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The company’s major operations consist of five business segments: Global Technology Services, Global Business Services, Software, Systems and Technology and Global Financing. The segments represent components of the company for which separate financial information is available that is utilized on a regular basis by the chief executive officer in determining how to allocate resources and evaluate performance. The segments are determined based on several factors, including client base, homogeneity of products, technology, delivery channels and similar economic characteristics.

 

Information about each segment’s business and the products and services that generate each segment’s revenue is located in the “Description of Business” section on pages 32 to 34, and in “Segment Details,” on pages 35 to 40 in the Management Discussion.

 

Segment revenue and pre-tax income include transactions between the segments that are intended to reflect an arm’s-length, market-based transfer price. Systems and software that are used by Global Technology Services in outsourcing engagements are primarily sourced internally from Systems and Technology and Software. For providing IT services that are used internally, Global Technology Services and Global Business Services recover cost, as well as a reasonable fee, that is intended to reflect the arm’s-length value of providing the services. The Global Services segments enter into arm’s-length loans at prices equivalent to market rates with Global Financing to facilitate the acquisition of equipment used in services engagements. All internal transaction prices are reviewed annually, and reset if appropriate.

 

The company utilizes globally integrated support organizations to realize economies of scale and efficient use of resources. As a result, a considerable amount of expense is shared by all of the segments. This shared expense includes sales coverage, certain marketing functions and support functions such as Accounting, Treasury, Procurement, Legal, Human Resources, and Billing and Collections. Where practical, shared expenses are allocated based on measurable drivers of expense, e.g., head count. When a clear and measurable driver cannot be identified, shared expenses are allocated on a financial basis that is consistent with the company’s management system, e.g., advertising expense is allocated based on the gross profits of the segments. A portion of the shared expenses, which are recorded in net income, are not allocated to the segments. These expenses are associated with the elimination of internal transactions and other miscellaneous items.

 

141



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

The following tables reflect the results of operations of the company’s segments consistent with the management and measurement system utilized within the company. Performance measurement is based on pre-tax income. These results are used, in part, by senior management, both in evaluating the performance of, and in allocating resources to, each of the segments.

 

Management System Segment View

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Global Services Segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global

 

Global

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology

 

Business

 

 

 

Systems and

 

Global

 

Total

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

Services

 

Services

 

Software

 

Technology

 

Financing

 

Segments

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External revenue

 

$

38,551

 

$

18,396

 

$

25,932

 

$

14,371

 

$

2,022

 

$

99,273

 

Internal revenue

 

1,063

 

714

 

3,191

 

593

 

2,282

 

7,843

 

Total revenue

 

$

39,615

 

$

19,109

 

$

29,123

 

$

14,964

 

$

4,304

 

$

107,115

 

Pre-tax income

 

$

6,983

 

$

3,214

 

$

11,106

 

$

(507

)

$

2,171

 

$

22,967

 

Revenue year-to-year change

 

(4.3

)%

(0.9

)%

1.4

%

(18.4

)%

5.7

%

(4.2

)%

Pre-tax income year-to-year change

 

0.3

%

7.7

%

2.7

%

(141.3

)%

6.8

%

(4.4

)%

Pre-tax income margin

 

17.6

%

16.8

%

38.1

%

(3.4

)%

50.4

%

21.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External revenue

 

$

40,236

 

$

18,566

 

$

25,448

 

$

17,667

 

$

2,013

 

$

103,930

 

Internal revenue

 

1,166

 

719

 

3,274

 

676

 

2,060

 

7,896

 

Total revenue

 

$

41,402

 

$

19,286

 

$

28,722

 

$

18,343

 

$

4,073

 

$

111,826

 

Pre-tax income

 

$

6,961

 

$

2,983

 

$

10,810

 

$

1,227

 

$

2,034

 

$

24,015

 

Revenue year-to-year change

 

(1.7

)%

(4.0

)%

1.8

%

(7.5

)%

(2.9

)%

(2.3

)%

Pre-tax income year-to-year change

 

10.8

%

(0.8

)%

8.4

%

(24.9

)%

1.1

%

4.8

%

Pre-tax income margin

 

16.8

%

15.5

%

37.6

%

6.7

%

49.9

%

21.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External revenue

 

$

40,879

 

$

19,284

 

$

24,944

 

$

18,985

 

$

2,102

 

$

106,194

 

Internal revenue

 

1,242

 

797

 

3,276

 

838

 

2,092

 

8,246

 

Total revenue

 

$

42,121

 

$

20,081

 

$

28,219

 

$

19,823

 

$

4,195

 

$

114,440

 

Pre-tax income

 

$

6,284

 

$

3,006

 

$

9,970

 

$

1,633

 

$

2,011

 

$

22,904

 

Revenue year-to-year change

 

6.6

%

5.6

%

10.9

%

5.6

%

2.8

%

7.1

%

Pre-tax income year-to-year change

 

14.3

%

18.1

%

5.3

%

12.2

%

2.8

%

9.5

%

Pre-tax income margin

 

14.9

%

15.0

%

35.3

%

8.2

%

47.9

%

20.0

%

 

142



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Reconciliations of IBM as Reported

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

 

$

107,115

 

$

111,826

 

$

114,440

 

Other revenue and adjustments

 

478

 

577

 

722

 

Elimination of internal transactions

 

(7,843

)

(7,896

)

(8,246

)

Total IBM consolidated revenue

 

$

99,751

 

$

104,507

 

$

106,916

 

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Pre-tax income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

 

$

22,967

 

$

24,015

 

$

22,904

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

(758

)

(703

)

(629

)

Acquisition-related charges

 

(46

)

(36

)

(46

)

Non-operating retirement-related (costs)/income

 

(1,062

)

(538

)

72

 

Elimination of internal transactions

 

(1,480

)

(1,197

)

(1,243

)

Unallocated corporate amounts*

 

(98

)

361

 

(56

)

Total IBM consolidated pre-tax income

 

$

19,524

 

$

21,902

 

$

21,003

 

 


* The 2013 and 2012 amounts include the gain related to the Retail Store Solutions divestiture. The 2011 amount includes gains related to the sale of Lenovo common stock.

 

Immaterial Items

 

Investment in Equity Alliances and Equity Alliances Gains/(Losses)

 

The investments in equity alliances and the resulting gains and (losses) from these investments that are attributable to the segments did not have a material effect on the financial position or the financial results of the segments.

 

Segment Assets and Other Items

 

Global Technology Services assets are primarily plant, property and equipment including the assets associated with the outsourcing business, goodwill, accounts receivable, deferred services arrangement transition costs, maintenance parts inventory and acquired intangible assets. Global Business Services assets are primarily goodwill and accounts receivable. Software assets are mainly goodwill, acquired intangible assets and accounts receivable. Systems and Technology assets are primarily plant, property and equipment, goodwill, manufacturing inventory and accounts receivable. Global Financing assets are primarily financing receivables and fixed assets under operating leases.

 

To ensure the efficient use of the company’s space and equipment, several segments may share plant, property and equipment assets. Where assets are shared, landlord ownership of the assets is assigned to one segment and is not allocated to each user segment. This is consistent with the company’s management system and is reflected accordingly in the table on page 144. In those cases, there will not be a precise correlation between segment pre-tax income and segment assets.

 

Similarly, the depreciation amounts reported by each segment are based on the assigned landlord ownership and may not be consistent with the amounts that are included in the segments’ pre-tax income. The amounts that are included in pre-tax income reflect occupancy charges from the landlord segment and are not specifically identified by the management reporting system. Capital expenditures that are reported by each segment also are consistent with the landlord ownership basis of asset assignment.

 

Global Financing amounts for interest income and interest expense reflect the interest income and interest expense associated with the Global Financing business, including the intercompany financing activities discussed on pages 33 and 34, as well as the income from investment in cash and marketable securities. The explanation of the difference between cost of financing and interest expense for segment presentation versus presentation in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings is included on page 75 of the Management Discussion.

 

143


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Management System Segment View

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Global Services Segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global

 

Global

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology

 

Business

 

 

 

Systems and

 

Global

 

Total

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

Services

 

Services

 

Software

 

Technology

 

Financing

 

Segments

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

18,048

 

$

8,311

 

$

27,101

 

$

7,960

 

$

40,138

 

$

101,558

 

Depreciation/amortization of intangibles*

 

1,670

 

72

 

1,211

 

855

 

574

 

4,383

 

Capital expenditures/investments in intangibles

 

1,938

 

69

 

540

 

781

 

467

 

3,796

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

1,904

 

1,904

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

405

 

405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

15,884

 

$

8,022

 

$

26,291

 

$

8,232

 

$

38,882

 

$

97,310

 

Depreciation/amortization of intangibles*

 

1,597

 

75

 

1,157

 

786

 

853

 

4,470

 

Capital expenditures/investments in intangibles

 

1,760

 

42

 

618

 

1,106

 

708

 

4,233

 

Interest income**

 

 

 

 

 

1,972

 

1,972

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

410

 

410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

15,475

 

$

8,078

 

$

23,926

 

$

7,649

 

$

36,427

 

$

91,557

 

Depreciation/amortization of intangibles*

 

1,713

 

83

 

1,062

 

737

 

1,145

 

4,739

 

Capital expenditures/investments in intangibles

 

1,838

 

56

 

469

 

1,032

 

930

 

4,325

 

Interest income**

 

 

 

 

 

2,176

 

2,176

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

538

 

538

 

 


*

Segment pre-tax income does not include the amortization of intangible assets.

**

Reclassified to conform with 2013 presentation.

 

144



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Reconciliations of IBM as Reported

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

 

$

101,558

 

$

97,310

 

$

91,557

 

Elimination of internal transactions

 

(4,740

)

(4,943

)

(5,407

)

Unallocated amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and marketable securities

 

9,697

 

9,779

 

10,575

 

Notes and accounts receivable

 

2,741

 

3,769

 

3,526

 

Deferred tax assets

 

4,532

 

5,194

 

4,865

 

Plant, other property and equipment

 

2,505

 

2,555

 

2,918

 

Pension assets

 

5,551

 

945

 

2,837

 

Other

 

4,378

 

4,604

 

5,562

 

Total IBM consolidated assets

 

$

126,223

 

$

119,213

 

$

116,433

 

 

Major Clients

 

No single client represented 10 percent or more of the company’s total revenue in 2013, 2012 or 2011.

 

Geographic Information

 

The following provides information for those countries that are 10 percent or more of the specific category.

 

Revenue*

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

United States

 

$

34,809

 

$

36,270

 

$

37,041

 

Japan

 

9,071

 

10,697

 

10,968

 

Other countries

 

55,871

 

57,540

 

58,906

 

Total IBM consolidated revenue

 

$

99,751

 

$

104,507

 

$

106,916

 

 


* Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of the client.

 

Plant and Other Property—Net

 

($ in millions)

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

United States

 

$

6,723

 

$

6,555

 

$

6,271

 

Other countries

 

6,257

 

6,299

 

6,186

 

Total

 

$

12,979

 

$

12,854

 

$

12,457

 

 

145



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

Revenue by Classes of Similar Products or Services

 

The following table presents external revenue for similar classes of products or services within the company’s reportable segments. Within Global Technology Services and Global Business Services, client solutions often include IBM software and systems and other suppliers’ products if the client solution requires it. Within Software, product license charges and ongoing subscription and support are reported as Software, and software as a service, consulting, education, training and other product-related services are reported as Services. Within Systems and Technology, Microelectronics original equipment manufacturer (OEM) revenue is primarily from the sale of semiconductors. Microelectronics Services revenue includes circuit and component design services and technology and manufacturing consulting services. See “Description of the Business,” beginning on page 28 for additional information.

 

($ in millions)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Global Technology Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

$

29,953

 

$

31,161

 

$

31,746

 

Maintenance

 

7,111

 

7,343

 

7,515

 

Systems

 

1,322

 

1,574

 

1,478

 

Software

 

164

 

159

 

140

 

Global Business Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

$

18,065

 

$

18,216

 

$

18,956

 

Software

 

221

 

208

 

211

 

Systems

 

109

 

142

 

118

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software

 

$

23,420

 

$

23,144

 

$

22,921

 

Services

 

2,512

 

2,304

 

2,022

 

Systems and Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servers

 

$

9,646

 

$

11,980

 

$

12,362

 

Storage

 

3,041

 

3,411

 

3,619

 

Microelectronics OEM

 

1,463

 

1,572

 

1,975

 

Retail Store Solutions

 

6

 

357

 

753

 

Microelectronics Services

 

215

 

346

 

277

 

Global Financing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing

 

$

1,493

 

$

1,471

 

$

1,612

 

Used equipment sales

 

529

 

542

 

490

 

 

NOTE U.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On January 23, 2014, the company and Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo) announced a definitive agreement in which Lenovo will acquire the company’s x86 server portfolio. See the caption, “Divestitures,” on page 98 for additional information.

 

On January 28, 2014, the company announced that the Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.95 per common share. The dividend is payable March 10, 2014 to shareholders of record on February 10, 2014.

 

On January 31, 2014, the company completed the initial closing of the sale of its customer care business process outsourcing services business to SYNNEX. See the caption, “Divestitures” on page 98 for additional information.

 

On February 6, 2014, the company issued $4.5 billion in bonds as follows: $1 billion of 2-year floating-rate bonds priced at 3-month LIBOR plus 7 basis points; $750 million of 5-year floating-rate bonds priced at 3-month LIBOR plus 37 basis points; $750 million of 5-year fixed-rate bonds with a 1.95 percent coupon; and $2 billion of 10-year fixed-rate bonds with a 3.625 percent coupon.

 

146



 

Five-Year Comparison of Selected Financial Data

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions except per share amounts)

 

For the year ended December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Revenue

 

$

99,751

 

$

104,507

 

$

106,916

 

$

99,870

 

$

95,758

 

Net income

 

$

16,483

 

$

16,604

 

$

15,855

 

$

14,833

 

$

13,425

 

Operating (non-GAAP) earnings*

 

$

17,959

 

$

17,627

 

$

16,318

 

$

15,023

 

$

13,452

 

Earnings per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

14.94

 

$

14.37

 

$

13.06

 

$

11.52

 

$

10.01

 

Basic

 

$

15.06

 

$

14.53

 

$

13.25

 

$

11.69

 

$

10.12

 

Diluted operating (non-GAAP)*

 

$

16.28

 

$

15.25

 

$

13.44

 

$

11.67

 

$

10.03

 

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

$

4,058

 

$

3,773

 

$

3,473

 

$

3,177

 

$

2,860

 

Per share of common stock

 

3.70

 

3.30

 

2.90

 

2.50

 

2.15

 

Investment in property, plant and equipment

 

$

3,623

 

$

4,082

 

$

4,108

 

$

4,185

 

$

3,447

 

Return on IBM stockholders’ equity

 

83.8

%

81.6

%

71.2

%

66.8

%

80.4

%

 

At December 31:

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Total assets

 

$

126,223

 

$

119,213

 

$

116,433

 

$

113,452

 

$

109,022

 

Net investment in property, plant and equipment

 

$

13,821

 

$

13,996

 

$

13,883

 

$

14,096

 

$

14,165

 

Working capital

 

$

11,196

 

$

5,807

 

$

8,805

 

$

7,554

 

$

12,933

 

Total debt

 

$

39,718

 

$

33,269

 

$

31,320

 

$

28,624

 

$

26,099

 

Total equity

 

$

22,929

 

$

18,984

 

$

20,236

 

$

23,172

 

$

22,755

 

 


* Refer to page 62 of the company’s first-quarter 2011 Form 10-Q filed on April 26, 2011 for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial information for the years 2009 and 2010 and “GAAP Reconciliation,” on page 63 for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial information for 2011. Also see “GAAP Reconciliation,” on page 46 for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial information for 2013 and 2012.

 

147



 

Selected Quarterly Data

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

($ in millions except per share amounts and stock prices)

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Full

 

2013

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Year

 

Revenue

 

$

23,408

 

$

24,924

 

$

23,720

 

$

27,699

 

$

99,751

 

Gross profit

 

$

10,678

 

$

12,132

 

$

11,380

 

$

14,315

 

$

48,505

 

Net income

 

$

3,032

 

$

3,226

 

$

4,041

 

$

6,185

 

$

16,483

 

Operating (non-GAAP) earnings*

 

$

3,376

 

$

3,579

 

$

4,387

 

$

6,617

 

$

17,959

 

Earnings per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

2.70

 

$

2.91

 

$

3.68

 

$

5.73

 

$

14.94

**

Basic

 

$

2.72

 

$

2.93

 

$

3.70

 

$

5.77

 

$

15.06

**

Diluted operating (non-GAAP)*

 

$

3.00

 

$

3.22

 

$

3.99

 

$

6.13

 

$

16.28

**

Dividends per share of common stock

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.95

 

$

0.95

 

$

0.95

 

$

3.70

 

Stock prices+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

215.90

 

$

214.89

 

$

200.94

 

$

187.79

 

 

 

Low

 

190.39

 

187.68

 

181.10

 

172.57

 

 

 

 

($ in millions except per share amounts and stock prices)

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Full

 

2012

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Year

 

Revenue

 

$

24,673

 

$

25,783

 

$

24,747

 

$

29,304

 

$

104,507

 

Gross profit

 

$

11,118

 

$

12,281

 

$

11,732

 

$

15,167

 

$

50,298

 

Net income

 

$

3,066

 

$

3,881

 

$

3,824

 

$

5,833

 

$

16,604

 

Operating (non-GAAP) earnings*

 

$

3,265

 

$

4,077

 

$

4,155

 

$

6,129

 

$

17,627

 

Earnings per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming dilution

 

$

2.61

 

$

3.34

 

$

3.33

 

$

5.13

 

$

14.37

**

Basic

 

$

2.65

 

$

3.38

 

$

3.36

 

$

5.19

 

$

14.53

**

Diluted operating (non-GAAP)*

 

$

2.78

 

$

3.51

 

$

3.62

 

$

5.39

 

$

15.25

**

Dividends per share of common stock

 

$

0.75

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.85

 

$

3.30

 

Stock prices+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

209.12

 

$

210.69

 

$

208.32

 

$

211.79

 

 

 

Low

 

177.34

 

187.00

 

181.85

 

184.78

 

 

 

 


*

Refer to page 64 of the company’s first-quarter 2013 Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013, pages 80 and 81 of the company’s second-quarter 2013 Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2013, pages 81 and 82 of the company’s third-quarter 2013 Form 10-Q filed on October 29, 2013 and page 52 under the heading “GAAP Reconciliation,” for the reconciliation of non-GAAP information for the quarterly periods of 2013 and 2012. Also see “GAAP Reconciliation,” on page 46 for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial information for full-year 2013 and 2012.

**

Earnings Per Share (EPS) in each quarter is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during that quarter while EPS for the full year is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Thus, the sum of the four quarters’ EPS does not equal the full-year EPS.

+

The stock prices reflect the high and low prices for IBM’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape for the periods presented.

 

148



 

Performance Graph

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN FOR IBM, S&P 500 STOCK INDEX AND S&P INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY INDEX

 

The adjacent graph compares the five-year cumulative total returns for IBM common stock with the comparable cumulative return of certain Standard & Poor’s (S&P) indices. Due to the fact that IBM is a company included in the S&P 500 Stock Index, the SEC’s rules require the use of that index. Under those rules, the second index used for comparison may be a published industry or line-of-business index. The S&P Information Technology Index is such an index. IBM is also included in this index.

 

The graph assumes $100 invested on December 31 (of the initial year shown in the graph) in IBM common stock and $100 invested on the same date in each of the S&P indices. The comparisons assume that all dividends are reinvested.

 

 

(U.S Dollar)

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

  IBM Common Stock

 

$

100.00

 

$

158.61

 

$

181.26

 

$

230.96

 

$

244.67

 

$

244.22

 

  S & P 500 Index

 

100.00

 

126.46

 

145.51

 

148.59

 

172.37

 

228.19

 

 S & P Information Technology Index

 

100.00

 

161.72

 

178.20

 

182.50

 

209.55

 

269.13

 

 

149



 

Board of Directors and Senior Leadership

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

Alain J.P. Belda

Shirley Ann Jackson

Virginia M. Rometty

Managing Director

President

Chairman, President and

Warburg Pincus LLC

Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

IBM

William R. Brody

Andrew N. Liveris

 

President

Chairman, President and

Joan E. Spero

Salk Institute for Biological Studies

Chief Executive Officer

Adjunct Senior Research Scholar

 

The Dow Chemical Company

Columbia University School of

Kenneth I. Chenault

 

International and Public Affairs

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

W. James McNerney, Jr.

 

American Express Company

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Sidney Taurel

 

The Boeing Company

Senior Advisor

Michael L. Eskew

 

Capital Royalty L.P.

Retired Chairman and

James W. Owens

 

Chief Executive Officer

Retired Chairman and

Lorenzo H. Zambrano

United Parcel Service, Inc.

Chief Executive Officer

Chairman and

 

Caterpillar Inc.

Chief Executive Officer

David N. Farr

 

CEMEX, S.A.B. de C.V.

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Emerson Electric Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SENIOR LEADERSHIP

 

 

 

 

 

Rodney C. Adkins

John E. Kelly III

Linda S. Sanford

Senior Vice President

Senior Vice President and Director

Senior Vice President

Corporate Strategy

Research

Enterprise Transformation

 

 

 

Colleen F. Arnold

Robert J. LeBlanc

Martin J. Schroeter

Senior Vice President

Senior Vice President

Senior Vice President

Sales and Distribution

Software and Cloud Solutions Group

and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Finance and Enterprise Transformation

Michelle H. Browdy

Steven A. Mills

 

Vice President, Assistant

Senior Vice President

Timothy S. Shaughnessy

General Counsel and Secretary

and Group Executive

Senior Vice President

 

Software and Systems

GTS Solutions

Erich Clementi

 

 

Senior Vice President

Robert J. Picciano

Stanley J. Sutula III

Global Technology Services

Senior Vice President

Vice President and Treasurer

 

Information and Analytics Group

 

Bruno V. Di Leo Allen

 

Bridget A. van Kralingen

Senior Vice President

Michael D. Rhodin

Senior Vice President

Sales and Distribution

Senior Vice President

Global Business Services

 

IBM Watson Group

 

Diane J. Gherson

 

Robert C. Weber

Senior Vice President

Virginia M. Rometty

Senior Vice President

Human Resources

Chairman, President and

Legal and Regulatory Affairs,

 

Chief Executive Officer

and General Counsel

Jon C. Iwata

 

 

Senior Vice President

Thomas W. Rosamilia

 

Marketing and Communications

Senior Vice President

 

 

Systems and Technology Group

 

James J. Kavanaugh

and IBM Integrated Supply Chain

 

Vice President and Controller

 

 

 

150



 

Stockholder Information

International Business Machines Corporation and Subsidiary Companies

 

IBM Stockholder Services

 

Stockholders with questions about their accounts should contact:

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 43078, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3078  (888) IBM-6700

 

Investors residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2727.

 

Stockholders can also reach Computershare Trust Company, N.A. via e-mail at: ibm@computershare.com

 

Hearing-impaired stockholders with access to a telecommunications device (TDD) can communicate directly with Computershare Trust Company, N.A., by calling (800) 490-1493. Stockholders residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2694.

 

IBM on the Internet

 

Topics featured in this Annual Report can be found on the IBM home page on the Internet (www.ibm.com). Financial results, news on IBM products, services and other activities can also be found at that address.

 

IBM files reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any other filings required by the SEC.

 

IBM’s website (www.ibm.com) contains a significant amount of information about IBM, including the company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC (www.ibm.com/investor). These materials are available free of charge on or through our website.

 

The public may read and copy any materials the company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

 

IBM Investor Services Program

 

The Investor Services Program brochure outlines a number of services provided for IBM stockholders and potential IBM investors, including the reinvestment of dividends, direct purchase and the deposit of IBM stock certificates for safekeeping. Call (888) IBM-6700 for a copy of the brochure. Investors residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2727.

 

Investors with other requests may write to: IBM Stockholder Relations, New Orchard Road, Armonk, New York 10504

 

IBM Stock

 

IBM common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Chicago Stock Exchange, and outside the United States.

 

Stockholder Communications

 

Stockholders can get quarterly financial results, a summary of the Annual Meeting remarks, and voting results from the meeting by calling (914) 499-7777, by sending an e-mail to infoibm@us.ibm.com, or by writing to International Business Machines Corporation, 1 New Orchard Road, M/D 325, Armonk, New York 10504.

 

Annual Meeting

 

The IBM Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held on Tuesday, April 29, 2014, at 10 a.m. in the Prime F. Osborn III Convention Center, Jacksonville, Florida.

 

Literature for IBM Stockholders

 

The literature mentioned below on IBM is available without charge from:

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 43078, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3078  (888) IBM-6700

 

Investors residing outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico should call (781) 575-2727.

 

The company’s annual report on Form 10-K and the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q provide additional information on IBM’s business. The 10-K report is released by the end of February; 10-Q reports are released by early May, August and November.

 

An audio recording of the 2013 Annual Report will be available for sight-impaired stockholders in June 2014.

 

The IBM Corporate Responsibility Report highlights IBM’s values and its integrated approach to corporate responsibility, including its innovative strategies to transforming communities through global citizenship. The full Corporate Responsibility Report is online with downloadable sections at http:www.ibm.com/responsibility.

 

General Information

 

Stockholders of record can receive online account information and answers to frequently asked questions regarding stockholder accounts on the Internet (www.ibm.com/investor). Stockholders of record can also consent to receive future IBM Annual Reports and Proxy Statements online through the Internet at this site.

 

For answers to general questions about IBM from within the continental United States, call (800) IBM-4YOU. From outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico, call (914) 499-1900.

 

151



 

 

International Business Machines Corporation

New Orchard Road, Armonk, New York 10504

(914) 499-1900

 

AIX, Algorithmics, BladeCenter, Cognos, DemandTec, Emptoris, IBM, IBM Flex System, IBM SmartCloud, InfoSphere, Kenexa, Netezza, OpenPOWER, POWER, POWER7+, POWER8, Power Systems, PureData, Pure Systems, Q1 Labs, Rational, Smarter Analytics, Smarter Cities, Smarter Commerce, Smarter Planet, SoftLayer, SPSS, StoredIQ, Storwize, System x, System z, Tealeaf, Tivoli,TRIRIGA, Varicent, Vivisimo, WebSphere, Worklight and Xtify are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation or its wholly owned subsidiaries. Lenovo is a trade mark of Lenovo Group Limited in the United States, other countries, or both. Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation. UNIX is a registered trademark of the Open Group in the United States and other countries. Other company, product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

 

The IBM Annual Report is printed on recycled paper and is recyclable.

 

Printed in the U.S.A.

COL03002-USEN-04

 

Design: VSA Partners, Inc.

Printing: RR Donnelley

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 21


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION SUBSIDIARIES

Subsidiaries—as of December 31, 2013

Company Name
  State or country of
incorporation or organization
  Voting percent owned directly or indirectly by registrant  

IBM Argentina Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada

  Argentina     100  

IBM Australia Limited

  Australia     100  

IBM Oesterreich Internationale Bueromaschinen Gesellschaft m.b.H. 

  Austria     100  

IBM Bahamas Limited

  Bahamas     100  

IBM Bangladesh Private Limited

  Bangladesh     100  

IBM Foreign Sales Corporation

  Barbados     100  

International Business Machines of Belgium sprl/buba

  Belgium     100  

WTC Insurance Corporation, Ltd. 

  Bermuda     100  

IBM Brasil—Industria, Maquinas e Servicos Limitada

  Brazil     100  

IBM Bulgaria Ltd. 

  Bulgaria     100  

IBM Burkina Faso SARL

  Burkina Faso     100  

IBM Canada Limited—IBM Canada Limitee

  Canada     100  

IBM Tchad SARLU

  Chad     100  

IBM de Chile S.A.C. 

  Chile     100  

IBM (China) Investment Company Limited

  China (P.R.C.)     100  

IBM de Colombia & C.I.A. S.C.A. 

  Colombia     100  

IBM Congo SARL

  Congo     100  

IBM RDC

  Congo Republic     100  

IBM Business Transformation Center, S.r.l. 

  Costa Rica     100  

IBM Croatia Ltd./IBM Hrvatska d.o.o. 

  Croatia     100  

IBM Ceska Republika spol. s.r.o. 

  Czech Republic     100  

IBM Danmark ApS

  Denmark     100  

IBM del Ecuador, C.A. 

  Ecuador     100  

IBM Egypt Business Support Services

  Egypt     100  

IBM Eesti Osauhing (IBM Estonia Ou)

  Estonia     100  

Oy IBM Finland AB

  Finland     100  

Compagnie IBM France, S.A.S. 

  France     100  

International Business Machines Gabon SARL

  Gabon     100  

IBM Deutschland GmbH

  Germany     100  

International Business Machines Ghana Limited

  Ghana     100  

IBM Hellas Information Handling Systems S.A. 

  Greece     100  

IBM China/Hong Kong Limited

  Hong Kong     100  

IBM Magyarorszagi Kft. 

  Hungary     100  

IBM India Private Limited

  India     100  

PT IBM Indonesia

  Indonesia     100  

IBM Ireland Limited

  Ireland     100  

IBM Ireland Product Distribution Limited

  Ireland     100  

IBM Israel Limited

  Israel     100  

IBM Italia S.p.A. 

  Italy     100  

IBM Japan, Ltd. 

  Japan     100  

IBM East Africa Limited

  Kenya     100  

IBM Korea, Inc. 

  Korea (South)     100  

Sabiedriba ar irobezotu atbildibu IBM Latvija

  Latvia     100  

IBM Lietuva

  Lithuania     100  

IBM Services Financial Sector Luxembourg Sarl

  Luxembourg     100  

International Business Machines Madagascar SARLU

  Madagascar     100  

Company Name
  State or country of
incorporation or organization
  Voting percent owned directly or indirectly by registrant  

International Information Services Management Limited

  Malawi     100  

IBM Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. 

  Malaysia     100  

IBM Malta Limited

  Malta     100  

IBM Mauritius

  Mauritius     100  

IBM de Mexico, S. de R.L. 

  Mexico     100  

IBM Maroc

  Morocco     100  

IBM International Group B.V. 

  Netherlands     100  

IBM Nederland B.V. 

  Netherlands     100  

IBM New Zealand Limited

  New Zealand     100  

IBM Niger SARLU

  Niger     100  

International Business Machines West Africa Limited

  Nigeria     100  

International Business Machines AS

  Norway     100  

IBM del Peru, S.A. 

  Peru     100  

IBM Philippines, Incorporated

  Philippines     100  

IBM Polska Sp.z.o.o. 

  Poland     100  

Companhia IBM Portuguesa, S.A. 

  Portugal     100  

IBM Qatar SSC

  Qatar     100  

IBM Romania Srl

  Romania     100  

IBM East Europe/Asia Ltd. 

  Russia     100  

International Business Machines Senegal

  Senegal     100  

IBM—International Business Machines d.o.o., Belgrade

  Serbia     100  

International Information Services Management Limited

  Seychelles     100  

IBM Limited

  Sierra Leone     100  

IBM Singapore Pte. Ltd. 

  Singapore     100  

IBM Slovensko spol s.r.o. 

  Slovak Republic     100  

IBM Slovenija d.o.o. 

  Slovenia     100  

IBM South Africa (Pty) Ltd. 

  South Africa     100  

International Business Machines, S.A. 

  Spain     100  

IBM Svenska Aktiebolag

  Sweden     100  

IBM Schweiz AG—IBM Suisse SA—IBM Suizzera SA—IBM Switzerland Ltd. 

  Switzerland     100  

IBM Taiwan Corporation

  Taiwan     100  

IBM Tanzania Limited

  Tanzania     100  

IBM Thailand Company Limited

  Thailand     100  

IBM Tunisie

  Tunisia     100  

IBM (International Business Machines) Turk Limited Sirketi

  Turkey     100  

Technology Products and Services Limited

  Uganda     100  

IBM Ukraine

  Ukraine     100  

IBM Middle East FZ—LLC

  United Arab Emirates     100  

IBM United Kingdom Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

IBM del Uruguay, S.A. 

  Uruguay     100  

IBM Capital Inc. 

  USA (Delaware)     100  

IBM Credit LLC

  USA (Delaware)     100  

IBM International Group Capital LLC

  USA (Delaware)     100  

IBM International Foundation

  USA (Delaware)     100  

IBM World Trade Corporation

  USA (Delaware)     100  

IBM de Venezuela, S.A. 

  Venezuela     100  

IBM Vietnam Company

  Vietnam     100  

International Business Machines Zambia Limited

  Zambia     100  



QuickLinks

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION SUBSIDIARIES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 2-77235, 33-29022, 33-33458, 33-34406, 33-53777, 33-60225, 33-60227, 33-60237, 33-60815, 333-01411, 33-52931, 33-33590, 333-76914, 333-87708, 333-09055, 333-23315, 333-31305, 333-41813, 333-44981, 333-48435, 333-81157, 333-87751, 333-87859, 333-87925, 333-30424, 333-33692, 333-36510, 333-102872, 333-102870, 333-103471, 333-104806, 333-114190, 333-131934, 333-138326, 333-138327, 333-148964, 333-170559 and 333-171968) and the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 33-49475(1), 33-31732, 333-03763, 333-27669, 333-32690, 333-101034, 333-190160 and 333-190160-01) of International Business Machines Corporation of our report dated February 25, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial statements and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in the 2013 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 25, 2014, relating to the Financial Statement Schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 25, 2014




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 24.1

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF VIRGINA M. ROMETTY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Martin J. Schroeter, Stanley J. Sutula III, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25th day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Virginia M. Rometty

 

Virginia M. Rometty

 

Chairman, President and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF MARTIN J. SCHROETER

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Finance and Enterprise Transformation of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25th day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Martin J. Schroeter

 

Martin J. Schroeter

 

Senior Vice President and

 

Chief Financial Officer, Finance and

 

Enterprise Transformation

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF JAMES J. KAVANAUGH

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Vice President and Controller of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, Virginia M. Rometty, Martin J. Schroeter, Stanley J. Sutula III, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ James J. Kavanaugh

 

James J. Kavanaugh

 

Vice President and Controller

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Alain J. P. Belda

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ William R. Brody

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/Kenneth I. Chenault

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Michael L. Eskew

 

Director

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ David N. Farr

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/Shirley Ann Jackson

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew N. Liveris

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ W. James McNerney, Jr.

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ James W. Owens

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Joan E. Spero

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Sidney Taurel

 

Director

 



 

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF IBM DIRECTOR

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation, which will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the securities laws, an Annual Report for 2013 on Form 10-K, hereby constitutes and appoints Michelle H. Browdy, James J. Kavanaugh, Virginia M. Rometty, Stanley J. Sutula III, Martin J. Schroeter, and Robert C. Weber as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, and each of them with full power to act without the others, for the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign or cause to be signed electronically said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This Power of Attorney may only be revoked by a written document executed by the undersigned that expressly revokes this power by referring to the date and subject hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney this 25 th  day of February 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Lorenzo H. Zambrano

 

Director

 




EXHIBIT 24.2

 

RESOLUTION REGARDING

 

FILING OF THE COMPANY’S FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

 

RESOLVED, that the Company’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year 2013 be, and hereby is, approved and that the Officers of the Company be, and they hereby are, authorized and empowered to execute by powers of attorney the Form 10-K and to make such additions, supplements and changes thereto as in their opinion may be necessary or desirable and to cause such material to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other appropriate regulatory agencies.

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(a)/15D-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Virginia M. Rometty, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of International Business Machines Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 25, 2014

/s/ VIRGINIA M. ROMETTY

Virginia M. Rometty
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
   



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(a)/15D-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Martin J. Schroeter, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of International Business Machines Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 25, 2014

/s/ MARTIN J. SCHROETER

Martin J. Schroeter
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
Finance and Enterprise Transformation
   



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of International Business Machines Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Virginia M. Rometty, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:


/s/ VIRGINIA M. ROMETTY

Virginia M. Rometty
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
February 25, 2014

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to IBM and will be retained by IBM and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of International Business Machines Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Martin J. Schroeter, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Finance and Enterprise Transformation, of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:


/s/ MARTIN J. SCHROETER

Martin J. Schroeter
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
Finance and Enterprise Transformation
February 25, 2014

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to IBM and will be retained by IBM and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002